BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

Read the following sentences:
(i) Coconut is a tall tree.
(ii) I can see many beautiful flowers.
(iii) The black dog is sick.

In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases.
In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases. (ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ।)

A noun phrase or NP is a word or a group of words with a noun or a pronoun as its head noun or head word. (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୂହ ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପଦ ହେଉଛି ଏହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ।)
In the first sentence ‘coconut tree’ are the head nouns.
In the second sentence ‘I’ (Pronoun) is the head word or head noun.
In the third sentence, the head word or head noun is ‘dog’.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

The head word in a noun phrase.
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ head word ବା head noun) :
(i) The tiger lives in the forest. tiger, forest- head words.
Father is calling me. Father, me- head words
The hunter rode on an elephant. hunter, elephant- head words.

(ii) Adjectives as head words (head nouns) in the the + adjective expression (the + adjective) (ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
(Adjective ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ head words ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
The rich should help the poor. (rich – head word)
The doctors have attended on the wounded. (wounded – head word)
The blind need our help and co-operation. (ସହଯୋଗ) (blind – head word)

( iii) To + infinitive as the head word.
(ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ to + infinitive କୁ head word ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
To err is human. (ଭୁଲ କରିବା ମାନବୀୟ) (head word).

(iv) Verb + ing as the head word. (Verb + ing head word ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ (ବାକ୍ୟର ମୂଳରେ)
Smoking injures the lungs (ଫୁସ୍‌ଫୁସ୍).
Shooting (ତୀରନ୍ଦାଜ) is a sport (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା).

Pronouns used as head words or head nouns
(Head words ବା Head nouns ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronouns ବା ସର୍ବନାମ)

Pronouns

Subjective
(କର୍ରାବାଚକ)
Objective
(କର୍ମବାଚକ)
I me
he him
she her
they them
we us
you you
it it

Examples :
(i) I am smart and tall. I – noun phrase / pronoun/ head word
(ii) Give me a piece of cake. me – noun phrase / object / pronoun / head word
(iii) Did they help you? they – noun phrase / pronoun / head word
(iv) How much did it cost you? it – noun phrase / pronoun / head word

Function of a Noun Phrase (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(i) As a subject (ଏକ କର୍ରା ରୂପେ)
A coconut tree grows faster. (tree – head word)
The little clever bov is crying there. (boy – head word)

(ii) As an object (ଏକ କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
We all love this teacher. (କାହାକୁ ଭଲପାଉ) (teacher – head, word)
Father may buy a dictionary. (କ’ଣ କିଣିପାରନ୍ତି) (dictionary – head word)

(iii) As a subject ‘complement’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Mrinal is a well – behaved boy. (boy – head word)
The girl became a doctor. (doctor – head word)

(iv) As an object complement (କର୍ମ ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
The class elected Suraj their monitor.
(monitor – head word) (Suraj – object) (କାହାକୁ ନିର୍ବାଚିତ କଲେ)
(Mother calls this child Nilu.
(Nilu – head word) (this child – object) (କାହାକୁ ଡାକନ୍ତି)

(v) As an adjunct (ଏକ ବିବର୍ଷକ ରୂପେ)
Did you help that man last week ? (week – head word)
Father is returning home this morning. (morning – head word)

Forms of Noun Phrase
(i) A Noun as a noun phrase : Flowers are a wonderful creation ofGod.
(ii) APronoun as a noun phrase : It was raining heavily.
(iii) An ‘ing’ infinitive phrase as a noun phrase : Smoking cigarettes causes health problems. Climbing a tall coconut tree seems very dangerous.
(iv) To infinitive as a noun phrase : To help others in need is a great virtue.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

Words used before Head Nouns in Noun Phrases (Noun Phrase ର Head Noun ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ)

Article (a, an, the)
Demonstrative (ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ ଶବ୍ଦ) (this, that, these, those)
Possessive (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ) (my, your, his, our, its, Mina’s, one’s)
Cardinal (ମୌଳିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା) (one, two, three, ten, hundred)
Ordinal (କ୍ରମିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା) (first, second, tenth, thousandth)
Quantifier (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) (a, few, a little, many, a lot of, enough, much)
Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) (cold, beautiful, clever, nice, hot, cold, young, old )
Classifier (a noun that functions as an adjective) refers to one of classes, (stone, science, music, marriage etc)

Classifier (One out of a class)
Stone building (stone – classifier like brick (ଇଟା), wooden (କାଠ)
College boys (college – classifier, like school, university)
Story books (Story – classifier, like cookery (ରୋଷେଇ ଶିକ୍ଷା), tailoring, dance, music…
Polar fan (Like Usha, Ravi, Khaitan, Orient, Havells…)
Science teacher (like mathematics, geography, history, political science….)
LG TV (Like Samsung, Philips, Akai, Sansui…)

Another word used in a noun phrase is ‘intensifier’ that intensifies or modifies an adjective. (N.P ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଅନ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି intensifier ଯାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ)

Intensifier Adjective Noun (Head noun / Head word)
(a) very old man
(b) quite hot day
(c) rather amusing (ଆମୋଦଦାୟକ) picture
(d) extremely beautiful girl

Look at the following tree diagram and mark the position of the elements in the noun phrase. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଚିତ୍ରର Noun phrase ର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅବସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର।)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 1

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 2

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 3

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Spot the Noun Phrases in the following sentences. Then identify the determiners. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Noun Phrases କୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ଓ Determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ।)
1. That silly (ବୋକା) donkey is away.
Answer:
That silly donkey – np, that – demonstrative (determiner)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

2. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those people – np, those – demonstrative (determiner)

3. Have pity on the starving child.
Answer:
on the starving child – np, the – article (determiner)

4. All of you can do the sum.
Answer:
All of you – np, All – pre-determiner (quantifier)

5. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The little girl – np, the – article (determiner)

6. He has one sister and two brothers.
Answer:
One sister and two brothers – np, one, two – candinals (determiner)

7. I heard his first three words.
Answer:
his first three words – np, his – possessive (determiner), three – cardinal (determiner)

8. All these four empty bottles are here.
Answer:
All these four empty bottles – np, all – pre-determiner, these – demonstrative (determiner), four – cardinal (determiner), empty – adjective

9. Mary’s mother is dead but her father is still alive.
Answer:
Mary’s mother- np, Mary’s – possessive (determiner), her father – np, her – possessive (determiner)

10. Which colour do you like, red or green?
Answer:
Which colour? Which – wh-determiner

Remember: all both and half are pre-determiners since they are used before determiners. (Determiner ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ all, both ଓ half pre-determiners ଅଟନ୍ତି) (‘Pre’ ର ଅର୍ଥ ପୂର୍ବ ବା before)

Activity – 2

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
(Noun phrase ତିଆରି କରିବାପାଇଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୁନଃ ସଜାଅ)
1. first, books, his, ten
Answer:
his first ten books

2. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
the three big boys

3. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
the first five planes

4. her, sarees, beautiful, all
Answer:
all her beautiful sarees

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

5. nice, a, movie, very
Answer:
a very nice movie (film)

6. very, boys, innocent, young.
Answer:
very young innocent (ନିରୀହ) boys

7. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
those seven famous music schools

8. old, the, man, silly
Answer:
the old silly man

Activity – 3

Draw tree diagrams showing the different elements of the following Noun Phrases. (ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନ (ଶବ୍ଦ)କୁ ଦେଖାଇ diagram ବା ଛବି ତିଆରି କର ।)
1. All boys
Answer:

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 4

2. All the boys
Answer:

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 5

3. Each of the students
Answer:

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 6

4. A ripe red fruit
Answer:

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 7

5. Those strange stories
Answer:

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase 8

Activity – 4

Complete the Noun phrases by filling in the blanks with suitable words.
1. ________ ________ picnic
Answer:
a lavish picnic

2. ________ ________ house
Answer:
my little house

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

3. all ________ ________ boys
Answer:
all these school boys

4. the ________ ________ books
Answer:
the popular story books

5. our ________ ________ teacher
Answer:
our first school teacher

The Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
1. very, a, picture, nice
Answer:
A very nice picture.

2. the, old, all, colleges, very
Answer:
All the very old colleges.

3. intelligent, very, boys, young
Answer:
Very intelligent young boys.

4. red, ripe, a, fruit
Answer:
A ripe red fruit.

5. new, our, teacher, English
Answer:
Our new English teacher.

6. plastic, new, toys, beautiful
Answer:
Beautiful new plastic toys.

7. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
The first five planes.

8. the, old, silly, man
Answer:
The silly old man.

9. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
Those famous seven music schools.

10. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
The three big boys.

Identify the underlined words that come before the Head noun.

1. Whose son is he?
Answer:
Whose – possessive

2. My first poem was published in a magazine.
Answer:
First – Ordinal number

3. This is Mr. Muduli’s car.
Answer:
Mr. Muduli’s – Possessive

4. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

5. This is a science college.
Answer:
new – adjective

6. My new book was stolen.
Answer:
science – classifier

7. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The determiner

8. It is a beautiful building.
Answer:
beautiful – adjective

9. It was a very nice movie.
Answer:
very intensifier

10. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – ordinal number

11. All the children have left school.
Answer:
All – pre-determiner

12. Her pen was stolen.
Answer:
Her – possessive

13. That house belongs to me.
Answer:
That- demonstrative

14. The new pen writes well.
Answer:
new – adjective

15. This is a stone building.
Answer:
stone – classifier

16. I like our Prime Minister’s speech.
Answer:
Our Prime Minister’s – possessive

17. He wasted a lot of time.
Answer:
a lot of – quantifier

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

18. Each of the boys was given a prize.
Answer:
Each of – pre-determiner

19. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier

20. This is my new shirt.
Answer:
my – possessive

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति? Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति? Question Answer

GROUP – A

(क) बन्धनीमध्यात् शुद्धम् उत्तरं चित्वा लिखत –

1. __________ किंवा अस्ति ?
(साहित्ये, शास्त्रे, संस्कृते)
Answer:
संस्कृते

2. यद्यपि एषः प्रश्नः __________ तथापि एतस्य उत्तरं वक्तुम् अशक्नुवन् संस्कृतच्छात्रः नतमस्तकः सन् तिष्ठति ।
(अज्ञानमूल:, विज्ञानमूलः, संज्ञानमूलः)
Answer:
अज्ञानमूलः

3. यद्यपि एषः प्रश्नः अज्ञानमूलः तथापि एतस्य उत्तरं वक्तुम् अशक्नुवन् संस्कृतच्छात्रः __________ सन् तिष्ठति ।
(नतजानुः, नतमस्तकः, नतस्कन्धः)
Answer:
नतमस्तकः

4. अद्यतनसंस्कृतच्छात्रः __________ सिंहशिशुः इव अस्ति ।
(सिंहपालितः, व्याघ्रपालितः, अजपालितः)
Answer:
अजपालितः

5. अद्यतनसंस्कृतच्छात्रः अजपालितः __________ इब अस्ति ।
( व्याघ्रशिशुः सिंहशिशुः, हस्तिशिशुः )
Answer:
सिंहशिशुः

6. __________ तस्मिन् न जागर्ति ।
(स्वाभिमानः, आत्माभिमानः, अभिमानः )
Answer:
स्वाभिमानः

7. संस्कृतवाङ्मयं __________ विभक्तुं शक्यम् ।
(द्विधा, त्रिधा, चतुर्धा)
Answer:
द्विधा

8. __________ परिणामघट्टं निरूपयति ।
(रामावतारकया, बुद्धावतारकथा, दशावतारकथा)
Answer:
दशावतारकथा

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

9. __________ मनुष्यहययो: मस्तिष्कसाम्यं प्रतिपादयति ।
(हयग्रीवकथा, वक्रग्रीवकथा, पीनग्रीवकथा)
Answer:
हयग्रीवकथा

10. हयग्रीवकथा मनुष्यहययो: __________ प्रतिपादपति ।
(रूपसाम्यं, नेत्रसाम्यं, मस्तिष्कसाम्यं)
Answer:
मस्तिष्कसाम्यं

11. __________ विज्ञानं, सामाजिक, साहित्यं चेति त्रय: भागा:।
(आध्यात्मिकविषयेषु, भौतिकविषयेषु, दैविकविषयेषु)
Answer:
मस्तिष्कसाम्यं

12. __________ तु गणिंतं, भौतशाख््बम, रसायनशास्तम, जीवशाख्म् इत्यादयः गण्यन्ते ।
(विज्ञाने, सामाजिके, साहित्ये)
Answer:
विज्ञाने

13. __________ इतिहास:, अर्थशास्बम, राज्यशास्त्रम, जीवशाख्बम् इत्यादय: अन्तर्भवन्ति ।
(विज्ञाने, सामाजिके, साहित्ये)
Answer:
सामाजिके

14. __________ दृश्यश्रव्यमिश्रभेदा: परिगण्यन्ते ।
(साहित्ये, दर्शने, व्याकरणे)
Answer:
साहित्ये

15. इतिहासपाठनस्य उेद्दश्यं किम् इति आदौ __________ ।
(परिकल्पनीयम, परिचिन्तनीयमे, विचारणीयम्)
Answer:
परिचिन्तनीयम्

16. सुन्दरस्य भविष्यस्य __________ एव इतिहासस्य लक्ष्यम् ।
(कल्पनम्, चिन्तनम्, निर्माणम्)
Answer:
निर्माणम्

17. सुन्दरस्य भविष्यस्य निर्माणम् एव __________ लक्ष्यम् ।
(साहित्यस्य, इतिहासस्य, गणितस्य)
Answer:
इतिहासस्य

18. तत् तु सर्वथा __________ ।
(असमज्जसम, अयौक्तिकम, अग्राहयम्)
Answer:
असमक्जसम्

19. राजतरक्निण्यादय: __________ ग्रन्था: अत्र सन्ति बहव: ।
(वैज्ञानिका:, ऐतिहासिका:, भौगोलिका:)
Answer:
ऐतिहासिका:

20. भूमे: गोलाकृतिम् ऐदम्प्राथम्येन __________ नामक: प्रतिपादितवान् ।
(पागल, मागल्, छागल्)
Answer:
मागल्

21. भूकेन्द्रं प्रति सर्वम् __________ भवति ।
(विकृष्ट, आकृष्टं, संलग्न)
Answer:
आकृष्ट

22. अन्यत् किमपि अनाश्रित्य __________ निरालम्बा भूमि: ण्योम्नि तिष्ठति ।
(आकर्षणशक्त्या, विकर्षणशक्त्या, अनुकर्षणशक्त्या)
Answer:
आकर्षणशक्त्या

23. __________ भूव्यासम् अधिकृत्य बदति ‘ज्जिला भू:’ इति ।
(आर्कमेड़स, आर्यभट्ट: गालिलिओ)
Answer:
आर्यभट्ट:

24. भूमि: एव __________ इति ।
(चलति, गच्छति, भ्रमति)
Answer:
भ्रमति

25. कालिदासस्य काले __________ कथम् आसीत् इति मेघदूतस्य पठनात् स्फुटीभवति ।
(भूगोलविज्ञानं, भूशासविज्ञान, भूकम्पविज्ञान)
Answer:
भूशाख्वविज्ञानं

26. भूभृत इति __________ पर्यायपदम् ।
(सूर्यस्य, जलस्य, पर्वतस्य)
Answer:
पर्वतस्य

27. भूगुरूत्वाकर्षणविषये __________ विशदतया प्रतिपादितम् ।
(सायणाचार्येण, भाष्कराचार्येण, माधवाचार्येण)
Answer:
भाष्कराचार्येण

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

28. आधुनिकगणक्यन्त्रम् अपि अतिशेते भारतीया __________ गणितपद्धति ।
(वेद, शर्ब, ज्ञान)
Answer:
वेद

29. __________ वायौ प्रचयम् अपचयं च निर्माण सश्चरति ।
(शाख:, विद्या, शब्द:)
Answer:
शब्द:

30. क्वाण्टम्सिद्धान्तम् अधिकृत्य अपि __________ चर्ता कृता दृश्यते ।
(वेदेषु, पुराणेषु, उपनिषत्सु)
Answer:
उपनिषत्स्त

31. विमानस्य अब्ररहणकाले भूस्पर्शसमये चैव __________ सम्भावना अधिका इति भारद्वाजमहर्षि: क्रथयति ।
(अपघातस्य, संघातस्य, विघातस्य)
Answer:
अपघातस्य

32. __________ अपि अस्य रसतन्त्रशास्ब्य उपयोग: आसीत् ।
(क्रीड़ायाम्, चिकित्सायाम, कलायाम्)
Answer:
चिकित्सायाम्

33. चिकित्सायामपि अस्य रसतन्त्रशास्बस्य __________ आसीत् ।
(संयोग:, वियोगः, उपयोगः)
Answer:
उपयोग:

34. भोजराजस्य मस्तिष्कशस्षक्रियां __________ नाम वैद्य: कृतवान् ।
(भावुक:, जीवक:, जानुक:)
Answer:
जीवक:

35. चिकित्सार्थ __________ उपयोग: भारते एव ऐदमप्राथम्येन कृतः ।
(मोहनिद्राया:, अतिनिद्राया: सुखनिद्राया:)
Answer:
मोहनिद्राया:

36. मृगवैद्यकस्य पिता __________ ।
(अग्निहोत्र:, शालिहोत्र:, वीतिहोत्र:)
Answer:
शालिहोत्र:

37. असंख्या: __________ सन्ति ।
(नक्षत्रा: ग्रहा:, उल्का:)
Answer:
ग्रहा:

38. सूर्यादीनां __________ भ्रममूल: ।
(प्रचार:, विचार:, सञ्चार:)
Answer:
सज्चार:

39. __________ स्वप्रकाशता नास्ति ।
(नक्षत्राणां, ग्रहाणां, मण्डलानां)
Answer:
ग्रहाणां

40. चिकित्सार्थमपि __________ उपयुज्यते अस्मदाचार्यै: ।
(सड्जीतम्, वाद्यम्, नृत्यम्)
Answer:
सड्गीतम्

41. तेन भारतमाता पुनरपि __________ अधिकरिष्यति ।
(सद्गुरुस्थानम्, परमगुरुस्थानम्, जगद्गुरुस्थानम्)
Answer:
जगद्गुरुस्थानम्

(ख) अतिसंक्षेपेण उत्तरं लिखत-

1. कः अजपालितः सिंहशिशुः इव अस्ति ?
Answer:
ଅଦ୍ୟତନସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରଃ

2. अद्यतनसंस्कृतच्छात्रः कीदृश इव अस्ति ?
Answer:
ଅଜପାଳତଃ ସିଂହଶିଶୁଃ

3. कस्य आत्मविस्मृतिः सञ्जाता अस्ति ?
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରସ୍ୟ

4. संस्कृतछात्रे किं न जागर्ति ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵାଭିମାନଃ

5. आध्यात्मिकशास्त्रे के अन्तर्भवन्ति ?
Answer:
ସର୍ବେ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟବିଷୟାଃ

6. के विविधशास्त्रतत्वानि प्रतीकात्मकतया निरूपयन्ति ?
Answer:
ପୁରାଣାଦୟଃ

7. का कथा परिणामघट्टं निरूपयति ?
Answer:
ଦଶାବତାରକଥା

8. दशावतारकथा किं निरूपयति ?
Answer:
ପରିଣାମଘଟ୍ଟମ୍

9. का कथा मनुष्यहययोः मस्तिष्कसाम्यं प्रतिपादयति ?
Answer:
ହୟଗ୍ରୀବକଥା

10. कुत्र विज्ञानं, सामाजिकं, साहित्यं चेति त्रयः भागाः सन्ति ?
Answer:
ଭୌତିକବିଷୟେଷୁ

11. केषां इतिहासप्रज्ञा नास्ति इति पाश्चात्यैः उक्तम् ?
Answer:
ଭାରତୀୟାନାମ୍

12. सुन्दरस्य भविष्यस्य निर्माणमेव कस्य लक्ष्यम् ?
Answer:
ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

13. भूमेः गोलाकृतिम् ऐदम्प्राथम्येन कः प्रतिपादितवान् ?
Answer:
ମାଗନାମକଃ

14. भूमि : कति भूतात्मिका ?
Answer:
ପଞ୍ଚ

15. किं प्रति सर्वम् आकृष्टं भवति ?
Answer:
ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ରମ୍

16. भूव्यासम् अधिकृत्प ‘ञिला भू:’ इति कः वदति ?
Answer:
ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟାଃ

17. भूव्यासः कतियोजनमित: भवति ?
Answer:
୧୦୫୦

18. मेघदूतस्य पठनात् कालिदासस्य काले किं स्कृटीभवति ?
Answer:
ଭୂଶାସ୍ତବିଜ୍ଞାନମ୍

19. भूभृत् इति कस्य पर्यायपदम् ?
Answer:
ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ

20. के भूतोलनं साधयन्ति ?
Answer:
ପର୍ବତାଃ

21. पर्वताः किं साधयन्ति ?
Answer:
ଭୂତୋଳନମ୍

22. कस्मिन् विषये भाष्काराचार्येण विशदतया प्रतिपादितम् ?
Answer:
ଭୂଗୁରୁତ୍ୱାକର୍ଷଣବିଷୟେ

23. भारतीया वेदगणितपद्धति: किम् अतिशेते ?
Answer:
ଆଧୁନିକଗଣକୟନ୍ତମ୍

24. “पैथागोरियन् सिद्धान्तः” कुत्र निरूपितः आसीत् ?
Answer:
ଶୁଲ୍ଵସୂତ୍ରେ

25. लीलावतीग्रन्थस्य रचयिता क: ?
Answer:
ଭ।ଷ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟଃ

26. क्वाण्टम् सिद्धान्तमधिकृत्य कुत्र चर्चा कृता दृश्यते ?
Answer:
ଉପନିଷଦ୍‌ସୁ

27. विमानस्य अवरोहणकाले भूस्पर्शसमये चैव कस्य सम्भावना अधिका इति भरद्वाजमहर्षिः कथयति ?
Answer:
ଅପଙ୍ଘାତସ୍ୟ

28. चिकियां कस्य शास्त्रस्य उपेयागः आसीत् ?
Answer:
ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଶାସ୍ତସ୍ୟ

29. देहलीस्थ: विष्णुस्तम्भः अजन्ताचित्राणि च कस्य ज्ञानस्य प्रत्यक्षोदाहरणानि सन्ति ?
Answer:
ଉ।ରତୀୟରସତନ୍ତଜ୍ଞ।ନସ୍ୟ

30. जीवकः नाम वैद्यः भोजराजस्य किं कृतवान् ?
Answer:
ମସ୍ତିଷ୍କଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାମ୍

31. चिकित्सार्थं कस्याः उपयोग: भारते एव ऐदम्प्राथम्येन कृत: ?
Answer:
ମେ।ହିନିଦ୍ରାସ୍ଟଃ

32. मृगवैद्यकस्य पिता क: ?
Answer:
ଶ।ଳିହୋ।ତ୍ରଃ

33. बृहत्संहितायाः रचयिता क: ?
Answer:
ବରାହମିହିରଃ

34. कस्य उपरि अग्रतुषारावरणम् अस्ति ?
Answer:
କୂଜସ୍ୟ

35. केषां सञ्चारः भ्रममूलः ?
Answer:
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦୀନାମ୍

36. केषां स्वप्रकाशता नास्ति ?
Answer:
ଗ୍ରହାଣ।ମ୍

37. संगीतं कथम् उपयुज्यते स्म अस्मदाचार्यै: ?
Answer:
ଚିକିତ୍ସ।ର୍ଥମ୍

38. का पुनरपिं जगद्गुरुस्थानमधिकरिष्यति ?
Answer:
ଭ।ରତମାତା

GROUP – B

(ग) संक्षेपेण (षडूभिः वाक्यैः / पञ्चविंशत्यापदैः ) उत्तरं लिखत-

1. अद्यतन: संस्कृतच्छात्रः कथम् अजपालितः सिंहशिशुः इव अस्ति ?
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତେ କିଂ ବା ଅସ୍ତି ? ଇତି ଏତସ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତରଂ ବକ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଅଶୁକ୍ଳବନ୍ ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରୀ ନତମସ୍ତକଃ ସନ୍‌ ତିଷ୍ଠତି । ପରନ୍ତୁ କିଂ ନାସ୍ତି ? ଇତି ଆଧ୍ୟାକାରିକତଯା ପ୍ରତିପ୍ରଶଂ କର୍ଡିଂ ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ନ ଭବତି ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରସ୍ୟ । ଅତଃ ଅଦ୍ୟତନ ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରୀ
ଅଜପାଳିତଃ ସିଂହଶିଶୁ ଇବ ଅସ୍ଥି । ତସ୍ୟ ଆତ୍ମବିସ୍ମୃତିଃ ସଞ୍ଜାତା ଅସ୍ଥି । ସ୍ବାଭିମାନଃ ତସ୍ମିନ୍ ନ ଜାଗର୍ତି ।

2. संस्कृतवाङ्मयस्य आध्यात्मिके भाने के शास्त्रीयविषयाः अन्तर्भवन्ति ?
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟସ୍ୟ ଆଧ୍ୟାମିକେ ଭାଗେ ସର୍ବେ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟବିଷୟା ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭବନ୍ତି । ତଦ୍ ଯଥା – ବେଦଃ, ବେଦାଙ୍ଗାନି, ଉପବେଦା, ପୁରାଣାନି, ଇତିହାସ, ଧର୍ମଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଦର୍ଶନାନି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ । ଏତେ ସର୍ବେ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସାହିତ୍ୟଶବ୍ଦନ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ ।

3. भौतिकविषयेषु के तावत् परिगण्यन्ते ?
Answer:
ଭୌତିକବିଷୟେଷୁ ବିଜ୍ଞାନଂ, ସାମାଜିକଂ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଚେତି ତ୍ରୟଂ ସନ୍ତା । ବିଜ୍ଞାନେ ତୁ ଗଣିତମ୍, ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ରସାୟନଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଗଣ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ସାମାଜିକେ ଇତିହାସ, ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ରାଜ୍ୟଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭଦନ୍ତି । ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଚ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ-ଶ୍ରାବ୍ୟ-ମିଶ୍ରଭେଦା ପରିଗଣ୍ୟନ୍ତେ ।

4. क: इतिहास: ? किं तावदस्य पठनस्य उदेश्यम् ?
Answer:
ଇତିହାସ ନାମ କେଚନ ବର୍ଷବିଶେଷା, କାନିଚିତ୍ ନାମାନି, କାଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ପରାଜୟଗାଥା ଚ ? ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ଯତ୍ ଇଦାନୀ ପାଠ୍ୟତେ ତାବନ୍ନାତ୍ରକଃ ଏକ କିଂ ଭବତି ଇତିହାସ ? ଇତିହାସପାଠନସ୍ୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଭବତି ଯତ୍ – ସୁନ୍ଦରସ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍ ଏବ ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟମ୍ । ରାମାୟଣମହାଭାରତାଦୀନାଂ ପଠନମ୍ ଏବ ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତମଂ ସାଧନଂ ଖଳୁ । ଅନେନ ଜୀବନସ୍ୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଚ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣଂ ଭବଷ୍ୟତି।

5. इतिहासविषये पाश्चात्यानाम् आक्षेप: समीचीनः न वा ?
Answer:
ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟା କଥୟନ୍ତ ଯତ୍ ଭାରତୀୟନାମ୍ ଇତିହାସପ୍ରଜ୍ଞା ନାସ୍ତି ଇତି । କିମ୍ ଇତିହାଡଃ ନାମ କେଚନ ବର୍ଷବିଶେଷ, କାନିଚିତ୍ ନାମାନି, କାଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ପରାଜୟଗାଥା ଚ ? ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟେ ଯ ଦେବ ପାଠ୍ୟତେ ତତ୍ କିମ୍ ଇତିହାରଃ ଭବତି ? ଇତ୍ଯେବ ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟାନାଂ ଯଦେବ ଆକ୍ଷେପଃ ତତ୍ ତୁ ନ ସମୀଚୀନଃ । ଯତୋ ହି ଭାରତୀୟା ଜାନନ୍ତି ଯତ୍ ସୁନ୍ଦରସ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ନିର୍ମାଣମେବ ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟମ୍ । ଏତଦର୍ଥୀ ଭାରତୀୟା ରାମାୟଣମହାଭାରତାଦୀନାଂ ପଠନଂ ସ୍ତୁଶ୍ରୁତୟା କୁର୍ବନ୍ତବ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

6. संस्कृतभाषायां प्राचीनकालात् व्यवहारे भूगोलमस्ति इत्यत्र किं प्रमाणम् ?
Answer:
ଭୂମେ ଗୋଲାକୃତିମ୍ ଏଦମ୍ପ୍ରାଥମୋନ ମାଗନାମକଃ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତବାନ୍ ଇତି ବୟଂ ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକେଷୁ ପଠାମଃ । ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷାୟାଂ ତୁ ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳତଃ ବ୍ୟବହାରେ ଭୂଗୋଳମ୍ ଅର୍ଦ୍ଧେବ । ଏଷ ବ୍ୟବହାରଃ ଏବଂ ଖଳୁ ସମର୍ଥୟତି ଭୂମେ ଗୋଲୋକାରତାମ୍ । ଭୂମିପଞ୍ଚଭୂତାୟିକା, କିପିତ୍‌ଥଫଳାକାରିକା ଚ ଇତି ଅତ୍ର ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟତୟା ନିରୂପିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି ।

7. गोलपरिभाषायां किम् उक्तम् ?
अथवा, निरलम्बा भूमिः व्योम्नि तिष्ठतीति कथं ज्ञायते ?
Answer:
ଗୋଲପରିଭାଷାୟାମ୍ ଉଚ୍ୟତେ ଯତ୍ ଭୂମି ମଦମ୍ବଗୁ ନିଳୀକାଶପିଣ୍ଡଭୂତା ପଞ୍ଚଭୂତାୟିକା, କପିତ୍‌ଥଫଳାକାରିକା ଚ ଇତି ଅତ୍ର ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟତୟା ନିରୂପିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ତି । କପିତ୍‌ଥଫଳକାରକତଂ ନାମ ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟଧକ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତଗୋଳକତ୍ଵମ୍ । ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ପ୍ରତି ସର୍ବମ୍ ଆକୃଷ୍ଟ ଭବତି । ଅନ୍ୟତ୍ କିମପି ଅନାଶ୍ରିତ୍ୟ ଆକର୍ଷଣଶଲ୍ୟା ପରେଶଶଲ୍ୟା ବା ନିରାଲମ୍ବା ଭୂମି ବ୍ୟାପ୍ତି ତିଷ୍ଠତି ଇତି ଜ୍ଞାୟତେ ।

8. आर्यभट्टादिभि: भूशास्त्रविज्ञानविषये किं प्रतिपादितम् ?
Answer:
ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ଭୂବ୍ୟାସମ୍ ଅଧ୍ଯକୃତ୍ୟ ବଦତି ‘ଖିଲା ଭୂ’ ଇତି । ତନ୍ନାମ ଭୂବ୍ୟାସ ୧୦୫୦ ଯୋଜନମିତଃ ଭବତି । (୧୦୫୦ x ୧୨ = ୧୨୬୦୦ କିଲୋମିଟର୍‌) ଆଧୁନିକା ଅପି ଏତତ୍ ଏବ ପରିମାଣଂ ପ୍ରତିପାଦୟନ୍ତି । ଭୂମି ଏବ ଭ୍ରମତି ଇତି, ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳମ୍ ଅପି ପରାଂ ଶକ୍ତି କେନ୍ଦ୍ରୀକୃତ୍ୟ ଭ୍ରମତି ଇତି ଚ ଅସ୍ମତପୂର୍ବ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତତମ୍ । ମେଘଦୂତେ କାଳିଦାସ ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

9. श्रीकृष्णविलासकाव्ये के विषयाः प्रतिपादिता: ?
Answer:
ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣବିଳାସକାବ୍ୟ ଭୂମିବ୍ରହ୍ମସମ୍ବାଦେ ଭୂସ୍ଥିତିଃ, ଭୂକମ୍ପନମ୍, ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟରଶ୍ମିମହିମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ବିଷୟା କାବ୍ୟଶୈଲ୍ୟା ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ସନ୍ତି । ଦିନଚଳନଂ, ବାର୍ଷିକଚଳନମ୍, ଅୟନଂ, ଗ୍ରହଣଂ, ସମରାତ୍ରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବହନଃ ବିଷୟା ଅତିପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳେ ଏବ ଭାରତ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତା ଆସନ୍ ।

10. भारतीयानां कारणांत् गणितक्षेत्रे के अंशा: प्रविष्टा: ?
Answer:
ଆଧୁନିକଗଣକଯନ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଅପି ଅତିଶେତେ ଭାରତୀୟା ବେଦଗଣିତପଦ୍ଧତିଃ । ଶୂନ୍ୟ, ଦଶାଂଶପଦ୍ଧତିଃ, ସଂଖ୍ୟା, ପୈମୂଲ୍ୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ବହନଃ ଅଂଶୋ ଭାରତୀୟାନାଂ କାରଣତଃ ଏବଂ ଗଣିତକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟବତଃ ।

11. शब्दस्य विषये प्राचीनशास्त्रे कीदृशी चर्या दृश्यते ?
Answer:
ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ ଗତିଃ ସ୍ଵଭାବାଦୟଶ୍ଚ ନ୍ୟାୟବୈଶେଷିକ-ମୀମାଂସାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚାବିଷୟା ଜାତଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଶବ୍ଦ ବାୟୋ ପ୍ରଚୟମ୍ ଅପଚୟଂ ଚ ନିର୍ମାୟ ସଞ୍ଚରତି । ତରଙ୍ଗରୂପସ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଫଳନମ୍ ଅପି ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି ।

12. आलोकविषये किं तत्वं प्रतिपादितम् अस्ति ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ଗତିଃ ସ୍ବଭାବଦୟଶ୍ଚ ନ୍ୟାୟବୈଶେଷିକ-ମୀମାଂସାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚାବିଷୟା ଜାତଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଫଳନମ୍, ଅପଭ୍ରଂଶଃ, ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବିଷୟ ତର୍କଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଏତେ ବିଷୟା ବାତ୍ସାୟନଭାଷ୍ୟ’ ‘ରଶ୍ମିପରାବର୍ତ୍ତନ’ ବାଚସ୍ପତିମିଶ୍ରଣ ବିରଚିତାୟାଂ ତାତ୍ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଟୀକାୟାଂ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତା । ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟସାୟଣମତେ ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ବେଗ ଏକସ୍ମିନ୍ ସେକେଣ୍ଡ ମଧ୍ୟ ୨୯୬୨୯୧.୩୩ କି.ମି. ଭବତି । ଆଧୁନିକା ପ୍ରାୟଶଃ ୩୦୦୦୦୦ କି.ମି. ଇତି ବଦନ୍ତି ।

13. रसतन्त्रप्रतिपादका: गन्या: के ?
Answer:
ରସତନ୍ତବିଷୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତଗ୍ରନ୍ଥା ବହଡଃ ସନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥେଷୁ ବାଗଭଟ୍ଟସ୍ୟ ‘ରସସମୁଚ୍ଚୟ’ ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟମ୍ ଆବହତି । ଏତତ୍ ବିହାୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଯେ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥା ସନ୍ତୋ ତଦ୍ ଯଥା –  ଶିଳ୍ପରତ୍ନ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧର୍ମୋତ୍ତରଂ, ମାନସସାରଃ, ମାନସୋଲ୍ଲାସ, ରସସଂହିତା, ରସରତ୍ନାକରଃ, ରସାଣ୍ତବମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦ୍‌ୟ ।

14. रसरत्नाकरग्रन्थ: केन रचितः ? तत्र के विषया: वर्णिता: ?
Answer:
ଖ୍ରୀ.ପୂ. ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଶତକେ ଜାତସ୍ୟ ନାଗାର୍ଜୁନସ୍ୟ ରଚନା ଭବତି ରସରତ୍ନାକରଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ । ଅସ୍ଥିଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ସ ଲୋହାଳୟନିର୍ମାଣାର୍ଥୀ ସାଙ୍କେତିକବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ନିରୂପିୟତି । ପରୀକ୍ଷଣଶାଳାୟା ରଚନଂ, ତତ୍ରତ୍ୟାନି ଉପକରଣାନି, ଏକୈକସ୍ୟା ଅପି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାୟଃ କୃତେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକା ତାପବିଶେଷ, ରସତଃ ଔଷଧନିର୍ମାଣରୀତିଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅପି ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ବର୍ତିତଃ ସନ୍ତି । ରସସ୍ତମ୍ଭନାଦୟଂ ନବଦ୍ଦଶପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅପି ଅଜୈବ ବସ୍ତ୍ୟନ୍ତେ ।

15. वृक्षगजाशायुर्वेदग्रन्थेषु के विषयाः प्रतिपादिता: ?
Answer:
ବୃକ୍ଷାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ଗଜାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ଅଶ୍ୱୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ନିରବଧୂଖା ତିର୍ଯ୍ୟଗ୍‌ବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଅଧୂ ତ୍ୟ ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତା । ବରାହମିହିରସ୍ୟ ବୃହସଂହିତା ବୃକ୍ଷ – ଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷାମ୍ ଅଧିକୃତ୍ୟ ବଦତି । ପାଳକାବ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ହସ୍ତାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ ଲୋକେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ । ହୟଲୀଳାବତ୍ୟାମ୍ ଅଶ୍ୱିନାଂ ସ୍ଵଭାବାଃ ଗୁଣା ଚ ଉପବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତା । ତେଷା ରୋଗୀ, ତର୍ଚ୍ଚିକିତ୍ସା, ତେଷାମ୍ ଆହାରଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିୟଃ ଅପି ତତ୍ର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଃ । ମୃଗବୈଦ୍ୟକସ୍ୟ ପିତା ଇତି ବିଖ୍ୟାତେନ ଶାଳିହୋତ୍ରେଣ ଅଶ୍ଵଲକ୍ଷଣମ୍, ଅଶ୍ଵପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥାଃ ରଚିତାଃ ।

16. मङ्गलग्रहस्य स्वरूपविषये किम् उक्तं दृश्यते ?
Answer:
ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହଃ କୂଜଃ (ଭୂମିପୂନଃ) ଇତି ରୂପେଣ ଅଭିହିତଃ । କୂଜଗ୍ରହସ୍ୟ ସ୍ୱରୂପଂ ‘ଚପନଃ ସରକ୍ତଗୌରଃ ମଜ୍ଜାସାରଶ୍ଚ ମାହେୟଃ’’- ଇତି ଭକ୍ତ ବରାହମିହିରେଣ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଆଧୁନିକଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକାର ବଦନ୍ତି – କୂଜସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ଅଗ୍ରତୁଷାରାବରଣମ୍ ଅସ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟତଃ ରକ୍ତବର୍ଣ୍ଣଯୁକ୍ତଧବଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ତତ୍ର ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ ଇତି । କୂଜଃ (ଭୂମିପୁନଃ) ଇତି ଶବ୍ଦ ଏବ ତଦ୍‌ଗ୍ରହେ ଜୀବସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟତାଂ ପ୍ରକାଶୟତି ।

17. आर्यभट: किम् उक्तवन्तः ?
Answer:
ଅସଂଖ୍ୟା ଗ୍ରହ ସନ୍ତୋ, ଅନ୍ୟସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳାନି ଅପି ଭବିତୁମ୍ ଅର୍ହନ୍ତ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବିଚାରା ଭାରତୀୟ ଜ୍ୟୋତିଶ୍‌ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ରୂଢ଼ମୂଳା ସନ୍ତି । ଗ୍ରହାଣଂ ସ୍ଥିତି, ପରସ୍ପରାକର୍ଷଣଂ, ଗ୍ରହଣସ୍ୱରୂପମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଂ ଅତ୍ର ବିସ୍ତରଣ ଉକ୍ତାଃ । ଅତଃ ଅସ୍ୟ।ଧାରେଣ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦୀନାଂ ଭ୍ରମମୂଳଃ’, ‘ଗ୍ରହାଣଂ ସ୍ଵପ୍ରକାଶକତା ନାସ୍ତି’ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବହତଃ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକାଃ ଅଂଶଃ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟନ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତାଃ ।

18. का वास्तुविद्या ? वास्तुशास्त्रनिरूपका: ग्रन्था: के ?
Answer:
ସିନ୍ଧୁସଭ୍ୟତାଚିତ୍ରାଣି, କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକେ ବେଲୁରେ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନଃ ଭୂମିସ୍ପର୍ଶରହିତଃ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, କୋଣାର୍କକ୍ଷେତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଦେବାଳୟଃ, ଶୃଙ୍ଗେରୀସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅନନ୍ତପୁରୀସ୍ଥା ସପ୍ତସ୍ୱରପ୍ରଭବାଃମଣ୍ଡପାଧାରାଃ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ୍ରା, ଅଜନ୍ତା-ଏଲୋରାଗୁହା, ଦେହଲୀସ୍ଥ ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତୟଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅନେକ ଅଂଶଃ ଭାରତୀୟବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟାୟ ନମୂନଃ ଭବନ୍ତି । ମୟମତମ୍, ମୟସାରଃ, ମନୁଷ୍ୟାଳୟଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ସୁପ୍ରଭେଦାଗମଃ, ବାସ୍ତୁରତ୍ନାବଳୀ, କାମିକାଗମଃ, ବୃହଦ୍‌ବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଅନେକେଷୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଷୁ ବାସ୍ତୁଶାସ୍ତଂ ନିରୂପିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ତି ।

19. अतिप्राचीना उत्कृष्टा वास्तुविद्या कुत्र प्रयुक्ता ?
Answer:
ସିନ୍ଧୁସଭ୍ୟତାଚିତ୍ରାଣି ପ୍ରାୟ ସର୍ବାନ୍ ଅପି ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତାନ୍ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି ଏବ । ତତ୍ରତ୍ୟା ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ଅତିପ୍ରାଚୀନଃ ଅତ୍ୟୁତ୍କୃଷ୍ଠା ଚ ଭବତି।

GROUP – C

(घ) प्रायश: चत्वारिंशता पदैः अथवा अष्टाभिः वाक्यैः उत्तरं लिखत –

1. संस्कृतवाङ्मयस्य स्वरूपं भेदं च वर्णयत ।
Answer:
ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟଂ ଦ୍ଵିଧା ବିଭ୍ୟଜ୍ୟତେ ଯଥା – (୧) ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକମ୍, (୨) ଭୌତିକଂ ଚେତି । ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକମିତି ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣେନ ବୟଂ କେବଳଂ ଦେବତାନାଂ ସ୍ତୁତିଃ ଇତି ବୋଧୟାମଃ ପରନ୍ତୁ ଏତତ୍ ନ । ତତ୍ର ସର୍ବେ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟବିଷୟ ଅପି ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଅଧାରିକେ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁବନ୍ତି । ବେଦା, ବେଦାଙ୍ଗାନି, ଉପବେଦା, ପୁରାଣାନି, ଇତିହାସ, ଧର୍ମଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଦର୍ଶନାନି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ସର୍ବେବିଷୟଃ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସାହିତ୍ୟଶବ୍ଦନ ନିର୍ଦେଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ପୁରାଣାଦୟଃ ବିବିଧଶାସ୍ତ୍ରତତ୍ତ୍ଵାନି ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକତୟା ଏତାଦୃଶାନି ବହୁନି ଉଦାହରଣାନି ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶୟିତାଂ ଶକ୍ୟାନି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତବାଙ୍ମୟତଃ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟବିଭାଗ ଭବତି ଭୌତିକମ୍ । ଭୌତିକବିଷୟେଷୁ ବିଜ୍ଞାନଂ, ସାମୂହିକଂ, ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଚେତି ତ୍ରୟ ଭାଗା ସନ୍ତି । ବିଜ୍ଞାନେ ତୁ ଗଣିତଂ, ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ, ରସାୟନଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଗଣ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ସାମୂହିକେ ଇତିହାସ, ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ରାଜ୍ୟଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍, ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁବନ୍ତି । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଚ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ-ଶ୍ରବ୍ୟ-ମିଶ୍ର ଭେଦା ପରିଗଣ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟେ ବିବିଧାନ ବିଷୟାନି ବଣ୍ଡିତଂ ଭବନ୍ତି ।

2. संस्कृतवाङमये सामूहिकं विषयम् आलोचयत ।
Answer:
ସାମୂହିକବିଷୟମ୍ ଅଧୂକୃତ୍ୟ ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟାନଂ ପୌନଃପୁଣ୍ୟନ କଥନଂ ଶୁୟତେ ଯତ୍ ଭାରତୀୟାନାମ୍ ଇତିହାସ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞା ନାସ୍ତି, କାଳଗଣନାନୈପୁଣ୍ୟ ନାସ୍ତି ଇତି । କିମ୍ଵା ଇତିହାସ ନାମ କେଚନ ବର୍ଷବିଶେଷ କାନିଚିତ୍‌ନାମାନି କାଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ପରାଜୟଗାଥା ଚ ? ସୁନ୍ଦରସ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍ ଏବ ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟମ୍ । ଅତଃ ଏବଂ ଖଳୁ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ବିବେକାନନ୍ଦଃ ଉକ୍ତବାନ୍ ଯତ୍ ଯେଷାମ୍ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ ଭୂତକାଳୀ ଅସ୍ଥି ତେଷାମ୍ ଏବଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ୍‌କାଳ ଉତ୍ତମଃ ସମ୍ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି ଇତି । ଏତଃ ବର୍ଷ-ନାମ- ପରାଜୟଗାଥା ପଠାମଃ ଚେତ୍ କିଂ ପୂର୍ବୋକ୍ତ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧ ଭବେତ୍ ? ତାଦୃଶଂ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ସାଧୟିତଂ ରାମାୟଣମହାଭାରତାଦୀନାଂ ପଠନମ୍ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍ତମଂ ସାଧନଂ ଖଳୁ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ‘କାଳଗଣନାନୁସାରୀ ଇତିହାସ ଭାରତେ ନାସ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟତଃ ଏଷା ଯୁକ୍ତି ଖଳୁ ଉପସ୍ଥାପ୍ୟତେ’, ଇତି କେଚିତ୍ ବଦେୟୁ । ତତ୍ ସର୍ବଥା ଅସମଞ୍ଜସମ୍ । ରାଜତରଙ୍ଗିଣ୍ୟାଦୟ ଐତିହାସିକା ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥା ଅତ୍ର ସନ୍ତୋ ଏବ ବହବ । ଅପିତୁ ‘ସେକେଣ୍ଡ’ ନାମକଂ କାଳଂ ଯେ ଲଘୁତମଂ ମନ୍ୟନ୍ତେ, ଯେ ଚ ବର୍ଷମ୍ ଏବଂ ବୃହତ୍ତମଂ ମନ୍ୟନ୍ତେ, ତେ ଲବସ୍ୟ ପରାର୍ଧସ୍ୟ ଚ ଉପଯୋକ୍ତଣାମ୍ ଅସ୍ମାକମ୍ ଉପହାସଂ ଯତ୍ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି ତତ୍ ପଙ୍ଗୁନା ଖଞ୍ଜେନ ବା କୃତଃ ପାଦବତଃ ଉପହାରଃ ଇବ ଭବତି । ଏତାଦୃଶରୂପେଣ ସାମୂହିକଂ ବିଷୟଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

3. संस्कृते भूगर्भशास्त्रम् इति उक्तेः याथार्थ्यं प्रतिपादयत ।
Answer:
ବୟଂ ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକେଷୁ ପଠାମଃ ଯତ୍ ଭୂମେ ଗୋଲାକୃତିମ୍ ଏଦମ୍ ପ୍ରାଥମୋନ ମାଗଲ୍ ନାମକଃ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତବାନ୍ । ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷାୟାଂ ତୁ ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳତଃ ବ୍ୟବହାରେ ଭୂଗୋଳମ୍ ଏବଂ ଅସ୍ଥି । ଏଷ ବ୍ୟବହାରଃ ଏବ ଖକୁ ସମର୍ଥୟତି ଭୂମେ ଗୋଲାକାରତାମ୍ । ଅପିଚ ଗୋଲପରିଭାଷାୟାମ୍ ଉଚ୍ୟତେ –
ମୃଦମ୍ବଗ୍ୟନିଳାକାଶପିଣ୍ଡୋଫ୍ଲ ପାଞ୍ଚଭୌତିକଃ ।
କପିତ୍‌ଥ ଫଳବଦ୍‌ବୃରଃ ସର୍ବକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଖିଳାଶ୍ରୟଃ ॥
ସ୍ଥିରଃ ପରେଶ ଶତ୍ୟେବ ସର୍ବଗୋଳାଦଧଃ ସ୍ଥିତଃ ।
ମଧ୍ୟେ ସମନ୍ତାଦଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ ଭୂଗୋଳୋ ବ୍ୟୋମ୍ନି ତିଷ୍ଠତି ॥
ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଭୂମି ପଞ୍ଚଭୂତାୟିକା, କପିତ୍‌ଥ ଫଳାକାରିକା ଚ ଇତି ଅତ୍ର ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟତୟା ନିରୂପିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି । କପିତ୍‌ଥ ଫଳାକାରକଙ ନାମ ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟଧ୍ୟାକ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତଗୋଲକତ୍ଵମ୍ । ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ପ୍ରତି ସର୍ବମ୍ ଆକୃଷ୍ଟ ଭବତି । ଅନ୍ୟତ୍ କିମପି ଅନାଶ୍ରିତ୍ୟ ଆକର୍ଷଣଶକ୍ତ ନିରାଲମ୍ବା ଭୂମି ବ୍ୟାପ୍ତି ତିଷ୍ଠତି ଇତି ଏତସ୍ତାତ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକାତ୍ ଜ୍ଞାୟତେ ।

ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ଭୂବ୍ୟାସମ୍ ଅଧିକୃତ୍ୟ ବଦତି ‘ଜିଲା ଭୂ’ ଇତି । ତନ୍ନାମ ଭୂବ୍ୟାସ ୧୦୫୦ ଯୋଜନମିତଃ ଭବତି । (୧୦୫୦ × ୧୨ = ୧୨୬୦୦ କିଲୋମିଟର) ଆଧୁନିକା ଅପି ଏତତ୍ ଏବ ପରିମାଣଂ ପ୍ରତିପାଦୟନ୍ତି । ଭ୍ରମତି ଇତି ଭୂମି, ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳମ୍ ଅପି ପରାଂ ଶକ୍ତି କେନ୍ଦ୍ରୀକୃତ୍ୟ ଭ୍ରମତି ଇତି ଅସ୍ପତ୍ ପୂର୍ବଜଃ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତତମ୍ । କାଳିଦାସସ୍ୟ କାଳେ ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନଂ କଥମ୍ ଆସୀତ୍ ଇତି ମେଘଦୂତସ୍ୟ ପଠନାତ୍ମ ସ୍ଫୁଟୀଭବତି । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଭୂଭୃତ୍ ଇତି ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟପଦମ୍ । ପର୍ବତଃ ଭୂତୋଳନଂ ସାଧୟନ୍ତ ଇତି ଆଧୁନିକା ଅପି ଅଙ୍ଗୀକୁର୍ବନ୍ତି । ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣବିଳାସକାବ୍ୟ ଭୂମିବ୍ରହ୍ମସଂବାଦେ ଭୂସ୍ଥିତି, ଭୂକମ୍ପନଂ, ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟରଶ୍ମିମହିମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦ ବିଷୟା କାବ୍ୟଶୈଲ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତା ସନ୍ତି । ଦିନଚଳନଂ, ବାର୍ଷିକଚଳନମ୍, ଅୟନଂ, ଗ୍ରହଣ, ସମରାତ୍ରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ବହନଃ ବିଷୟା ଅତିପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳେ ଏବ ଭାରତେ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତା ଆସନ୍ । ଭୃଗୁରୁତ୍ୱାକର୍ଷଣବିଷୟେ ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟଣ ବିଶଦତୟା ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତମ୍ ।

4. संस्कृते गणितस्य स्थानं निरूपयत ।
अथवा, गणितक्षेत्रं प्रति भारतीयानाम् अवदानं लिखत ।
Answer:
ଭାରତୀୟା ବେଦଗଣିତପଦ୍ଧତିଃ ଆଧୁନିକ ଗଣକ୍ରନ୍ତ୍ରମପି ଅତିଶେତେ । ଶୂନ୍ୟଂ, ଦଶାଂଶପଦ୍ଧତିଃ, ସଂଖ୍ୟା, ପାଇ (1) ମୂଲ୍ୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବହନଃ ଅଂଶାଃ, ଭାରତୀୟାନାଂ କାରଣତଃ ଏବ ଗଣିତକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟବନ୍ତଃ । ‘ପେଥାଗୋରିୟନ୍ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତଃ’’ ଇତି ଯତ୍ ଇଦାନୀ ପାଠ୍ୟତେ (କଣ୍ଠବର୍ଗ = ପାଦବର୍ଗ + ଲମ୍ବବର୍ଗ) ସ ଚ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତଃ ପୈଥାଗୋରସସ୍ୟ ଜନନାତ୍ ତ୍ରିଂଶତବର୍ଷେଭିଂ ପୂର୍ବମ୍ ଏବ ଭାରତେ ଶୁଲ୍ବସୂତ୍ରେ ନିରୂପିତଃ ଆସୀତ୍ । ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଲୀଳାବତ୍ୟାମ୍ ଉଚ୍ୟତେ ଯତ୍ –
“ତତ୍‌କୃତ୍ୟୋର୍ପୋଗପଦଂ କର୍ଣ୍ଣଃ
ଦୋଷଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗୟୋବିବରାତ୍‌ ।
ମୂଳଂ କୋଚିଂ କୋଟିଶ୍ରୁତିକୃତ୍ୟା
ଅନ୍ତରାତ୍‌ ପଦଂ ବାହୁ ॥’’
ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ସଂସ୍କୃତେ ଗଣିତବିଷୟଂ ବଣ୍ଡିତଃ ଭବତି ।

5. संस्कृते भौतशास्त्रस्य परिचयं प्रदेयम् ।
अथवा, पदार्थविज्ञानक्षेत्रे भारतीयाशास्त्रे कीदृशी आलेचना दृश्यते ?
Answer:
ଊର୍ଜସଂରକ୍ଷଣନିୟମଃ, ଅଣୁସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତଃ, ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟନିର୍ମାଣମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବିଷୟା ବୈଦିକକାଳାଦାରଭ୍ୟ ଭାରତେ ପ୍ରସୂତଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ଚ ଗତିଃ ସ୍ଵଭାବାଦୟଶ୍ଚ ନ୍ୟାୟବୈଶେଷିକ – ମୀମାଂସାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚାବିଷୟା ଜାତାଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଶତଃ ବାୟୌ ପ୍ରଚୟମ୍ (Contensation) ଅପଚୟଂ (Rarefaction) ଚ ନିର୍ମାୟ ସଞ୍ଚରତି । ତରଙ୍ଗରୂପସ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଫଳନମ୍ (Reflection) ଅପି ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି । ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଫଳନମ୍ ଅପଭ୍ରଂଶ (Refraction) ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବିଷୟ ତର୍କଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଏତେ ବିଷୟା ବାସ୍ୟାୟନଭାଷେ ‘ରଶ୍ମି ପରାବର୍ତ୍ତନ’ ଶବ୍ଦନ ନିର୍ଦିଷ୍ଟା । ପ୍ରକାଶ ବେଶଃ, ଦ୍ବୈତସ୍ଵଭାତଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ କ୍ରିସ୍ତାୟନବମଶତଳେ ଜାତେନ ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟବାଚସ୍ପତିମିଶ୍ରଣ ବିରଚିତାୟାଂ ତାତ୍ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଟୀକାୟାଂ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତାଃ । ଏତେ ଚ ବିଷୟା ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟପଣ୍ଡିତିଃ ସପ୍ତଦଶ ଶତକେ ଜ୍ଞାତା । କ୍ଵାଣ୍ଟମ୍‌ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତମ୍ ଅଧୃତ୍ୟ ଅପି ଉପନିଷତ୍‌ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା କୃତା ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ । ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାୟତଃ ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ବେଗମ୍ ଏବଂ ପ୍ରତିପାଦୟତି –
ଯୋଜନାନାଂ ସହସ୍ତେ ସ୍ଵେ ସ୍ଵେ ଶତେ ଦ୍ବେ ଚ ଯୋଜନେ ।
ଏକେନ ନିମିଷାର୍ଧନ କ୍ରମମାଣ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ତେ ॥ ଇତି ॥
ଅସ୍ୟା ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନେ ପ୍ରକାଶକ ବେଗ ୭୪୦୦୦ କ୍ରୋଶମିତଃ (୧୮୫୦୦୦ ମାଇଲ୍ ପରିମିତଃ) ଇତି ଭକ୍ତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି । ଆଧୁନିକା ଚ ପ୍ରକାଶବେରଂ ୧୮୬୨୦୨.୩୯୬୦ ମାଇଲ ପରିମିତଂ ବଦନ୍ତି ।

6. संस्कृते विमानयानविषयं विवृजुत ।
अथवा, विमानशास्त्रसम्बन्धा: ग्रन्था: के ?
Answer:
ବାୟୁପ୍ରବାହତଃ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନମ୍ ଊର୍ଜ, ସୌରୋର୍ଜମ୍, ଇତରେନ୍ଧନୋର୍ବଂ ଚ ଉପଯୁଜ୍ୟ ସର୍ଯ୍ୟମାଣାନି ବିମାନାନ ଅତ୍ର ଆସନ୍ । ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜମହର୍ଷେ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରସର୍ବସ୍ଵମ୍, ଅଗସ୍ତ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଶକ୍ତିସୂତ୍ରମ୍, ଈଶ୍ବରସ୍ୟ ସୌଦାମିନୀକଳା, ଭାରଦ୍ଵାଜସୈବ ଅଂସୁମତ୍ତନଂ, ଶାକଟାୟନସ୍ୟ ବାୟୁତତ୍ତ୍ଵପ୍ରକରଣଂ ବୈଶ୍ରମାରୁତତତନ୍ତ୍ର ଚ, ନାରଦସ୍ୟ ଧୂମପ୍ରକରଣମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୀନାଂ ବିମାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସମ୍ବନ୍ଧାନାଂ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥାନାମ୍ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ । ଭୋଜସ୍ୟ ସମରାଙ୍ଗଶସୂତ୍ରଧାରଂ, ଶୌନକମହର୍ଷୀ ବ୍ୟୋମଯାନତନ୍ତ୍ର, ଗର୍ଗସ୍ୟ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରକଳ୍ପଃ, ନାରାୟଣସ୍ୟ ବିମାନଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ଚକ୍ରାୟନିମୁନଃ କେତୁଯାନପ୍ରଦୀପିକା ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅନେକେ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥି ଅପି ବିମାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସମ୍ବନ୍ଧା ଏବ । ବିମାନସ୍ୟ ଅବରୋହଣକାଳେ, ଭୂସ୍ପର୍ଶସମୟେ ଚୈବ ଅପଘାତସ୍ୟ ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅଧିକ ଇତି ଭାରଦ୍ଵାଜମହର୍ଷି କଥୟତି । ଅଦ୍ୟାପି ସମସ୍ତ ଖଳୁ ସା ଏବ ସ୍ଥିତିଃ ।

7. संस्कृतं प्रति रसतन्द्रस्य दानं वर्णयत ।
अथवा, रसतन्त्रप्रतिपादकग्रन्थेषु के विषयाः निरूपतिा: सन्ति ?
Answer:
ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରବିଷୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତଗ୍ରନ୍ଥା ବହଡଃ ସନ୍ତି । ବାଗଭଟ୍ଟସ୍ୟ ରସସମୁଚ୍ଚୟଃ ଏତେଷୁ ପ୍ରାଧାନ୍ୟମ୍ ଆବହତି । ଶିଳ୍ପରତଂ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧର୍ମୋତ୍ତରଂ, ମାନସସାରଃ, ମାନସୋଲ୍ଲାସ, ରସସଂହିତା ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ବିବିଧବିଷୟାନ୍ ପ୍ରତିପାଦୟନ୍ତି । ସ୍ଫଟିକ, କାନଃ (ଲେନ୍ସ), ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ, ସୁଧା (ସିମେଣ୍ଟ), ନିର୍ଯ୍ୟାସ, ସୁଗନ୍ଧବସ୍ତୁନି, କାଗଦଂ, ଲୋହଃ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟମୃତ୍‌ତ୍ରାଣି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୀନାଂ ପଦାର୍ଥାନାଂ ନିର୍ମାଣଂ, ରସପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଚ ଏତେଷୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଷୁ ନିରୂପିତା ସନ୍ତି । ଅତ୍ର ଅନେକବିଧା ଆପ୍ଳା (Acids), କ୍ଷାରାଣି ଚ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖୁନି । ଏତେଷାମ୍ ଉପଯୋଗେନ କୃତ୍ରିମପଦାର୍ଥନା ନିର୍ମାଣାୟ ଅପେକ୍ଷିତା ସାଙ୍କେତିବିଦ୍ୟା ଅପି ତେଷୁ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତା ।

ଚିକିତ୍ସାୟାମ୍ ଅପି ଅସ୍ୟ ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଉପଯୋଗୀ ଆସୀତ୍ । ପ।ତଞ୍ଜଳିମହର୍ଷେଃ ଲୋହଶାଫ୍ର ଲୋହସଂସ୍କରଣେନ ଲବଣନିର୍ମାଣରୀତଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣୟତି । ଖ୍ରୀ.ପୂ. ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ଶତକେ ଜାତସ୍ୟ ନାଗାର୍ଜୁନସ୍ୟ ରସରତ୍ନାକରଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଲୋହାଳୟନିର୍ମାଣାର୍ଥୀ ସାଙ୍କେତିକବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ନିରୂପୟତି । ପରୀକ୍ଷଣଶାଳାୟା ରଚନଂ, ତତ୍ରତ୍ୟାନି ଉପକରଣାନି, ଏକୈକସ୍ୟା ଅପି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାୟଃ କୃତେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକା ତାପବିଶେଷ, ରସତଃ ଔଷଧନିର୍ମାଣରୀତିଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅପି ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ସନ୍ତି । ରସସ୍ତମ୍ଭନାଦୟ ନବଦଶପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାଃ ଅପି ଅଜୈବ ବସ୍ତ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଏକାଦଶଶତକାୟଃ ରସାଣ୍ଡବଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଲୋହସ୍ୟ ଜ୍ଵାଳାପରୀକ୍ଷଣବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣୟତି । ଦେହଲୀସ୍ଥଃ ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭଃ ଅଜନ୍ତାଚିତ୍ରାଣି ଚ ଭାରତୀୟରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଜ୍ଞାନସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷୋଦାହରଣାନି ସନ୍ତି ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

8. संस्कृते जीवशास्त्रस्य प्रसङ्गं वर्णयत ।
अथवा, आयुर्वेदग्रन्थेषु किं किम् उल्लिखितमस्ति ?
Answer:
ଚରକସଂହିତା, ସୁଶ୍ରୁତସଂହିତା, ଅଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗହୃଦୟଂ, ଭାବପ୍ରକାଶଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧା ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ । ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା, ପ୍ରତିରୋଧଚିକିତ୍ସା ଚ ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳାତ୍ ଏବଂ ଅତ୍ର ଆସୀତ୍ । ୧୨୮ ତମେ କ୍ରିସ୍ତାରେ ଭୋଜରାଜସ୍ୟ ମସ୍ତିଷ୍କଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଜୀବକ ନାମ ବୈଦ୍ୟ କୃତବାନ୍ ଇତି ଶୁୟତେ । ସୁଶ୍ରୁତସଂହିତାୟାଂ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟୋପକରଣାନି ଶସ୍ତ୍ରଯନ୍ତ୍ରାଦାନି ବହୁନି ଉଲ୍ଲେଖୁନି । ଭାବ- ମିଶ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଭାବପ୍ରକାଶେ ରକ୍ତସଞ୍ଚାରବିଷୟ ଅପି ଉଚ୍ୟତେ । ଚିକିତ୍ସାର୍ଥୀ ମୋହନିଦ୍ରାୟା (ହିଷ୍ଟୋଟିଜିମ୍) ଉପଯୋଗ ଭାରତେ ଏବ ଏଦମ୍ପ୍ରାଥମୋନ କୃତଃ । ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟେ ବୃକ୍ଷାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ଗଜାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ଅଶ୍ଵୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ନିରବଧୂଶାଖା ତିର୍ଯ୍ୟଗ୍‌ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଅଧ୍ବକୃତା ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତା । ହୟଲୀଳାବତ୍ୟାମ୍ ଅଶ୍ୱିନାଂ ସ୍ବଭାବାଃ ଗୁଣା ଚ ଉପବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଃ । ତେରାଂ ରୋଗୀ, ତଳିକିତ୍ସା, ତେଷାମ୍ ଆହାରଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅପି ତତ୍ର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଃ । ମୃଗବୈଦ୍ୟକସ୍ୟ ପିତା ଇତି ବିଖ୍ୟାତେନ ଶାଳିହୋତ୍ରେଣ ଅଶ୍ଵଲକ୍ଷଣମ୍, ଅଶ୍ଵପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ରଚିତାଃ । ଗୌତମସ୍ୟ ନବାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ, ପାଳକାବ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ହସ୍ତୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ ଚ ଲୋକେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି । ବରାହମିହିରସ୍ୟ ବୃହସଂହିତା ବୃକ୍ଷଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷାମ୍ ଅଧିକୃତ୍ୟ ବଦତି । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ସଂସ୍କୃତେ ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ବିବିଧାନି ବିଷୟାନି ବର୍ଷିତାନି ଭବନ୍ତି ।

9. संस्कृते ज्योतिश्शास्त्रस्य भूमिकाम् आलोचयत ।
अथवा, के के विचाराः भारतीयज्योतिःशास्त्रे दृश्यन्ते ?
Answer:
ଅସଂଖ୍ୟା ଗ୍ରହଃ ସନ୍ତୋ, ଅନ୍ୟସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳାନି ଅପି ଭବିତୁମ୍ ଅହଁନ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବିଚାରା ଭାରତୀୟ ଜ୍ୟୋତିଶ୍‌ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ରୂଢ଼ମୂଳା ସନ୍ତି । ଗ୍ରହାଣଂ ସ୍ଥିତି, ପରସ୍ପରାକର୍ଷଣଂ, ଗ୍ରହଣସ୍ୱରୂପମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଂ ଅତ୍ର ବିସ୍ତରେଣ ଉକ୍ତା । କୂଜଗ୍ରହସ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵରୂପିଂ ‘ଚର୍ମନଃ ସରକ୍ତଗୌରଃ ମଜ୍ଜାସାରଶ୍ଚ ମାହେୟ’’ ଇତ୍ଯବମ୍ ଉକ୍ତବାନ୍ ଅସ୍ତ ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବରାହମିହିରଃ । ଆଧୁନିକ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକାରଃ ବଦନ୍ତି – କୂଜସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ଅଗ୍ରତୁଷାରାବରଣମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି ଇତ୍ୟତଃ ରକ୍ତବର୍ଣ୍ଣଯୁକ୍ତଧବଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ତତ୍ର ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ ଇତି । କୂଜଃ (ଭୂମିପୁନଃ) ଇତି ଶବ୍ଦ ଏବ ତଦ୍‌ଗ୍ରହେ ଜୀବସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟତାଂ ପ୍ରକାଶୟତି । ଆଧୁନିକା ଅପି ଏତତ୍ ଏବଂ ବଦନ୍ତି ଖଳୁ ? ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦୀନାଂ ସଞ୍ଚାରଃ ଭ୍ରମମୂଳ’, ‘ଗ୍ରହାଣଂ ସ୍ଵପ୍ରକାଶତା ନାସ୍ତି’ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ବହନଃ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକାଂ ଅଂଶା ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟନ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତାଃ ।

10. संस्कृते वास्तुविद्या प्रसड़ं वर्णयत ।
अथवा, के भारतीयावास्तुविद्यायाः गौरवं प्रमाणीकुर्वन्ति ?
Answer:
ସିନ୍ଧୁସଭ୍ୟତାଚିତ୍ରାଣି ପ୍ରାୟଃ ସର୍ବାନ୍ ଅପି ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତାନ୍ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି ଏବ । ତତ୍ରତ୍ୟା ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ଅତିପ୍ରାଚୀନା ଅଚ୍ୟୁତ୍କୃଷ୍ଣା ଚ । କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକେ ବେଲୁରେ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନଃ ଭୂମିସ୍ପର୍ଶରହିତଃ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, କୋଣାର୍କକ୍ଷେତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଦେବାଳୟ, ଶୃଙ୍ଗେରୀସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅନନ୍ତପୁରୀସ୍ଥା ସପ୍ତସ୍ୱରପ୍ରଭବା ମଣ୍ଡପାଧାରା ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ୍ରା, ଅଜନ୍ତା-ଏକ୍ଲୋରାଗୁହା, ଦେହଲୀସ୍ଥ ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଅନେକେ ଅଂଶ ଭାରତୀୟବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟାୟା ଗରିମାଣଂ ପ୍ରମାଣୀ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି । ମୟମତମ୍, ମୟସାରଃ, ମନୁଷ୍ୟାଳୟଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ସୁପ୍ରଭେଦାଗମଃ, ବାସ୍ତୁରତ୍ନାବଳୀ, କାମିକାଗମଃ, ବୃହଦ୍‌ବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଅନେକେଷୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥେଷୁ ବାସ୍ତୁଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ନିରୂପିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି ।

11. संस्कृते संगीतस्य प्रयोगम् उल्लिखत ।
Answer:
ସଙ୍ଗୀତବିଷୟେ ତୁ ସର୍ବେ ଜାନନ୍ତି ଏବ । ଚିକିତ୍ସାର୍ଥମ୍ ଅପି ସଙ୍ଗୀତମ୍ ଉପଯୁଜ୍ୟତେ ସ୍ଵ ଅମ୍ଳଦାୟୌଃ । ସଙ୍ଗୀତଚିକିତ୍ସାରତ୍ନାକରଃ ନାମକଃ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ୩୪୮୦୦ ସଂଖ୍ୟାକାନାଂ ରୋଗାମାଂ ବିଷୟ ବିସ୍ତାରେଣ ବଦତି । ତେରାଂ ଚିକିସୋପଯୋଗିତାମ୍ ଅପି ପ୍ରତିପାଦୟତି ଡଃ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ସାମବେଦ ଅପି ସଙ୍ଗୀତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଗାନପଦ୍ଧତି ବିଷୟେ ସବିସ୍ତୃତୟୋ ବକ୍ସିତମ୍ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟେ ସଙ୍ଗୀତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ବହୁବିଧ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା ବିଦ୍ୟତେ ।

(ङ) उत्कलभाषया अनुवादं कुरुत –

1. अतः एव संस्कृतस्य एतादृशी स्थितिः ।
Answer:
ଏଣୁକରି ସଂସ୍କୃତର ଏପରି ଅବସ୍ଥା ।

2. अद्यतनसंस्कृतच्छात्रः अजापालितः सिंहशिशुः इव अस्ति ।
Answer:
ଆଜିର ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ର ଛେଳି ପାଳିଥ୍ଥିବା ସିଂହ ଶିଶୁପରି ଅଟେ ।

3. स्साभिमान: तस्मिन् न जागर्ति ।
Answer:
ତା’ଠାରେ ସ୍ବାଭିମାନ ଜାଗରିତ ହେଉନାହିଁ ।

4. आध्यात्मिकं नाम केवलं देवस्तुतिपरं न ।
Answer:
ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଅର୍ଥ କେବଳ ଦେବତାଙ୍କ ସ୍ତୁତି ନୁହେଁ ।

5. पुराणादयः विविधशास्त्रतत्वानि प्रतीकात्मकतया निरूपयन्ति ।
Answer:
ପୁରାଣାଦିରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ତତ୍ତ୍ୱମାନ ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକ ଭାବରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।

6. दशावतारकथा परिणामघट्टं निरूपयति ।
Answer:
ଦଶାବତାରକଥା ପରିଣାମବାଦ (ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନବାଦ) କଥା ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।

7. साहित्ये च दृश्य-श्रव्य – मिश्रभेदाः परिगण्यन्ते ।
Answer:
ଏବଂ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ-ଶ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ମିଶ୍ର-ଏପରି ଭେଦ ପରିଗଣିତ ।

8. सुन्दरस्य भविष्यस्य निर्माणम् एव इतिहासस्य लक्ष्यम् ।
Answer:
ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ନିର୍ମାଣ ହିଁ ଇତିହାସର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ।

9. एषः व्यवहारः एव खलु समर्थयति भूमेः गोलाकारम् ।
Answer:
ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାରରୁ ଜଣାଯାଏ ଯେ ଭୂମି (ପୃଥ୍ବୀ) ଗୋଲାକାର ଅଟେ ।

10. भूकेन्द्रं प्रति सर्वम् आकृष्टं भवति ।
Answer:
ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ପ୍ରତି ସମସ୍ତବସ୍ତୁ ଆକୃଷ୍ଟ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ।

11. भूभृत् इति पर्वतस्य पर्यायपदम् ।
Answer:
‘ଭୂଭୃତ୍’ ପର୍ବତର ଏକ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟବାଚୀ ପଦ ।

12. भूगुरुत्वाकर्षणविषये भास्कराचार्येण विषदतया प्रतिपादितम् ।
Answer:
ଭୂଗୁରୁତ୍ୱାକର୍ଷଣ ବା ମାଧ୍ୟାକର୍ଷଣ ବିଷୟରେ ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟଭାବରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।

13. आधुनिकगणकयन्त्रम् अपि अतिशेते भारतीया वेदगणितपद्धतिः ।
Answer:
ଆଧୁନିକଗଣକଯନ୍ତ୍ର (କାଲ୍‌କୁଲେଟର୍)କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରାହତ କରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ବୈଦିକ ଗଣିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି ।

14. शब्द: वायौ प्रचयम् अपचयं च निर्माय सक्चरति ।
Answer:
ଶବ୍ଦ ବାୟୁରେ ପ୍ରଚୟ ଓ ଅପଚୟ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରି ସଞ୍ଚାରିତ ହୁଏ ।

15. अद्यापि समस्ति खलु सा एव स्थिति: ।
Answer:
ଏବେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେହି ସ୍ଥିତି ସମାନ ରହିଛି ।

16. रसतन्त्रविषये संस्कृतग्रन्था: वहबः सन्ति ।
Answer:
ରସତନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଷୟରେ ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଅଛି ।

17. चिकित्सायाम् अपि अस्य रसतन्त्रशास्त्रस्य उपयोगः आसीत् ।
Answer:
ଚିକିତ୍ସାରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ଉପଯୋଗ ଥିଲା ।

18. रसस्तम्भनादय: नवदशप्रक्रिया अपि अत्रैव वर्ण्यन्ते ।
Answer:
ରସସ୍ତମ୍ଭନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଊଣେଇଶଗୋଟି ଉପାୟ ମଧ୍ଯ ଏଥରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ଅଛି ।

19. चिकित्सार्थं मोहनिद्रया: उपयोग: भारते एव एदम्प्राथम्येन कृंत: ।
Answer:
ଚିକିତ୍ସାନିମନ୍ତେ ମୋହନିଦ୍ରା (ହିପ୍‌ଟିଜମ୍)ର ଉପଯୋଗ ଭାରତରେ ହିଁ ସର୍ବପ୍ରଥମେ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।

20. हयलीलावत्याम् अश्वानां स्वभावा: गुणा: च उपवर्णिता: ।
Answer:
ହୟଲୀଳାବତୀ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଅଶ୍ୱମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ବଭାବ ଏବଂ ଗୁଣମାନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ।

21. वराहमिहिरस्य वृहत्संहिता वृक्षशुश्रूषाम् अधिकृत्य वदति ।
Answer:
ବରାହମିହିରଙ୍କର ‘ବୃହତ୍‌ସଂହିତା’ ବୃକ୍ଷ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ଏବଂ ଚିକିତ୍ସା ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଅଟେ ।

22. सूर्यादीनां सज्चारः भ्रममूलः ।
Answer:
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦିଙ୍କ ଭ୍ରମଣ ଅମୂଳକ ।

23. ग्रहाणों स्वप्रकाशता नास्ति ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ଆଲୋକ ନାହିଁ ।

24. तत्रत्या वास्तुविद्या अतिप्राचीना अत्युत्कृष्टा च ।
Answer:
ସେଠିକାର ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ ।

25. सड्गीतविषये तु सर्वे जानान्ति एव ।
Answer:
ସଙ୍ଗୀତବିଷୟରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ସମସ୍ତେ ହିଁ ଜାଣନ୍ତି ।

26. तेन भारतमाता पुनरपि जगद्गुरुस्थानमधिकरिष्यति ।
Answer:
ଏହାଦ୍ବାରା ହିଁ ଭାରତଜନନୀ ପୁନର୍ବାର ଜଗତରେ ଗୁରୁଭାବରେ ସ୍ବୀକୃତ ହୋଇପାରିବ ।

ଲେଖକ ପରିଚୟ:

ଏହି ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧର ରଚୟିତା ଇ. ଏନ୍. ଈଶ୍ବରନ୍, ଯେ କି କେରଳ ରାଜ୍ୟର କନ୍ତୁରମଣ୍ଡଳର ନିବାସୀ । ତାଙ୍କର ଜନ୍ମତିଥ୍ୟ ୨୮-୦୮-୧୯୭୧ । ତାଙ୍କର ପିତାଙ୍କ ନାମ ଶ୍ରୀ କେଶବନ୍ ନାମ୍ବୁଦ୍ରି ଏବଂ ମାତାଙ୍କ ନାମ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ଦେବକୀ । ୨୦ଟି ପୁସ୍ତକର ପ୍ରଣେତା ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ଈଶ୍ବରନ୍‌ । ‘ଭାରତର ବିଜ୍ଞାନ ପରମ୍ପରା’ ନାମକ ପୁସ୍ତକର ଏକ ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧ ହେଉଛି ‘ସଂସ୍କୃତେ କିଂ ନାସ୍ତି’ ?

ବିଷୟ ପ୍ରବେଶ:

ସାଂପ୍ରତିକ ଯୁଗରେ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବିଷୟର ପ୍ରୟୋଜନୀୟତାକୁ ଆଧାର କରି ଏଥରେ ସର୍ବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ସମାବେଶ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗକୁ ଲେଖକ ଏହି ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧରେ ସନ୍ନିବେଶ କରିଅଛନ୍ତି । ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ବେଦ, ବେଦାଙ୍ଗ, ଉପବେଦ, ପୁରାଣ, ଇତିହାସ, ଧର୍ମଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଦର୍ଶନ, ବିଜ୍ଞାନ, ଗଣିତ, ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ରସାୟନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ରାଜ୍ୟଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ବିମାନଯାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜ୍ୟୋତିଷଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା, ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର ବିଷୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ହିଁ ରହିଛି । ଏଣୁ ଯଥାର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧର ନାମକରଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ଯେ ‘ସଂସ୍କୃତେ କିଂ ନାସ୍ତି ?’

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

ସାରକଥା:

ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ କ’ଣ ବା ଅଛି ? ଅନେକ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବିଦ୍ୟାର୍ଥୀ ଏକଥା ପଚାରନ୍ତି । ଯଦିବା ଏ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଅଜ୍ଞତାମୂଳକ ତଥାପି ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଛାତ୍ର ଏ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇନପାରି ନତମସ୍ତକ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ କ’ଣ ଅବା ନାହିଁ ? ଏଭଳି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଛାତ୍ରର ସାହସ ନାହିଁ । ଏଣୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତର ଏପରି ଅବସ୍ଥା । ଆଜି ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଛାତ୍ର ଛେଳିପାଳିତ ସିଂହ-ଶିଶୁ ପରି ଆଉ ତା’ର ଆତ୍ମବିସ୍ମୃତି ହୋଇଛି । ତା’ର ସ୍ୱାଭିମାନ ଜାଗୃତ ହେଉନାହିଁ । ଏହିଠାରେ କିଛି ଦିଗ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବାର ପ୍ରୟାସ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବାଡ୍‌ମୟ ଦୁଇଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା:

ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଓ ଭୌତିକ । ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ କେବଳ ଦେବତାସ୍ତୁତି ନୁହେଁ ବରଂ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ବିଷୟର ସମାବେଶ କରାଯାଇଛି । ବେଦ, ବେଦାଙ୍ଗ, ଉପବେଦ, ପୁରାଣ, ଇତିହାସ, ଧର୍ମଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଦର୍ଶନାଦି ସମସ୍ତ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଭାବେ ପରିଚିତ । ପୁରାଣାଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରତତ୍ତ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକରୂପେ ନିରୂପଣ କରାଯାଇଛି । ସେଥିମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଦଶାବତାରକଥା, ହୟଗ୍ରୀବକଥା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନ୍ୟତମ । ସେହିପରି ଭୌତିକ ବିଷୟରେ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ, ସାମୂହିକ, ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଏ ତିନୋଟି ବିଭାଗ ରହିଛି । ବିଜ୍ଞାନରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ଗଣିତ, ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ରସାୟନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପରିଗଣିତ । ସାମୂହିକରେ ଇତିହାସ, ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ରାଜ୍ୟଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ । ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ, ଶ୍ରବ୍ୟ, ମିଶ୍ରଭେଦ ପରିଗଣିତ ।

ସାମୂହିକ:

ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟବାସୀଙ୍କ ମତ ଯେ ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କର ଇତିହାସ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଓ କାଳଗଣନାରେ ନିପୁଣତା ନାହିଁ । ଇତିହାସ କ’ଣ ? କେତେକ ବର୍ଷ, ନାମ ଓ ପରାଜୟ ଗାଥା । ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଯାହା ପଢ଼ାଯାଉଛି ତାହା କ’ଣ ଇତିହାସ ? ତେଣୁ ଇତିହାସର ବିଷୟ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଚିନ୍ତନୀୟ । ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ନିର୍ମାଣ ହେଉଛି ଇତିହାସର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ । ଏଣୁ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ବିବେକାନନ୍ଦ କହିଥିଲେ ଯେଉଁମାନଙ୍କର ଅତୀତ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଉତ୍ତମ । ଏସବୁ ବର୍ଷ, ନାମ ଓ ପରାଜୟ ଗାଥାକୁ ଯଦି ପଢ଼ିବା ତେବେ କ’ଣ ପୂର୍ବୋକ୍ତ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇପାରିବ ? ଏ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ସାଧନ ପାଇଁ ରାମାୟଣ ଓ ମହାଭାରତାଦି ପଠନ ହିଁ ଉତ୍ତମ ସାଧନ । ଜନଗଣନାନୁସାରେ ଇତିହାସର ପ୍ରମାଣ ‘ରାଜତରଙ୍ଗିଣୀ’ ଆଦି ଐତିହାସକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରୁ ଜଣାଯାଏ । ‘ସେକେଣ୍ଡ’ ନାମକ କାଳକୁ ଲଘୁତମ ଓ ବର୍ଷକୁ ବୃହତ୍ତମ ବୋଲି ମନେକରୁଥିବା ପରାର୍ଥ ସହ ସଂଶ୍ଳିଷ୍ଟତାକୁ ପଙ୍ଗୁ ଓ ଖଞ୍ଜର ପାଦ ପରି ଉପହସନୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ର:

ଭୂମିର ଗୋଲାକୃତି ମାଗଲ୍ ନାମରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଭାଷାରେ ପୂର୍ବେ ଭୂଗୋଳମ୍ ହିଁ ରହିଛି । ଏହା ଭୂମିର ଗୋଲାକୃତିକୁ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରେ । ଭୂମି ପଞ୍ଚଭୂତାୟିକା, କଇଁଥଫଳ ପରି ଅଟେ । ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ପ୍ରତି ସବୁକିଛି ଆକର୍ଷିତ ହେଉଛି । ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ଭୂବ୍ୟାସକୁ ଆଧାରକରି କହିଛନ୍ତି ‘ଔଳା ଭୂ’ । ଭୂବ୍ୟାସ ୧୦୫୦ ଯୋଜନ ବା ୧୨୬୦୦ କିଲୋମିଟର । ଭ୍ରମଣ କରେ ବୋଲି ତାକୁ ଭୂମି କହନ୍ତି । ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳକୁ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରକରି ସବୁକିଛି ଭ୍ରମଣ କରିଥାଏ । କାଳିଦାସଙ୍କର ମେଘଦୂତରେ ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନ ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ଆଲୋଚିତ । ପର୍ବତର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ଭୂଭୃତ୍ । ‘ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ ବିଳାସ’ କାବ୍ୟରେ ଭୂମିବ୍ରହ୍ମ ସଂବାଦରେ ଭୂସ୍ଥିତି, ଭୂକମ୍ପନ, ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟରଶ୍ମି ମହିମା ଆଦି ବିଷୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଭାରତରେ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ କାଳରେ ଦିନ ଚଳନ, ବାର୍ଷିକ ଚଳନ, ଅୟନ, ଗ୍ରହଣ, ସମରାତ୍ରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅର୍ଜିତ ହେଉଥିଲା । ଭୃଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ବିଷୟରେ ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଶଦଭାବେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।

ଗଣିତ:

ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଭାରତୀୟ ବୈଦିକ ଗଣିତ ସର୍ବାଦୃତ । ଶୂନ୍ୟ, ଦଶାଂଶପଦ୍ଧତି, ସଂଖ୍ୟା, ପାଇଁ (π) ମୂଲ୍ଯାଦି ଗଣିତ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ‘ପିଥାଗୋରସ୍ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ’ ଯଥା – (କର୍ପୂର ବର୍ଗ ପାଦର ବର୍ଗ + ଲମ୍ବର ବର୍ଗ) ଏସବୁ ଗାଣିତିକ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ବୈଦିକ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଶୂଲ୍ବସୂତ୍ରରେ ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ର:

ଶକ୍ତିସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ, ଅଣୁସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ, ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟନିର୍ମାଣାଦି ବିଷୟ ବୈଦିକକାଳରୁ ଭାରତରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଶବ୍ଦ ଓ ପ୍ରକାଶର ଗତି ସ୍ଵଭାବାଦି ନ୍ୟାୟବୈଶେଷିକ ମୀମାଂସାଦି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଶବ୍ଦ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଚୟ ଓ ଅପଚୟକୁ ନିର୍ମାଣକରି ସଞ୍ଚରିତ ହୁଏ । ଶବ୍ଦର ତରଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରତିଫଳିତ ହୁଏ । ପ୍ରକାଶର ପ୍ରତିଫଳନ ଅପଭ୍ରଂଶାଦି ବିଷୟ ତର୍କଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଏସବୁ ବାସ୍ୟାୟନ ଭାଷ୍ୟରେ ‘ରଶ୍ମି ପରାବର୍ତ୍ତନ’ ଶବ୍ଦଦ୍ୱାରା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ । ପ୍ରକାଶବେଗ, ଦ୍ବୈତସ୍ଵଭାବ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ନବମ ଶତକରେ ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବାଚସ୍ପତି ମିଶ୍ରଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ବିରଚିତ ତାତ୍ପର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଟୀକାରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ । ଏହି ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନରେ ପ୍ରକାଶର ବେଗ ୭୪୦୦୦ କୋଶ ବା ୧୮୫୦୦୦ ମାଇଲ୍ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଇଛି । ଆଧୁନିକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକମାନେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ବା ଆଲୋକର ବେଗ ୧୮୬୨୦୨, ୩୯୬୦ ମାଇଲ୍ ବୋଲି କୁହନ୍ତି ।

ବିମାନଯାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର:

ବାୟୁପ୍ରବାହରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଶକ୍ତି, ସୌରଶକ୍ତି, ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଇନ୍ଧନଦ୍ୱାରା ବିମାନ ଚାଳିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଭରଦ୍ୱାଜ ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ଯନ୍ତ୍ରସର୍ବଗ୍ଧ, ଅଗସ୍ତିଙ୍କର ଶକ୍ତିସୂତ୍ର, ଈଶ୍ଵରଙ୍କର ସୌଦାମିନୀକଳା, ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜଙ୍କର ଅଂସୁମତ୍ତନ୍ତ୍ର, ଶାକଟାଯୁନଙ୍କର ବାସ୍କୁତତ୍ତ୍ଵି ପ୍ରକରଣ ଓ ବୈଶ୍ଵମାରୁତତନ୍ତ, ନାରଦଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟୋମଯାନତନ୍ତ ଗର୍ଗଙ୍କର ଯନ୍ତକଳ୍ପ ନାର।ଯୁଣଙ୍କର ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ମିଳେ । ଭୋଜଙ୍କର ସମରାଙ୍ଗଣ ସୂତ୍ରଧାର, ଶୌନକ ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟୋମଯାନତନ୍ତ୍ର, ଗର୍ଗଙ୍କର ଯନ୍ତ୍ରକଳ୍ପ, ନାରାୟଣଙ୍କର ବିମାନଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ଚକ୍ରାୟନି ମୁନିଙ୍କର କେତୁଯାନ ପ୍ରଦୀପିକା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ମଧ୍ଯ ବିମାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ । ବିମାନାବତରଣ କାଳରେ ଭୂସ୍ପର୍ଶ ସମୟରେ ଅପଘାତର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅଧ‌ିକ ବୋଲି ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜ ମହର୍ଷି କହିଛନ୍ତି ।

ରସତନ୍ତ୍ର:

ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଉପଲବ୍‌ଧ । ବାଗ୍‌ଭଟ୍ଟଙ୍କର ରସସମୁଚ୍ଚୟ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସର୍ବପ୍ରଧାନ ଅଟେ । ଶିଳ୍ପରତ୍ନ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧର୍ମୋତ୍ତର, ମାନସସାର, ମାନସୋଲ୍ଲାସ, ରସସଂହିତା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବିଷୟ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ । ସ୍ଫଟିକ, କାଚ, ରଙ୍ଗ, ସିମେଣ୍ଟ, ନିର୍ଯ୍ୟାସ (ଅତର), ଲୌହ, ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ମାଟିପାତ୍ରାଦି ପଦାର୍ଥର ନିର୍ମାଣ ଓ ରସପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଏସବୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ନିରୂପିତ । ଏଥରେ ଅନେକବିଧ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରର ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ରହିଛି । ଚିକିତ୍ସା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରର ଉପଯୋଗିତା ରହିଛି । ମହର୍ଷି ପାତଞ୍ଜଳିଙ୍କର ଲୌହଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଲୌହସଂସ୍କରଣଦ୍ୱାରା ଲବଣର ନିର୍ମାଣ ବିଷୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଖ୍ରୀ. ପୂ. ୨ୟ ଶତକରେ ନାଗାର୍ଜୁନଙ୍କର ରସରତ୍ନାକର ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଲୌହଗୃହର ନିର୍ମାଣ କଥା କହିଛି । ପରୀକ୍ଷାଗାର, ତତ୍ରସ୍ଥ ଉପକରଣ, ଏହାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା, ଔଷଧ ନିର୍ମାଣାଦି ବିଷୟ ଏଥୁରେ ରହିଛି । ରସସ୍ତମ୍ଭନାଦି ୧୯ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଏଥୁରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ୧୧ଶ ଶତକରେ ରସାଣ୍ଡବ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଲୌହର ନାନା ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଓ ଅଜନ୍ତା ଚିତ୍ର-ଭାରତୀୟ ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଜ୍ଞାନର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉଦାହରଣ ।

ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ର:

ଚରକ ସଂହିତା, ସୁଶ୍ରୁତ ସଂହିତା, ଅଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗହୃଦୟ, ଭାବପ୍ରକାଶ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ । ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧଚିକିତ୍ସା ପ୍ରାଚୀନ କାଳରୁ ଥିଲା । ୧୨୮ ତମ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରେ ଭୋଜରାଜଙ୍କର ମସ୍ତିଷ୍କ-ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଜୀବକ ନାମକ ବୈଦ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ । ସୁଶ୍ରୁତ ସଂହିତାରେ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା-ଉପକରଣ ଓ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରଯନ୍ତ୍ରମାନର ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ମିଳେ । ଭାବ ମିଶ୍ରଙ୍କର ‘ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ’ରେ ରକ୍ତ ସଞ୍ଚାର ବିଷୟରେ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଇଛି । ଚିକିତ୍ସା ନିମନ୍ତେ ମୋହନିଦ୍ରାର ଉପଯୋଗ ଭାରତରେ କରାଯାଇଛି । ବୃକ୍ଷାୟୁର୍ବେଦ, ଗଜାୟୁର୍ବେଦ, ଅଶ୍ଵୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନିରବଧୂଶାଖା ତିର୍ଯ୍ୟଗ୍ ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକୁ ଅଧ୍ବକୃତ କରି ପ୍ରବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୋଇଛି । ହୟଲୀଳାବତୀରେ ଅଶ୍ଵମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ବଭାବ ଓ ଗୁଣ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ରୋଗ, ତା’ର ଚିକିତ୍ସା, ଆହାର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ଶାଳିହୋତ୍ରଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଶ୍ଵଲକ୍ଷଣ, ଅଶ୍ଵପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବିରଚିତ । ଗୌତମଙ୍କର ନବ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଓ ପାଲକାବ୍ୟଙ୍କର ହସ୍ତାୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଲୋକରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ । ବରାହମିହିରଙ୍କ ବୃହତ୍ ସଂହିତା ବୃକ୍ଷର ସେବା ବିଷୟ କହିଛି ।

ଜ୍ୟୋତିଷଣ।ସ୍ତ୍ର – ଅସଂଖ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରହ, ଅନ୍ୟ ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳର ସ୍ଥିତି, ଭାରତୀୟ ଜ୍ୟୋତିଷ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ବିଷୟ । ଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଥିତି, ପରସ୍ପର ଆକର୍ଷଣ, ଗ୍ରହଣସ୍ଵରୂପାଦି ବିସ୍ତୃତଭାବେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ବରାହମିହିର କୂଜଗ୍ରହର ସ୍ବରୂପ କହିଛନ୍ତି । କୂଜ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ଭୂମିପୁତ୍ର ଜୀବସତ୍ତାକୁ ସମ୍ଭାବିତ କରେ । ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦିର ସଞ୍ଚାର ଭ୍ରମାତ୍ମକ । ଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵପ୍ରକାଶତା ନାହିଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ତଥ୍ୟ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।

ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା – ସିନ୍ଧୁ ସଭ୍ୟତାର ଚିତ୍ର ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କୁ ଆକର୍ଷିତ କରେ । ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ଅତି ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓ ଅତି ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ । କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକର ବେଲୁର୍‌ର ଭୂମିସ୍ପର୍ଶରହିତ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, କୋଣାର୍କର ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟମନ୍ଦିର, ଶୃଙ୍ଗେରୀସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅନନ୍ତପୁରୀର ସପ୍ତସ୍ୱରପ୍ରଭାବା ମଣ୍ଡପାଧାରାସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅଜନ୍ତା-ଏଲୋରା ଗୁମ୍ଫା, ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ବିଷୟ ଭାରତୀୟ ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟାର ଗରିମାକୁ ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରେ। ମୟମତି, ମୟସାର, ମନୁଷ୍ୟାଳୟ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ସୁପ୍ରଭେଦାଗମ, ବାୟୁରତ୍ନାବଳୀ, କାମିକାଗମ, ବୃହତ୍ବବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ବାସ୍ତୁଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ସଙ୍ଗୀତ – ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ବିଷୟରେ ସମସ୍ତେ ଜାଣନ୍ତି । ଚିକିତ୍ସା ନିମନ୍ତେ ମଧ୍ଯ ସଙ୍ଗୀତର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଇଛି । ‘ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ଚିକିତ୍ସା ରତ୍ନାକର’ ନାମକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ୩୪୮୦୦ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ରୋଗ ବିଷୟରେ ବିସ୍ତୃତଭାବେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ । ସେସବୁର ଚିକିତ୍ସା ଉପଯୋଗିତା ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଏସବୁ ବିଷୟକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କରି ଏକ ଏକ ବିଷୟରେ ସଂସ୍କୃତଜ୍ଞ ପାରଙ୍ଗମ ହୋଇ ସେସବୁ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ପରିରକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପ୍ରସାର କରନ୍ତୁ । ତଦ୍ୱାରା ଭାରତମାତା ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଜଗଦ୍‌ଗୁରୁ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରିବ ।

Text – 1.

संस्कृते किं वा ………………… किञ्चिदत्र प्रयत्यते ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ:

ଅସ୍ତି = ଅଛି । ବହବ = ଅନେକ । ପୃଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି = ପଚାରନ୍ତି । ବସ୍ତୁମ୍ = କହିବାକୁ । ଅଶକୁ ବନ୍ = ଅସମର୍ଥ । ସନ୍ = ହୋଇ । ପ୍ରତିପ୍ରଶ୍ନମ୍ = ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ । ଅତଃ = ଏଣୁ ।
ଏବ = ହିଁ । ଅଦ୍ୟତନ = ଆଜିର । ଅଜପାଳିତଃ = ଛେଳିଦ୍ୱାରା ପାଳିତ । ଜାଗର୍ତି = ଜାଗୃତ ହେବା । ପ୍ରଯତ୍ୟତେ = ପ୍ରଯତ୍ୟଢେ ପ୍ରଯତ୍ନ କରାଯାଇଚ୍ଛା

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ କ’ଣ ଅବା ନାହିଁ ? ଅନେକ ସଂସ୍କୃତବିଦ୍ୟାର୍ଥୀ ଏକଥା ପଚାରନ୍ତି । ଯଦିଚ ଏ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଅଜ୍ଞତାମୂଳକ, ତଥାପି ଏହାର ଉତ୍ତର କହିବାକୁ ଅସମର୍ଥ ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ର ନତମସ୍ତକ ହୋଇ ରହିଥାଏ । ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ କ’ଣ ନାହିଁ ? ଏପରି ଅଧିକାରୀରୂପେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ରର ନଥାଏ । ଏଣୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତର ହିଁ ଏପରି ଅବସ୍ଥା । ଆଜିର ସଂସ୍କୃତଛାତ୍ର ଛାଗଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିପାଳିତ ସିଂହଶିଶୁ ପରି ଅଟେ । ତା’ର ଆତ୍ମବିସ୍ମରଣ ହୋଇଅଛି । ତା’ଠାରେ ସ୍ବାଭିମାନ ଜାଗୃତ ହେଉନାହିଁ । ଏଣୁ ଦିଗ୍‌ଦର୍ଶନପାଇଁ ଏଠାରେ କିଛି ପ୍ରଯତ୍ନ କରାଯାଉଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଯଦ୍ୟପି = ଯଦି + ଅପି । ତଥାପି = ତଥା + ଅପି । କିଞ୍ଚିତ୍ର = କିଞ୍ଚ୍ + ଅତ୍ର ।

ସମାସ:

ବିଦ୍ୟାର୍ଥନଃ = ବିଦ୍ୟାୟା ଅର୍ଥୀ, ତେ (୬୩ ତତ୍) । ଅଜ୍ଞାନମୂଳ = ନ ଜ୍ଞାନମୂଳ (ନୡ ତତ୍) । ଅଶକୁ ବନ୍ = ନ ଶକୁ,ବନ୍ (ନଞ୍ଚ୍ ତତ୍) । ପ୍ରତିପ୍ରଶ୍ନମ୍ = ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପ୍ରତି (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବାଃ) । ସିଂହଶିଶୁ = ସିଂହସ୍ୟ ଶିଶୁ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । = ଆତ୍ମନଃ ବିଘ୍ନ ତିଃ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି:

ସଂସ୍କୃତେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଏଷ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ସଂସ୍କୃତସ୍ୟ ଶେଷ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ସିଂହଶିଶୁ = ଇତି ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ତସ୍ମିନ୍ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ:

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବସ୍ତୁମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । କର୍ଭୁମ୍ = କୃ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ସ୍ଥିତି = ସ୍ଥା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ବିସ୍ପତି = ବି + ସ୍ମ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ସଞ୍ଜାତା = ସମ୍ + ଜନ୍ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍ ।

Text – 2

संस्कृतवाङगमयं …………….. प्रदर्शयितुं शक्यानि ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ବିଭଲ୍ଲୁ = ବିଭାଜନ କରିବାକୁ । ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକତୟା = ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକ ରୂପରେ । ହୟ = ଘୋଡ଼ା । ଶକ୍ୟାନି = ସମର୍ଥ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ପରିଣାମଘଟ୍ଟଂ = ବିବର୍ଭନ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତକୁ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସଂସ୍କୃତବାମୟକୁ ଦୁଇଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇପାରେ – ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଓ ଭୌତିକ । ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ କେବଳ ଦେବତାସ୍ତୁତିପରକ ନୁହେଁ । ସେଥ‌ିରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ବିଷୟ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ବେଦ, ବେଦାଙ୍ଗ, ଉପବେଦ, ପୁରାଣ, ଇତିହାସ, ଧର୍ମଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଦର୍ଶନାଦି ସମସ୍ତ ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦରୂପେ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଛି । ପୁରାଣାଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରତତ୍ତ୍ଵମାନ ପ୍ରତୀକାତ୍ମକରୂପେ ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି । ଦଶାବତାରକଥା ବିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତକୁ ନିରୂପଣ କରେ । ହୟଗ୍ରୀବକଥା ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଓ ଘୋଡ଼ାର ମସ୍ତିଷ୍କ ସମାନତାକୁ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଥାଏ । ଏହିପରି ଅନେକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖାଇବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଚେତି = ଚ + ଇତି । ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭବନ୍ତ = ଅନ୍ତଃ + ଭବନ୍ତି । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ = ଇତି + ଆଦୟଃ । ପ୍ରତୀକ।ମକୟୋ = ପ୍ରତୀକ + ଆତ୍ମକୟୋ ।

ସମାସ – ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମକମ୍ = ଅଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମସ୍ୟ ଭାବ ତମ୍ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବ) । ଦେବସ୍ତୁତିପରମ୍ = ଦେବେଭ୍ୟ ସ୍ତୁତିପରମ୍ ଚ ହୟଂ ଚ ତୟୋ (ଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକମ୍ = ନାମ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକସାହିତ୍ୟଶବ୍ଦନ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବିଭକ୍ତମ୍ = ବି + ଭଜ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତୁମ୍ = ପ୍ର + ଦୃଶ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ ।

Text – 3.

भौतिकविषयेषु …………….. न परामृश्यते ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ = ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ । ରାଜ୍ୟଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ = ଶାସନ ବା ରାଜନୀତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ । ଦୃଶ୍ୟ = ଦର୍ଶନୀୟ ଶ୍ରବଣଯୋଗ୍ୟ କାବ୍ୟାଦି । ଜ୍ଞାତଚରମ୍ = ଜ୍ଞାନର ବିଷୟ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଭୌତିକ ବିଷୟମାନଙ୍କଠାରେ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ, ସାମୂହିକ ଓ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ବୋଲି ତିନୋଟି ବିଭାଗ ରହିଛି । ବିଜ୍ଞାନରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ଗଣିତ, ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ, ରସାୟନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ର (ପ୍ରାଣୀବିଜ୍ଞାନ) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଗଣନା କରାଯାଏ । ସାମୂହିକରେ ଇତିହାସ, ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ରାଜନୀତିଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ଅଟନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ-ଶ୍ରାବ୍ୟ-ଦୃଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଶ୍ରାବ୍ୟ ମିଶ୍ରିତଭାବେ ଭେଦ ପରିଗଣିତ ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତର ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଓ ସାହିତ୍ୟିକ ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କର ଜ୍ଞାନର ଗୋଚର । ଏଣୁ ଏଠାରେ ପରାମର୍ଶ ଦିଆଯାଇ ନାହିଁ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଚେତି = ଚ + ଇତି । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ଇତି + ଆଦୟ । ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁବନ୍ତି = ଅନ୍ତଃ + ଭବନ୍ତି । ଇତ୍ୟତଃ = ଇତି + ଅତଃ । ତଦନ୍ତ ‘= ତତ୍ + ଅତ୍ର ।

ସମାସ – ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକମ୍ = ଅଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମସ୍ୟ ଭାବଂ ତମ୍ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବାଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଭୌତିକବିଷୟୟେଷୁ = ଅଧୀକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ବିଜ୍ଞାନେ, ସାମୂହିକେ, ସାହିତ୍ୟ = ଅଧ୍ଯକୃରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସଂସ୍କୃତସ୍ୟ = ଶେଷ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଜ୍ଞାତ = ଜ୍ଞା + କ୍ତ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

Text – 4.

सामुहिक विषयम् ……………….. उत्तमं साधनं खलु।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅଧିକାର କରି । ପୌନପୁନ୍ୟୁନ = ବାରମ୍ବାର । ଇଦାନୀମ୍ = ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ । ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟମ୍ = ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ । ଖଳୁ = ନିଶ୍ଚୟ । ଚେତ୍ = ଯଦି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସାମୂହିକ – ସାମୂହିକ ବିଷୟକୁ ଅଧୂକୃତ କରି ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟବାସୀଙ୍କର ପୁନଃପୁନଃ କଥନ ଶୁଣାଯାଏ ଯେ ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କର ଇତିହାସ ଜ୍ଞାନ ନାହିଁ, ସମୟଗଣନାରେ ନିପୁଣତା ନାହିଁ । କ’ଣ ଇତିହାସ କେତେକ ବର୍ଷବିଶେଷ, କେତେକ ନାମ ଓ କିଛି ପରାଜୟ ଗାଥା ? ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଯାହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପଢ଼ାଯାଉଛି ତାହାହିଁ କ’ଣ ହେଉଛି ଇତିହାସ ? ଇତିହାସ ପଠନର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ବୋଲି ଏହା ପ୍ରଥମେ ଚିନ୍ତନୀୟ । ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ନିର୍ମାଣ ହିଁ ଇତିହାସର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ । ଏଣୁ ହିଁ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ବିବେକାନନ୍ଦ କହିଲେ ଯେ ଯେଉଁମାନଙ୍କର ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ ଅତୀତକାଳ ଅଛି ସେମାନଙ୍କର ହିଁ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତକାଳ ଉତ୍ତମ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏସବୁ ବର୍ଷ-ନାମ-ପରାଜୟ ଗାଥା ପଢ଼ିବା ଯଦି କ’ଣ ପୂର୍ବୋକ୍ତ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇପାରେ ? ସେହି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକୁ ସାଧନ କରିବାକୁ ରାମାୟଣ ମହାଭାରତାଦିର ପଠନ ହିଁ ଉତ୍ତମ ସାଧନ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ନାସ୍ତି = ନ + ଅସ୍ତି । କାଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କା + ଚିତ୍ । ତାବନ୍ମାତ୍ରକଃ = ତାବତ୍ + ମାତ୍ରକଃ । ପୂର୍ବୋକ୍ତମ୍ = ପୂର୍ବ + ଉକ୍ତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ପରାଜୟଗାଥାଃ = ପରାଜୟସ୍ୟ ଗାଥାଃ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟାନାଂ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଇତିହାସ୍ଯଃ = ନାମ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟେ = ସ୍ଥାନଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସୁନ୍ଦରସ୍ୟ, ଭବିଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ, ଇତିହାସସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଅଧୃତ୍ୟ = ଅଧ୍ + କୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ପରିଚିନ୍ତନୀୟମ୍ = ପରି + ଚିନ୍ତ୍ + ଅନୀୟ । ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍ = ନିଃ + ମା + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ଉକ୍ତର୍ବାନ୍ ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତବତୁ । ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ = ଉତ୍ + କୃଷ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସିଦ୍ଧ = ସିଧ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସାଧୟିତୁମ୍ = ସାଧ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ସାଧନମ୍ = ସାଧ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍।

Text – 5.

कालगणनानुसारी ……………… उपहासः इव भवति ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – କାଳଗଣନାନୁସାରୀ = ସମୟଗଣନା ଅନୁଯାୟୀ । ବଦେୟୁଃ = କହିବା ଉଚିତା ଲଘୁତମମ୍ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରତମା

ଅନୁବାଦ – ‘ସମୟଗଣନାନୁଯାୟୀ ଇତିହାସ ଭାରତରେ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି ଏଣୁ ଏପରି ଯୁକ୍ତି ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଉପସ୍ଥାପିତ ହୋଇଛି’ କେହି କେହି କହିବା ଉଚିତ । ତାହା କିନ୍ତୁ ସର୍ବଦା ଅସମଞ୍ଜସ । ରାଜତରଙ୍ଗିଣୀ ଆଦି ଐତିହାସିକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନ ଏଠାରେ ଅନେକ ରହିଛନ୍ତି ।

‘ସେକେଣ୍ଡ’ ନାମକ ସମୟକୁ ଯେଉଁମାନେ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରତମ ମନେକରନ୍ତି ଓ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ବର୍ଷକୁ ହିଁ ବୃହତ୍ତମ ମନେକରନ୍ତି, ସେମାନେ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପର ଓ ପରାର୍ଜର ଉପଯୋକ୍ତା ଆମର ଉପହାସ ଯାହା କରନ୍ତି ତାହା ପଙ୍ଗୁ ବା ଖଞ୍ଜଦ୍ଵାରା କରାଯାଇଥିବା ପାଦପରି ଉପହାସ ଭଳି ଅଟେ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଇତ୍ୟତଃ = ଇତି + ଅତଃ । ରାଜତରଙ୍ଗିଣ୍ୟାଦୟ = ରାଜତରଙ୍ଗିଣୀ + ଆଦୟଃ ।
ସମାସ – ଅସମଞ୍ଜସମ୍ : = ନ ସମଞ୍ଜସମ୍ (ନଞ୍ଜ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଉ।ରତେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । କାଳମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଲବସ୍ୟ, ପରାର୍ବସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ପଙ୍ଗୁନା, ଖଞ୍ଜେନ ଅନୁକ୍ତ କର୍ଭରି ୩ୟା । ଉପହାସ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଯୁକ୍ତି = ୟୁଜ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । କୃତଃ = କୃ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 6.

भूमेः गोलाकृतिम् …………….. श्लोकात् ज्ञायते ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଭୂମେଃ = ଭୂମିର, ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳତଃ = ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳରୁ ।
ଅନୁବାଦ – ଭୂମିର ଗୋଲାକୃତି ଏହି ପ୍ରାଥମିକତାର ଭାବ ମାଗଲ୍ ନାମରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ବୋଲି ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକମାନଙ୍କରେ ପଢୁଛୁ । ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷାରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳରୁ ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ ଭୂଗୋଳ ହିଁ ଅଛି । ଏହି ବ୍ୟବହାର ହିଁ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଭୂମିର ଗୋଲାକାରତାକୁ ସମର୍ଥନ କରେ । ଆହୁରି ମଧ୍ୟ ଗୋଲ୍ ପରିଭାଷାରେ କୁହାଯାଇଛି ।
ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ମୃଦମ୍ବଗ୍ନ୍ୟ ନିଳାକାଣ ପିଣ୍ଡେଽୟଂ ପାଞ୍ଚାଭୌତିକଃ ।
କପିତ୍ଥଫଳବତ୍ବୃତଃ ସର୍ବକେନ୍ଦ୍ରେ ଖିଲାଶ୍ରୟଃ ॥
ସ୍ଥିରଃ ପରେଶଶସ୍ତ୍ୟବ ସର୍ବଗୋଲାଦଧଃ ସ୍ଥିତଃ ।
ମଧ୍ୟ ସମନ୍ତାଦଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ ଭୂଗୋଲୋ ବ୍ୟୋମ୍ନି ତିଷ୍ଠତି ॥

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ମୃତ = ମାଟି । ଅମ୍ବ = ଜଳ । ଅନିଳ = ବାୟୁ । କପିତ୍‌ଥ = କଇଁଥ । ପରେଶଶଲ୍ୟା = ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଶକ୍ତିଦ୍ଵାରା । ନିକଟରେ । ବ୍ୟୋମ୍ମି = ଆକାଶରେ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଭୂମି (ପୃଥବୀ) ପଞ୍ଚଭୂତାମ୍ବିକା ଓ କଇଁଥ ଫଳ ପରି ବୋଲି ଏଠାରେ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟଭାବେ ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛି । କଇଁଥ ଫଳର ଆକାର ଅର୍ଥ ଅଧ୍ୱ ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟ ଗୋଲାକାର । ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ର ପ୍ରତି ସବୁକିଛି ଆକର୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଅନ୍ୟକିଛି ମଧ୍ୟ ଆଶ୍ରୟ ନ କରି ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଶକ୍ତିଦ୍ଵାରା ନିରାଲମ୍ବଭୂମି ଆକାଶରେ ରହିଛି ବୋଲି ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକରୁ ଜଣାଯାଏ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଐଦମପ୍ରାଥମେ = ଇଦମ୍ + ପ୍ରାଥମେନ । ଅସ୍ତ୍ୟବ = ଅସ୍ଥି + ଏବ । ଶୂଳାଶ୍ରୟ = ଶୂଳ + ଆଶ୍ରୟ । ପରେଶଶସ୍ତ୍ୟବ = ପରେଶଶଲ୍ୟା + ଏବ । ସମନ୍ତାଦଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ = ସମନ୍ତାତ୍ + ଅଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ । କପିପ୍ପଫଳାକାରକତ୍ଵମ୍ = କପିପ୍ପଫଳ + ଆକାରକତ୍ଵମ୍ । ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟଧକ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତଗୋଲକତ୍ଵମ୍ = ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟ + ଆଧ୍ୟାକ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତଗୋଲକତ୍ଵମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷାୟାମ୍ = ସଂସ୍କୃତାଭାଷା, ତସ୍ୟାମ୍ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । କପିଫଳମ୍ = କପିକ୍ସ ନାମା ଫଳମ୍ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ଅନାଶ୍ରିତ୍ୟ = ନ ଆଶ୍ରିତ୍ୟ (ନଞ୍ଜ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଉ।ରତେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ପାଠ୍ୟପୁସ୍ତକେଷୁ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷାୟାଂ ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସର୍ବଲାତ୍ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ । ଅଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ = ଅଧଃ ଯୋଗେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ବ୍ୟୋମ୍ମି = ଅଧୂରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭୂକେନ୍ଦ୍ରମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସ୍ଥିତଃ = ସ୍ଥା + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 7.

आर्यभदृः भूव्यासम् ……………. विशदतया प्रतिपादितम् ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଭ୍ରମତି = ବୁଲିବା । ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ = ଭୂଗର୍ଭସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଜ୍ଞାନ । ଭୃଭୃତ୍ = ପର୍ବତ । ବିଶଦୟୋ = ବଶଦଭାବରୋ

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ବ୍ୟାସାର୍କ ବିଷୟରେ କହିଛନ୍ତି ‘ଔଳା ଭୁ’ ବୋଲି । ସେହି ଭୂବ୍ୟାସ ୧୦୫୦ ଯୋଜନ ଅଟେ (୧୦୫୦ x ୧୨ = ୧୨୬୦୦
କିଲୋମିଟର) । ଆଧୁନିକ ଲୋକେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ପରିମାଣକୁ ହିଁ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରନ୍ତି ।

ଭ୍ରମଣ କରେ ବୋଲି ହିଁ ଭୂମି, ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳ ମଧ୍ୟ ପରାଶକ୍ତିକୁ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରକରି ବୁଲେ ବୋଲି ଆମର ପୂର୍ବଜ ସିଦ୍ଧି କରିଛନ୍ତି । କାଳିଦାସଙ୍କ ସମୟରେ ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନ କିପରି ଥିଲା ଏହା ମେଘଦୂତର ପଠନରୁ ପରିସ୍ଫୁଟିତ ହୁଏ ।

ଭୂଭୃତ୍ ହେଉଛି ପର୍ବତର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟପଦ । ପର୍ବତମାନେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀକୁ ଉତ୍ତୋଳିତ କରିଛନ୍ତି ବୋଲି ଆଧୁନିକମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅଙ୍ଗୀକାର କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣବିଳାସ କାବ୍ୟରେ ଭୂମିବ୍ରହ୍ମସମ୍ବାଦରେ ଭୂସ୍ଥିତି, ଭୂକମ୍ପନ, ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ-ରଶ୍ମି ମହିମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବିଷୟମାନ ସୁନ୍ଦର କାବ୍ୟଶୈଳୀରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଦିବସଚଳନ, ବାର୍ଷିକଚଳନ, ଅୟନ, ଗ୍ରହଣ, ସମରାତ୍ରି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ବିଷୟ ଅତିପୁରାତନ କାଳରେ ହିଁ ଭାରତରେ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତ ହେଉଥିଲା । ଭୂଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ବିଷୟରେ ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଶଦଭାବେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସ୍କପୂର୍ବ = ଅସ୍ମତ୍ + ପୂର୍ବଜଃ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ = ଇତି + ଆଦାୟ । ଭୃଗୁରୁତ୍ୱାକର୍ଷଣବିଷୟ ଭୂଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ + ଆକର୍ଷଣବିଷୟେ ।
ସମାସ – ଭୂବ୍ୟାସମ୍ = ଭୂବ ବ୍ୟାସମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) । ଭୂଶାସ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ = ଭୂତଃ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍), ତତ୍ ବିଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ ) । ଦିନଚଳନମ୍ = ଦିନସ୍ୟ ଚଳନମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଭୂବ୍ୟାସମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଭୂମି = ଏବ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ପୂର୍ବଜୈ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । କାଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭୩ ପଠନାତ୍ = ହେତୌ ୫ମୀ । ଭାରତେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟଣ ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଅଧ୍ବକୃତ୍ୟ = ଅଧ୍ + କୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ଶକ୍ତିମ୍ = ଶକ୍ + ଭିନ୍ନ । ସ୍ଥିତିଃ = ସ୍ଥା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ଚଳନମ୍ = । ଚଳ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ ।

Text – 8.

आधुनिकगणकयन्त्रम् ………………. इति उच्यते ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଆଧୁନିକଗଣକଯନ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ = କମ୍ପ୍ୟୁଟର ବା କାଲ୍‌କୁଲେଟର । ପାଦଃ = ଭୂମି । କୋଟିଂ = ଉଚ୍ଚତା । କଣ୍ଠୀ = ଶ୍ରୁତିଃ ।
ଅନୁବାଦ – ଗଣିତମ୍ – ଆଧୁନିକ ଗଣକଯନ୍ତ୍ର ମଧ୍ୟ ଭାରତୀୟ ବୈଦିକଗଣିତ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଶୂନ୍ୟ, ଦଶାଂଶ ପଦ୍ଧତି, ସଂଖ୍ୟା, ପାଇ (π) ର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ଅଂଶ ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କର କାରଣରୁ ହିଁ ଗଣିତକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିଛି । ‘ପିଥାଗୋରସ୍ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ’ ବୋଲି ଯାହା ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପଢ଼ାଯାଉଛି (କର୍ପୂର ବର୍ଗ = ପାଦର ବର୍ଗ + ଲମ୍ବର ବର୍ଗ) ସେ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ଲୀଳାବତୀରେ –
ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ତତ୍ତ୍ଵର୍ଯୋଗପଦଂ କଣ୍ଠୀ
ଦୋଷର୍ଣବର୍ଗୟୋବିବରାତ୍ ।
ମୂଳଂ କୋଚିଂ କୋଟିଶୁତିକୃତ୍ୟା
ଅନ୍ତରାତ୍‌ ପଦଂ ବାହୁ ॥ ଇତି ଉଚ୍ୟତେ ।

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ତତ୍‌କୃତଃ ଯୋଗପଦଂ କର୍ଡିଂ ଦୋ କର୍ଣବର୍ଗୟୋ ବିବରାତ୍ ମୂଳଂ କୋଟିଂ କୋଟି ଶ୍ରୁତିକୃତୋ ଅନ୍ତରାତ୍ ପଦଂ ବାହୁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବାହୁ ଓ ଲମ୍ବର ଯୋଗପଦ କର୍ଣ୍ଣ, ବାହୁ କର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବର୍ଗ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିବର ହେଉଛି ଉଚ୍ଚତା, ଉଚ୍ଚତା କର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅନ୍ତର ହେଉଛି ବାହୁ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଦଶାଂଶପଦ୍ଧତିଃ = ଦଶ + ଅଂଶପଦ୍ଧତିଃ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ = ଇତି + ଆଦୟ । ଦୋଷଣ୍ଡବର୍ଗୟୋର୍ବିବରାତ୍ = ଦଃ + କଣ୍ଠବର୍ଗୟୋ + ବିବରାତ୍ର ।

ସମାସ – ଗଣିତକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମ୍ = ଗଣିତସ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଗଣିତକ୍ଷେତ୍ର = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଜାନନାତ୍ = ପୂର୍ବଂ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ ୫ମୀ । ତ୍ରିଶତବର୍ଷେଭ୍ୟ = ପୂର୍ବ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୋଗେ ୫ମୀ । ଶୁଲ୍ବସୂତ୍ରେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭାସ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟଣ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଅନ୍ତରାତ୍ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ = ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟ = ପ୍ର + ବିଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । କୃତ୍ୟ = କୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ଶ୍ରୁତି = ଶୁ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

Text – 9.

ऊर्जसंरक्षणनियमः …………….. प्रतिपादिताः ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଊର୍ଜ = ଶକ୍ତି । ପ୍ରସୂତା = ଜାତ ହେବା; ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା । ସଞ୍ଚରିତ = ସଞ୍ଚରଣ ହୁଏ । ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚିତମ୍ = ଆଲୋଚିତ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଭୌତଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ – ଶକ୍ତିସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ, ଅଣୁସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ, ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟନିର୍ମାଣ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବିଷୟ ବୈଦିକକାଳରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭକରି ଭାରତରେ ପ୍ରକଟିତ ହେବାର ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଶବ୍ଦ ଓ ପ୍ରକାଶର ଗତି ଏବଂ ସ୍ବଭାବାଦି ନ୍ୟାୟବୈଶେଷିକ-ମୀମାଂସାଦିରେ ଆଲୋଚିତ ବିଷୟ ହୋଇଛି । ଶବ୍ଦ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଚୟ ଓ ଅପଚୟକୁ ନିର୍ମାଣକରି ସଞ୍ଚରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତରଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦର ବିଷୟ ବାସ୍ୟାୟନ ଭାଷ୍ୟରେ ‘ରଶ୍ମିପରାବର୍ତ୍ତନ’ ଶବ୍ଦଦ୍ବାରା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଛି । ପ୍ରକାଶବେଗ, ଦ୍ବୈତସ୍ଵଭାବ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ନବମ ଶତକରେ ଜାତ ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବାଚସ୍ପତି ମିଶ୍ରଙ୍କ ବିରଚିତ ତାତ୍ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଟୀକାରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବୈଦିକକାଳାତ୍ +ଆରଭ୍ୟ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ = ଇତି + ଆଦୟଂ
ସମାସ – ଊର୍ଜସଂରକ୍ଷଣନିୟମଃ = ଊର୍ଜସ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣନିୟମଃ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ) । ପ୍ରକାଶବେଶଃ = ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ବେଗଃ । (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବୈଦିକକାଳାତ୍ = ଆରଭ୍ୟ ଯୋଗେ ୫ମୀ । ଭାରତେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଶବ୍ଦସ୍ୟ, ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଶବ୍ଦନ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଜାତେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଗତିଃ = ଗମ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ବିରଚିତଃ = ବି + ରଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 10.

एते च विषया: …………………… वदन्ति ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ନିମିଷ = କ୍ଷଣ, ମିନିଟ୍ । କ୍ରୋଶ = ମାଇଲ୍ ।
ଅନୁବାଦ – ଏସବୁ ବିଷୟ ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ୟ ପଣ୍ଡିତମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ସପ୍ତଦଶ ଶତକରେ ଜଣାଯାଇଛି । କ୍ୱାଣ୍ଟମ୍ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟାତ କରି ଉପନିଷଦ୍‌ମାନଙ୍କରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଆଲୋଚନା କରାଯାଇଥିବାର ଦେଖାଯାଏ ।

ସାୟଣାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶର ବେଗକୁ ଏହିପରି ପ୍ରତିପାଦନ କରିଛନ୍ତି –

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ଯୋଜନାନାଂ ସହସ୍ରେ ଦ୍ବେ ସ୍ଵେ ଶତେ ଦ୍ବେ ଚ ଯୋଜନେ ।
ଏକେନ ନିମିଷାର୍ଥେନ କ୍ରମମାଣ ନମୋସ୍ତୁ ତେ ।।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯୋଜନ ସହସ୍ରରେ ଦୁଇ ଦୁଇ ଓ ଶତଯୋଜନରେ ଦୁଇ, ନିମିଷାର୍ଦ୍ଧରେ ଏକ ଏହିପରି କ୍ରମାନୁସାରୀ ବେଗ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତୁମକୁ ନମସ୍କାର ।

ଏହାର ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ବେଗ ୭୪୦୦୦ କୋଶ ବା ୧୮୫୦୦୦ ମାଇଲ ପରମିତି ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଇଅଛି । ଆଧୁନିକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକମାନେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ବେଗକୁ ୧୮୬୭୦୨.୩୯୬୦ ମାଇଲ୍ ପରିମିତ ବୋଲି କୁହନ୍ତି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ନିମିଷାଦ୍ଧୋନ = ନିମିଷ + ଅର୍ଡେନ । ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = ନମଃ + ଅସ୍ତୁ ।

ସମାସ – ନିମିଷାର୍ଡେନ = ନିମିଷସ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଶମ୍ ତେନ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ପ୍ରକାଶବେଗମ୍ = ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ ବେଗମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ପଣ୍ଡିତିଃ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ପ୍ରକାଶସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ତେ = ନମଃ ଯୋଗେ ୪ର୍ଥୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଜ୍ଞାତଃ + କ୍ତ । କୃତା = କୃ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍ । ଉକ୍ତମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 11.

वायुप्रवाहतः ………………. सा एव स्थितिः ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଊ = ଶକ୍ତି । ଅଂସୁ = କିରଣ । ଅବରୋହରଣ = ଓହ୍ଲାଇବା । ଅପଘାତସ୍ୟ = ଆଘାତର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବିମାନଯାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର – ବାୟୁପ୍ରବାହରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଶକ୍ତି, ସୌରଶକ୍ତି ଓ ଅନ୍ୟ ଇନ୍ଧନଶକ୍ତି ସଂଯୋଜନ କରି ବିମାନ ସଞ୍ଚଳନ ଏଠାରେ ହେଉଥିଲା । ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜ ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ଯନ୍ତ୍ରସର୍ବସ୍ବ, ଅଗସ୍ତିଙ୍କର ଶକ୍ତିସୂତ୍ର, ଈଶ୍ବରଙ୍କର ସୌଦାମିନୀକଳା, ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନଙ୍କରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଭୋଜଙ୍କର ସମରାଙ୍ଗଣସୂତ୍ରଧାର, ଶୌନକ ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ବ୍ୟୋମଯାନତନ୍ତ୍ର, ଗର୍ଗଙ୍କର ଯନ୍ତ୍ରକଳ୍ପ, ନାରାୟଣଙ୍କର ବିମାନଚନ୍ଦ୍ରିକା, ଚକ୍ରାୟନି ମୁନିଙ୍କର କେତୁଯାନ ପ୍ରଦୀପିକା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ମଧ୍ଯ ବିମାନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ।

ବିମାନର ଅବତରଣ ସମୟରେ ଓ ଭୂମିସ୍ପର୍ଶ କାଳରେ ହିଁ ଅପଘାତ ବା ବ୍ୟାଘାତ ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅଧିକ ବୋଲି ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜ ମହର୍ଷି କହିଛନ୍ତି । ଆଜି ମଧ୍ୟ ସେଭଳି ସ୍ଥିତି ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ରହିଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସୌରୋର୍ଜମ୍ = ସୌର + ଊର୍ଜମ୍ । ଇତରେନ୍ଦ୍ରନୋର୍ଜମ୍ = ଇତର + ଇନ୍ଧନ + ଊର୍ଜମ୍ । ଅଗସ୍ତ୍ୟସ୍ୟ = ଅଗସ୍ତି + ଅସ୍ୟ । ଭାରଦ୍ଵାଜସୈବ୍ୟ = ଭାରଦ୍ଵାଜସ୍ୟ + ଏବ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୀନାମ୍ = ଇତି + ଆଦୀନାମ୍ । ଜୈବ = ଚ+ ଏବ । ଅଦ୍ୟାପି। = ଅଦ୍ୟ + ଅପି ।

ସମାସ – ବାୟୁପ୍ରବାହତଃ = ବାୟୁନାଂ ପ୍ରବାହ ତସ୍ମାତ୍ (୬୩ ତତ୍) । ଭୂସ୍ପର୍ଶ ସମୟେ = ଭୂବ ସ୍ପର୍ଶମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ତସ୍ୟ ସମୟେ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବାୟୁପ୍ରବାହତଃ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ । ଅବରୋହଣକାଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭୂସ୍ପର୍ଶସମୟେ = ଅଧୂରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଉପଯୁଜ୍ୟ = ଉପ + ଯୁଜ୍ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ସ୍ଥିତିଃ = ସ୍ଥା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

Text – 12.

रसतन्त्रविषये …………………. तेषु प्रतिपादिता ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ = ରସାୟନ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ଆବହତି = ଧାରଣ କରେ । ସ୍ଫଟିକ = ପଥର । କାତଃ = ଲେନ୍ସ । ସିମେଣ୍ଟ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ରସଚନ୍ତ ଶାସ୍ତର ଉପଯୋଗ ଥିଲା ପଢଞ୍ଚଳ ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ଲୌହଶାସ୍ତ ରସସମୁଚ୍ଚୟ ଏମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଧାନ ବା ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଅଟେ । ଶିଳ୍ପରତ୍ନ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧର୍ମୋତ୍ତର, ମାନସସାର, ମାନସୋଲ୍ଲାସ, ରସସଂହିତା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବିଷୟମାନ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି । ସ୍ଫଟିକ, କାଚ, ରଙ୍ଗ, ସିମେଣ୍ଟ, ନିର୍ଯ୍ୟାସ, ସୁଗନ୍ଧବସ୍ତୁ (ଅତର) କାଗଦଂ, ଲୌହ, ବିଶିଷ୍ଟମାଟିପାତ୍ର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପଦାର୍ଥମାନଙ୍କର ନିର୍ମାଣ ଓ ରସପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଏସବୁ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନଙ୍କରେ ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଏଠାରେ ଅନେକପ୍ରକାର ଅମ୍ଳ (ଏସିଡ୍) ଓ କ୍ଷାରମାନ ଉଲ୍ଲିଖ୍ ହୋଇଛି । ଏମାନଙ୍କର ଉପଯୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା କୃତ୍ରିମ ପଦାର୍ଥମାନଙ୍କର ନିର୍ମାଣ ପାଇଁ ଅପେକ୍ଷିତ ସାଙ୍କେତବିଦ୍ୟା ମଧ୍ୟ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ମାନସୋଲ୍ଲାସ = ମାନସ + ଉଲ୍ଲାସ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ଇତି + ଆଦୟ ।

ସମାସ – ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ = ରସାନାଂ ତନ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍)

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଏତେଷୁ = ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଉପଯୋଗେନ = ହେତୌ ୩ୟା । ନିର୍ମାଣାୟ = ନିମିତ୍ତାର୍ଥେ ୪ର୍ଥୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତା = ପ୍ରତି + ପଦ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍ ।

Text – 13.

चिकित्सायाम् अंपि ……………….. प्रत्यक्षोदाहरणानि सन्ति

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଉପଯୋଗୀ = ବ୍ୟବହାର, ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ରସତଃ = ରସରୁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ରସତନ୍ତ୍ର ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ଉପଯୋଗ ଥିଲା । ପତଞ୍ଜଳି ମହର୍ଷିଙ୍କର ଲୌହଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଲୌହସଂସ୍କରଣଦ୍ବାରା ଲବଣ ନିର୍ମାଣ ରୀତିକୁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନ କରେ । ଖ୍ରୀ. ପୂ. ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଶତକରେ,ଜାତ ନାଗାର୍ଜୁନଙ୍କର ରସରତ୍ନାକର ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଲୌହାଳୟ ନିର୍ମାଣନିମନ୍ତେ ସାଂକେତିକ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ନିରୂପଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ପରୀକ୍ଷାଗାରର ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ତାପବିଶେଷ, ରସରୁ ଔଷଧନିର୍ମାଣ ରୀତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଅଛି । ରସସ୍ତମ୍ଭନାଦି ୧୯ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ମଧ୍ୟ ଏଠାରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଖ୍ରୀ.ଅ. ୧୧ଶ ବା ଏକାଦଶ ଶତକରେ ରସାଏଁନ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଲୌହର ଜ୍ବାଳାପରୀକ୍ଷଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଓ ଅଜନ୍ତାଚିତ୍ର ଭାରତୀୟ ରସତନ୍ତ୍ରଜ୍ଞାନର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଏକୈକସ୍ୟା = ଏକ + ଏକସ୍ୟା । ଅଜୈବ = ଅତ୍ର + ଏବ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷୋଦାହରଣାନି = ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ + ଉଦାହରଣାନି ।

ସମାସ – ଲୋହାଳୟ = ଲୋହସ୍ୟ ଆଳୟ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ) । ତାପବିଶେଷ = ତାପଃ ବିଶେଷ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ଅଜନ୍ତାଚିତ୍ରାଣି = ଅଜନ୍ତାୟା ଚିତ୍ରାଣି (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଚିକିତ୍ସାୟାମ୍ = ଅଧୀକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମହର୍ଷେଃ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାୟା = କୃତ୍ ଯୋଗେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ = ଅଧ୍ୟାକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ରଚନମ୍ = ରଚ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ ।

Text – 14.

चरकसंहिता …………….. एदम्प्राथम्येन कृतः ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଜୀବକଃ = ବୈଦ୍ୟଙ୍କ ନାମ । ମୋହନିଦ୍ରାୟା = ମୋହିତ ନିଦ୍ରା ବା ହିଷ୍ଟୋଟିଜମ୍ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ର – ଚରକସଂହିତା, ସୁଶ୍ରୁତସଂହିତା, ଅଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗହୃଦୟ, ଭାବପ୍ରକାଶ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ । ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧଚିକିତ୍ସା ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳରୁ ହିଁ ଏଠାରେ ଥିଲା । ୧୨୮ ତମ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରେ ଭୋଜରାଜଙ୍କ ମସ୍ତିଷ୍କ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜୀବକ ନାମକ ବୈଦ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ ବୋଲି ଶୁଣାଯାଏ । ସୁଶ୍ରୁତସଂହିତାରେ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଉପକରଣମାନ, ଶସ୍ତ୍ରଯନ୍ତ୍ରମାନ ଅନେକ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରାଯାଇଛି । ଭାବ ମିଶ୍ରଙ୍କର ଭାବପ୍ରକାଶରେ ରକ୍ତସଞ୍ଚାର ବିଷୟରେ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଇଛି । ଚିକିତ୍ସା ପାଇଁ ମୋହନିଦ୍ରାର (ହିଷ୍ଟୋଟିଜମ୍) ଉପଯୋଗ ଭାରତରେ ହିଁ ଏହା ପ୍ରଥମେ କରାଯାଇଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ = ଇତି + ଆଦୟ । ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟୋପକରଣାନି = ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା + ଉପକରଣାନି ।

ସମାସ – ଶସ୍ତ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା = ଶସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ରକ୍ତସଞ୍ଚାର = ରକ୍ତସ୍ୟ ସଞ୍ଚାର (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ଚିକିତ୍ସାର୍ଥମ୍ = ଚିକିତ୍ସାୟ ଇଦମ୍ (ନିତ୍ୟ) । ମୋହନିଦ୍ରାୟା = ମୋହସ୍ୟ ନିଦ୍ରା ତସ୍ୟା (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ପ୍ର।ଚୀନକାଳାତ୍ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ । ଜୀବକଃ = ନାମ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ଭାରତେ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧା = ପ୍ର + ସିଧ୍ + କ୍ତ (ବହୁବଚନେ) । କୃତିବାନ୍ = କୃ + କ୍ତବତୁ । କୃତଃ = କୃ + କ୍ତ ।

Text 15.

वृक्षायुर्वेदः ……………….. अधिकृत्य वदति ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଗଜ = ହସ୍ତୀ । ବୃକ୍ଷଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷାମ୍ = ବୃକ୍ଷର ସେବା ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବୃକ୍ଷାୟୁର୍ବେଦ, ଗଜାୟୁର୍ବେଦ, ଅଶ୍ଵୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ନିରବଧୂଶାଖା ତିର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଜୀବଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକୁ ଅଧିତ କରି ପ୍ରବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୋଇଛି । ହୟଲୀଳାବତୀରେ ଅଶ୍ୱମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵଭାବ ଓ ଗୁଣ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ରୋଗ, ଚିକିତ୍ସା, ଆହାର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବିଷୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି । ମୃଗବୈଦ୍ୟଙ୍କର ପିତାଭାବେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଶାଳିହୋତ୍ର ଅଶ୍ବଲକ୍ଷଣ, ଅଶ୍ଵପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନ ରଚନା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଗୌତମଙ୍କର ନୂତନ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଓ ପାଲକାବ୍ୟଙ୍କର ହସ୍ତୀ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦ ଲୋକରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ । ବରାହମିହିରଙ୍କର ବୃହତ୍ଵସଂହିତା ବୃକ୍ଷର ସେବାକୁ ଅଧ୍ବକୃତ କରି କହିଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ତଚ୍ଚିକିତ୍ସା ତତ୍ + ଚିକିତ୍ସା । ନବାୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ = ନବ + ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ । ହସ୍ତୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ ଆୟୁର୍ବେଦଃ ।

ସମାସ – ବୃକ୍ଷଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷାମ୍ = ବୃକ୍ଷାମାଂ ଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷାମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ହୟଲୀଳାବତ୍ୟାମ୍ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଅଶ୍ଵାନାମ୍ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ବିଖ୍ୟାତେନ, ଶାଳିହୋତ୍ରେଣ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଅଶ୍ଵଲକ୍ଷଣମ୍, ଅଶ୍ଵପ୍ରଶ୍ନଃ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ମା । ଲୋକେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଅଧ୍ବକୃତ୍ୟ = ଅଧ୍ + କୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ପ୍ରବୃତ୍ତା = ପ୍ର + ବୃତ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 16.

असंख्या: ग्रहा: ……………. प्रतिपादिताः ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅହନ୍ତି = ସମର୍ଥ ହୁଅନ୍ତି । ରୂଢ଼ମୂଳା = ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧିମୂଳା । ବିସ୍ତରେଣ = ବିସ୍ତୃତଭାବରେ । ମାହେୟଃ = ମହୀପୁତ୍ର (ମଙ୍ଗଳ) । ମଜ୍ଜାସାରଃ = ଜାଇଫଳ । କୂଜଗ୍ରହ = ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଜ୍ୟୋତିଷଶାସ୍ତ୍ର – ଅସଂଖ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରହମାନ ଅଛନ୍ତି, ଅନ୍ୟ ସୌରମଣ୍ଡଳ ମଧ୍ୟ ହେବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ଅଟନ୍ତି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ବିଚାର ଭାରତୀୟ ଜ୍ୟୋତିଷଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ରହିଛି । ଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଥିତି, ପରସ୍ପର ଆକର୍ଷଣ, ଗ୍ରହଣସ୍ୱରୂପ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଏଠାରେ ବିସ୍ତୃତଭାବେ କୁହାଯାଇଛି । ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହର ସ୍ବରୂପ – ‘ଚପଳ ଲାଲ ଏବଂ ଧବଳ ଓ ଜାଇଫଳ ସଦୃଶ ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହ’’ ବୋଲି ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବରାହମିହିର କହିଥିଲେ । ଆଧୁନିକ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକାରମାନେ କହନ୍ତି – ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହ ଉପର ଭାଗରେ ବରଫାବୃତ ହୋଇଛି ବୋଲି ଏଣୁ ରକ୍ତବର୍ଣ୍ଣଯୁକ୍ତ ଧବଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସେଠାରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ମଙ୍ଗଳଗ୍ରହ ବୋଲି ଶବ୍ଦହିଁ ସେହି ଗ୍ରହରେ ଜୀବସମ୍ଭାବନାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ । ଆଧୁନିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନୀମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାହିଁ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ବୋଲି କୁହନ୍ତି ?

ଭ୍ରମମୂଳକ’, ‘ଗ୍ରହମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵପ୍ରକାଶତା ନାହିଁ’ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ଅଂଶମାନ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ମଜ୍ଜାସ।ରଣ୍ଠ = ମଜ୍ଜାସାରଃ + ଚ । ପରସ୍ପରାକର୍ଷଣମ୍ = ପରସ୍ପର + ଆକର୍ଷଣମ୍ । ଇତ୍ୟବମ୍ = ଇତି +ଅତଃ ।

ସମାସ – ଅସଂଖ୍ୟା = ନ ସଂଖ୍ୟା (ନଞ୍ଜ୍ ତତ୍) । କୂଜଗ୍ରହସ୍ୟ = କୂଜ ନାମ ଗ୍ରହଃ, ତଥ୍ୟ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ସ୍ଵପ୍ରକାଶତା = ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକାଶତା (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ଜୀବସମ୍ଭାବନା = ଜୀବସ୍ୟ ସମ୍ଭାବନା (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଭାରତୀୟ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ବିସ୍ତରେଣ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । କୂଜସ୍ୟ = ଉପରି ଯୋଗେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । କୂଜଃ = ଇତି ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା !

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭବିତୁମ୍ = ଭୂ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ସ୍ଥିତି ସ୍ଥା +କ୍ସିନ୍ । ଉକ୍ତା = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍ । ଉକ୍ତବାନ୍ = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତବତୁ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 3 संस्कृते किं नास्ति?

Text – 17.

सिन्धुसंभ्यताचित्राणि …………………. निरूपितम् अस्ति ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଦେବାଳୟ = ମନ୍ଦିର । ଗୁହା = ଗୁମ୍ଫା । ପରିଣାମମ୍ = ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵକୁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ସିନ୍ଧୁସଭ୍ୟତାର ଚିତ୍ର ପ୍ରାୟ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କୁ ହିଁ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତ କରିଥାଏ । ସେଠାରେ ଥିବା ବାସ୍ତୁବିଦ୍ୟା ଅତି ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓ ଅତି ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ । କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକର ବେଲୁର୍‌ରେ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ ଭୂମିସ୍କର୍ଶରହିତସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, କୋଣାର୍କକ୍ଷେତ୍ରର ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟମନ୍ଦିର, ଶୃଙ୍ଗେରୀସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅନନ୍ତପୁରୀର ସପ୍ତସ୍ୱରପ୍ରଭବ ମଣ୍ଡପାଧାରାସ୍ତମ୍ଭ, ଅଜନ୍ତା-ଏଲୋରା ଗୁମ୍ଫା, ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ବାସ୍ତୁରତ୍ନାବଳୀ, କାମିକାଗମ, ବୃହଦ୍‌ବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅନେକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ବାସ୍ତୁଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ନିରୂପିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଅତ୍ୟୁତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟା = ଅତି + ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟା । ବୃହଦ୍‌ବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା = ବୃହତ୍ + ବାସ୍ତୁମାଳା । ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ = ଇତି + ଆଦିଷୁ ।

ସମାସ – ସ୍ପର୍ଶରହିତଃ (୫ମୀ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ) । କୋଣାର୍କକ୍ଷେତ୍ରସ୍ୟ = କୋଣାର୍କସ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ର, ତସ୍ୟ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) । ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଦେବାଳୟ = ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଦେବସ୍ୟ ଆଳୟ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ସପ୍ତସ୍ଵରଃ = ସପ୍ତାନାଂ ସ୍ଵରାଂ (ଦ୍ବିଗୁ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – କର୍ଣାଟକେ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥେଷୁ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଉତ୍‌କୃଷ୍ଟା = ଉତ୍ + କୃଷ୍ + କ୍ତ’ + ଟାପ୍ ।

Text – 18.

सङ्गीतविषये …………………. जगद्गुरुस्थानमधिकरिष्यति ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଉପଯୁଜ୍ୟତେ = ଉପଯୋଗୀ ଅଟେ । ବିସ୍ତରେଣ = ବିସ୍ତୃତ ଭାବରେ । ସନ୍ = ହୋଇ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସଙ୍ଗୀତ – ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ବିଷୟରେ କିନ୍ତୁ ସମସ୍ତେ ହିଁ ଜାଣନ୍ତି । ଆମର ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚିକିତ୍ସା ନିମନ୍ତେ ମଧ୍ଯ ସଙ୍ଗୀତକୁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ଚିକିତ୍ସାରତ୍ନାକର ନାମକ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ୩୪୮୦୦ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ରୋଗମାନଙ୍କର ବିଷୟରେ ବିସ୍ତୃତଭାବେ କହିଛି । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଚିକିତ୍ସା ଉପଯୋଗିତା ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିପାଦିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।

ଏସବୁ ବିଷୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ପଠନାଦି କରି – ଜଣେ ଜଣେ ସଂସ୍କୃତଜ୍ଞ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ପାରଙ୍ଗମ ହୋଇ ସେହି ସେହି ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରର ପରିରକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପ୍ରସାର କରନ୍ତୁ । ତଦ୍ବାରା ଭାରତମାତା ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଜଗତ୍‌ଗୁରୁସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକୃତ କରିବ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଅସ୍ମଦାଚାର୍ଯୋ = ଅସ୍ଥିତ୍ + ଆଚାର୍ଥେ । ଚିକିତ୍ସାପଯୋଗିତାମ୍ = ଚିକିତ୍ସା + ଉପଯୋଗିତାମ୍ । = ଏକ + ଏକଃ । ତଉଲ୍ଲାସ୍ତସ୍ୟ ତତ୍ + ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ।

ସମାସ – ସଂସ୍କୃତଜ୍ଞ = ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ ଜାନାତି ଯଃ ହାଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) । ଜଗଦ୍‌ଗୁରୁ = ଜଗତଃ ଗୁରୁ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ସଙ୍ଗୀତବିଷୟ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଆଚାର୍ଯୋ = ଅନୁକ୍ତ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ରୋଗାଣାମ୍ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ବିଷୟେଷୁ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ତେନ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – କୃତ୍ମା = କୃ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pre- modifiers ଓ Post- modifiers
Look at the following sentences (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର) :

(i) Flowers are beautiful.
(ii) The red flowers are beautiful.
(iii) The red flowers in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀ) are beautiful.

In these sentences the Bold parts are noun phrases. (ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ Bold ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ noun phrases ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)
As we know, a noun phrase can be a single word and a group of words with noun or pronoun as the head. (ଆମେ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଯାହା ଜାଣିଛୁ ଗୋଟିଏ noun phrase ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ଯାହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ।)
The pronouns as headwords or head nouns can be of two kinds. (Head word ବାHead noun ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronoun ଦୁଇପ୍ରକାରର ।)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase 1

In the first sentence ‘flowers’ is the noun phrase or head word or head noun.
In the second sentence before the head word/noun, ‘the red’ is used as pre-modifier modifying ‘flowers’. ( ୨ୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ the redକୁ head noun flowers ର modifier ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଛି ଓ flowers ର ପୂର୍ବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ Pre-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ।) In the third sentence ‘the red’ is the pre-modifier and ‘in the pot’ is the post-modifier as it modifies the head noun ‘flowers’ and is used after (post) ‘flowers’. (ତୃତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀରେ) ହେଉଛି post-modifier, କାରଣ ଏହା head noun ‘flowers’ କୁ modify କରି ଏହାର ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase 2

Other Examples:
(i) The little birds in the tree were twittering. (ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଛୋଟ ଚଢ଼େଇମାନେ କିଚିରିମିଚିରି ହେଉଥ୍ଲେ।)
The little birds in the tree- noun phrase
BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase 3

କେଉଁ ପକ୍ଷୀ (Q) – (A) ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ (Pre-modifier)
କେଉଁ ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀସବୁ (Q) – (A) ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା (Post-modifier)

(ii) A country ruled by the corrupt ministers will be ruined. ( ଦୁର୍ନୀତିଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଶାସିତ ଦେଶ ଧ୍ବଂସ ପାଇଯିବ।) (A country ruled by the corrupt ministers = noun phrase)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase 4

Analysis of the Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
(i) The little birds in the tree are chirping.
(ii) The beautiful girl dressed in the blue frock is my sister.
(iii) Every one of them knows English.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

Let’s put the different elements in the Noun phrase (ଏବେ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଉପାଦାନକ ରଖିବା)

Pre-modifier Head (word/noun) Post-modifier
(i) The little birds in the tree
(ii) The beautiful girl in a blue frock
X Everyone of them

Pre-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase ( ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Pre-modifiers)

  1. Articles (a, an, the): a flower, an apple, the books
  2. Demonstratives (this, that, these, those): this magazine, that woman, these potatoes, those maps
  3. Numerals (ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (one, two, three, first, tenth)
    two pupils, three puppies (କୁକୁରଛୁଆ), second car, hundredth (ଶହେତମ) goal
  4. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (many, much, all, a few, a little, some, any, a great number of, several, a lot of.)
    a few doctors, much wealth, some roses. all nations, a little milk
  5. Genitives / Possessives (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ): Anil’s watch, my shoes, their building, Meera’s ribbon, one’s health
  6. Distributives (ବଣ୍ଟନକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦ): each boy, every car, either road, neither pen
  7. Multipliers (ବାକ୍ୟଶ ରୂପକ ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଶେଷ) : double the amount , one-third players, twice the number
  8. Wh-words (ଶବ୍ଦ): whose book, what colour, which road.
  9. Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ): strong (କଡ଼ା) tea, weak goats, black suitcase, old people
  10. Participles (Present and Past): walking-stick (ଆଶ୍ରାବାଡ଼ି), swimming pool (ସନ୍ତରଣ), trained soldiers (ତାଲିମପ୍ରାପ୍ତ), sliced tomatoes (କଟା ହୋଇଥିବା ଟମାଟୋ)
  11. Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ): Paper boats, school garden, oil lamp, Kashmir apples, TATA trucks, kitchen chair, dog biscuits, table cloth.
  12. Intensifiers (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ବିଶେଷକ): extremely beautiful park, (beautiful-adjective) most boring film (boring = adjective)

Post-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Post-Modifiers):
Note: The word or words used after the headword or head noun is Post-modifier.
(head word ବା head noun ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Post-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
The Post-modifier is otherwise known as a qualifier in the noun phrase.
(noun phrase ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Post-modifierକୁ qualifier ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

  • Here is the list of Post-modifiers or qualifiers of the noun phrase (ଏଠାରେ Post- modifier ବା qualifiers ର କେତୋଟି ଉଦାହରଣ) :

(i) Adjective (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

  • There is nothing secret in this information.
    [nothing- headword, secret- post-modifier (adjective)]
    My father sometimes does something strange. [something- headword, strange adjective / post-modifier]

(ii) Adverbs or Adverbials (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

  • The books on the table are mine.
    [books- headword, on the table- post-modifier / adverbial]
  • The children here are quite noisy.
    [children- headword, here- post-modifier / adverbial]
  • The example below has been illustrated.
    [example- headword, below- post-modifier / adverbial]

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

(iii) Prepositional Phrase :

  • People in general love Gandhiji.
    [in general- prepositional phrase / post-modifier, people- head word]
  • We have a house to let. (ଘର ଭଡ଼ା ଦିଆଯିବାକୁ ଅଛି)
    [house- headword, to let- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
  • The old man with his only daughter is living in our house.
    [man- headword, with his only daughter- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
  • Can you see the house over the hill?
    [house- headword, over the hill- prepositional phrase / post-modifier] (A Prepositional Phrase usually begins with a preposition)

→ Note: Post-modifier ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ Prepositional phrase ସାଧାରଣତଃ Preposition ଋୁ (an, in, with, over, at, across, under, of) ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(iv) Non-finite Clause (ଅସମାପିକା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :

  • Did you see the man sitting in the corner?
    [man- headword, sitting in the comer- non-finite clause / post-modifier]
  • Who is sitting in the comer = finite clause
  • Have you read the plays (ନାଟକ ବହି) written by Shakespeare? plays- headword
    [written by Shakespeare- non-finite clause / post-modifier which were written by Shakespeare = finite clause]

(v) Self-Pronouns:

  • The children themselves are to be blamed.
    [children- headword, themselves- self-word /post-modifier]
  • The girl herself (ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିବାକୁ) decided to commit suicide.
    [girl- headword, herself- self-pronoun / post-modifier]

(vi) Relative Clauses :

  • The site where Gandhi was born, is historical.
    [site ( ସ୍ଥାନ) – headword, where Gandhi was bom- relative clause / post-modifier]
  • The reason why he discontinued (ଅଧାରୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା) his studies, still remains a mystery. (ରହସ୍ୟ)
    [reason- head word, whyhe discontinued his studies- relative clause / Post-modifier]

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

→ Remember :
The above Bold parts given in various examples are noun phrases. ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଅଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଶ ଅଟେ ।)

Activity- 1

Complete the following passage by filling in the blanks with suitable pre-modifiers. You can choose the pre-modifiers from those in the brackets, (brackets ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ସଠିକ Pre-modifiers ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(story, two, the, some, a, different, friend’s, my, happy)

There was _____________ fair going on near _____________ village. I went to my ____________ house and called him. We went to ____________ fair together. We went round the ____________ stalls in ____________ fair. I bought ___________ books. My friend bought _____________ toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very _______________ experience for us.
Answer:
There was a fair (ମେଳା) going on near my village. I went to my friend’s house and called him. We went to the fair together. We went round the different stalls in the fair. I bought some storybooks. My friend bought two toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very happy experience for us.

Activity- 2

Fill in the blanks choosing the post-modifiers from those given in brackets, (brackets ଭିତରୁ Post-modifiers ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(nearby, sitting in the gallery, in colorful jerseys, posted around the field, in general, kept for the winners, who acted as the referee)

Boys of our school love to play football _____________. So we arranged a football match in the field ______________. The players entered the field. The children __________ encouraged the players. A teacher ___________ conducted the game. The linesman _____________ helped him. The trophy ______________ was given away after the match.
Answer:
Boys ofour school love to play football in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ). So we arranged a football match in the field nearby (ପାଖରେ ଥ‌ିବା). The players entered the field. The children sitting in the gallery (ଗ୍ୟାଲେରୀରେ ବସିଥିବା) encouraged the players. Ateacher who acted as the referee (ଯିଏ ରେଫେରୀ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ) conducted the game. The linesman posted around the field ( ପଡ଼ିଆର ଚାରିପଟେ ଜଗିଥିବା) in colourful iersevs (ରଂଗୀନ ଜର୍ସି (ପୋଷାକ) ପନ୍ଧିଥିବା) helped him. The trophy kept for the winners ( ବିଜେତାମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଥିବା) was given away after the match.

Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Identify the Pre-modifiers of the noun phrase.
1. Which class are you in?
Answer:
which – wh-determiner

2. There are some books on the table.
Answer:
Some- quantifier, the – article

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

3. Neither pen will do for me.
Answer:
Neither – distributive

4. My friend comes to our house on Sunday.
Answer:
My, our- Possessive

5. Everyday he takes an apple.
Answer:
an- article

6. Don’t try to catch the running train.
Answer:
the – article, running- participle

7. There is enough time for him.
Answer:
enough – quantifier

8. My father has built a brick house.
Answer:
my – possessive, a- article, brick – noun

9. Those elephants are trained.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

10. One-third members were present at the meeting.
Answer:
One-third multiplier

11. The red flowers are beautiful.
Answer:
The – article, red – adjective

12. You can take either book.
Answer:
either – distributive

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

13. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier, the – article

14. His first ten stories are interesting.
Answer:
His – possessive, first, ten – numerals

15. I have given him twice the quantity of rice.
Answer:
twice – multiplier

16. Now every town faces pollution problem.
Answer:
every distributive

17. She is washing a table-cloth.
Answer:
a – article, table – noun

18. A black cat is sitting there.
Answer:
a – article, black – adjective

19. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – number (cardinal number)

20. This is Mr. Prusty’s bike.
Answer:
Mr. Prusty – possessive.

Identify the Post-modifiers in the noun phrases.
1. He told me something interesting about the place.
Answer:
interesting – adjective

2. People in general love Gandhiji.
Answer:
in general – prepositional phrase

3. Did you meet the man sitting in the comer?
Answer:
sitting in the comer – non-finite clause

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

4. We helped the girl who was new in our class.
Answer:
who was new in our class – finite clause

5. He is a boy from our village.
Answer:
from our village – prepositional phrase

6. You can take anything necessary for you.
Answer:
necessary – adjective

7. The book kept on the table is mine.
Answer:
kept on the table – non-finite clause

8. The teacher who acted as the referee conducted the match.
Answer:
who acted as referee – finite clause

9. The weather today is fine.
Answer:
today – adverb

10. The match was held in the field nearby.
Answer:
nearby – adverb

11. Boys love to play football in colourful jerseys.
Answer:
in colourful jersey – prepositional phrase

12. The trophy kept for the winners was given away after the match.
Answer:
kept for the winners – non-finite clause

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

13. I notice the girl playing in the field.
Answer:
playing in the field – non-finite clause

14. Do you feel something disgusting?
Answer:
disgusting – adjective

15. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
Answer:
in need – prepositional phrase

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Let’s look at the following sentence :
Mohan stayed at home when everybody else in the family went to the cinema.
(ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରିବାରର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଦସ୍ୟ ସିନେମାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ, ମୋହନ ଘରେ ରହିଥିଲା ।)

⇒ In this sentence we have two clauses.
(ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ରହିଛି । ଅର୍ଥାତ ୨ଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଛି ।)
“Mohan stayed at home first” – Clause (Main clause or independent clause)
“when everybody else in the family went to the cinema ” – 2nd clause (subordinate clause or dependent clause)

⇒ What is a clause?
A clause is a sentence or the part of a sentence that has a subject and a predicate.
(ଏକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ଥାଏ ।)

⇒ What is a Main clause or Independent clause?
The clause that has its indepdent meaning or can stand on its own, is the Main Clause or Independent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟର ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ରହିଛି ବା ନିଜ ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରେ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ What is a Subordinate or Dependent clause?
A clause which can’t stand independently as a sentence, is called a Subordinate or Dependent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଭାବରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ Let’s try to remember the three important SENTENCES through clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 1

⇒ Phrase (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
A phrase is a group of words, that makes sense, but not complete sense. (କେତୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗଠିତ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅର୍ଥ ନୁହେଁ)
For example: Mark the underlined phrases.

⇒ Noun Phrase:
(i) To rise early in the morning is a ‘good habit’ (subject to the verb ‘is’)
(ii) He is fond of playing tennis. (Object to the preposition ‘of’)
(iii) He likes to play football. (Object to the verb ‘likes’)

⇒ A sentence or a clause must have a subject and a predicate.
But a phrase has no predicate.

Activity – 1

Mention whether the following expressions are phrases(P), clauses(C) or sentences(S).
1. Where have you been?
Answer:
Where have you been? (sentence)

2. Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall.
Answer:
Humpty Dumpty (ବାମନ) sat on a wall. (sentence)

3. Like a diamond in the sky.
Answer:
Like a diamond in the sky (phrase)

4. Who pulled her out?
Answer:
Who pulled her out? (sentence)

5. And Jill came tumbling after.
Answer:
And Jill came tumbling after (clause)

6. Under the queen’s chair
Answer:
Under the queen’s chair (phrase)

7. All the king’s horses
Answer:
All the king’s horses (phrase)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. up the hill
Answer:
up the hill (phrase)

9. a nice fairy story
Answer:
a nice fairy story (phrase)

10. Jack fell down
Answer:
Jack fell down (sentence)

11. A stitch in time
Answer:
A stitch in time (phrase)

12. The clock struck one
Answer:
The clock struck one (sentence)

13. Pussy in the well
Answer:
Pussy in the well (phrase)

14. After sealing the letter
Answer:
After sealing the letter (phrase)

15. To fetch a pail of water
Answer:
to fetch a pail of water (phrase)

Activity – 2

Draw double lines under the main clauses and single lines under subordinate clauses in the following sentences. Ignore coordinate clauses.
(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ୨ଟି ଗାର ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାର ଦିଅ ।)

1. I can not express how sorry I am.
Answer:
I can’t express how sorry I am.

2. Jack fell down and he broke his crown.
Answer:
Jack fell down and he broke his crown.

3. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
All depends on how the work is done.

4. It is feared that he will not help us.
Answer:
It is feared that he will not help us.

5. It is clear that he is honest.
Answer:
It is clear that he is honest.

6. I asked the boy how old he was.
Answer:
I asked the boy how old he was.

7. The point is that he was absolutely honest.
Answer:
The point is that he was absolutely honest.

8. When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
When his father will return is uncertain.

9. His great fear is that he may not succeed.
Answer:
His great fear is that he may not succeed.

10. Humpty dumpty sat on a wall and he had a great fall.
Answer:
Humpty dumpty sat on a wall.

11. A proverb is one man’s wit but it is all men’s wisdom.
Answer:
A proverb (ପ୍ରବଚନ) is one man’s wit.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

12. There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.
Answer:
There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.

13. Do you know when the next rain arrives?
Answer:
Do you know when the next train arrives?

14. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

15. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
He says that his mother is ill.

16. He told me that he was ready.
Answer:
He told me that he was ready.

17. What he says may be true.
Answer:
What he says may be true.

18. He waved his hand and boarded the bus.
Answer:
He waved his hand.

Noun Clause
⇒ Let’s look at this sentence.
He said that oil floats on water. (Complex Sentence)
He said (Independent or Main clause)
that oil floats on water. (Dependent clause or Subordinate clause)
⇒ “that oil floats on water” (ଯେ ଜଳ ଉପରେ ତେଲ ଭାସେ) is a Dependent Clause or Subordinate Clause since (ଯେହେତୁ) it can’t stand as an independent (clause).
⇒ So “that oil floats on water ” is said to be a Noun Clause as it functions as an object to the verb “said” (what did he say ?) as a noun functions as an object.
⇒ Dependent Clause ବା Subordinate Clause “that oil floats on water ” – ଏଠାରେ ଏକ Noun Clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ଏହା verb ‘said’ ର Object (କର୍ମ) ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି, ଯେପରି What did he say ?
Answer:
“That oil floats on water” (noun clause = object to the verb “said”)

Remember :
A noun clause is so called because it functions as a noun.

In Indirect Speech the reported statements and questions are noun clauses.
(i) Reported Statements are introduced by “that” or without “that” – Zero-introducer.
(ii) “Yes – No” questions are introduced by “if” or “whether” (ହଁ କି ନାହିଁ)
(iii) Wh-questions by the same wh-words like what, when, where, how, whom, why etc.

Examples :
(a) Statement (ଭକ୍ତି) : Mark the underlined Noun clauses :

Direct Indirect
He said, “I live in a town.” He said (that) he lived in a town.
We said to him, “We are ready to help your brother.” We told him (that) we were ready to help his brother.

(b) Yes – No questions (Questions beginning with verbs) :

Direct Indirect
“Do you smoke ?” he inquired He inquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା) if/whether I smoked.
“Have you ever been to Darjeeling ?” he asked me. He asked me if/whether I had ever been to Darjeeling.
He said, “Is your dog an Alsatian ?” He asked if/whether my dog was an Alsation.

(c) Wh-questions: (Questions beginning with wh-words)

Direct Indirect
My friend said, “How do you like the picture ?” My friend asked me how I liked the picture.
The stranger said, “Where is the ATM?” The stranger asked where the ATM was.
“Who can climb that wall ?” I asked the children. I asked the children who could climb that wall.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ Functions of Noun Clause:
(1) Noun Clause as the Subject of a sentence (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପରେ)
Examples :
(i) What he says is helpful to us.(Complex Sentence)
(ସେ ଯାହା କହୁଛି, ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଦରକାରୀ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What he says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘is helpful to us’ = Main Clause,
‘what’ = Subordinator]

(ii) That the earth moves round the Sun is truth.(Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାରିପଟେ ଘୂରେ, ଏହା ସତ୍ୟ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ That the earth moves round the Sun ‘ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘ is truth ‘ = Main Clause,
‘that’ = Subordinator]

(2) Noun Clause as the Object to the verb (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples :
(i) Gopal said (that) he was happy. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା (ଯେ) ସେ ଖୁସି ଥିଲା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that he way happy’ = Subordinating Noun Clause
‘that’ = Subordinator,
Gopal said = Main Clause]

(ii) I asked the boy how old he was. (Complex Sentence)
(ତା’ର ବୟସ କେତେ ବୋଲି ମୁଁ ବାଳକକୁ ପଚାରିଲି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘how old he was ’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘I asked the boy’ = Main Clause)

(iii) The police officer asked the driver why he was driving so speedily.(Complex Sentence)
(ଡ୍ରାଇଭର କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଉଥିଲା ବୋଲି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଅଫିସର ଡ୍ରାଇଭରକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘Why he was driving speedily’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘why’= Subondinator,
“The police officer asked the driver’ = Main Clause]

(3) Noun Clause as object to the Preposition
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ Preposition ବା ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା at / on / in / for with from ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) Pay careful attention to what I am going to say. (Complex Sentence)
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ କରିବି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What I am going to say’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘to’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘to’ = Preposition,
‘Pay careful attention to’ = Main Clause]

(ii) There is no meaning in what Gopal says. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କ’ଣ କହୁଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି|ଅର୍ଥ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘what Gopal says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘in’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘in’ = Preposition,
There is no meaning in = Main Clause]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iii) Mother is anxious about when her son will return from school.(Complex Sentence)
(ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ କେତେବେଳେ ସ୍କୁଲରୁ ଫେରିବେ, ସେ ନେଇ ମା’ ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘when her son will return from school’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘about’,
‘when’ = Subordinator,
‘from ’ = Preposition,
‘Mother is anxious’ = Main Clause]

(4) Noun Clause as ‘Complement to the ‘Verb’
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The difficulty was how we would arrange the fund.(Complex Sentence) (gl§9dl $[QI 21169016® 9191 §09 601919 9Q§ l)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘how we would arrange the fund’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘was’,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘was’ = ‘be’ verb,
‘The difficulty was’ = Main Clause]

(ii) It appears (that) price won’t come down in the near future. (Complex Sentence)
(ଜଣାପଡୁଛି ମୂଲ୍ଯବୃଦ୍ଧି ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ କମିବ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ (that) price won’t come down in the near future = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘appears’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
‘appears’ = Verb,
‘It appears’ = Main Clause]

(5) Noun Clause as Apposition to the Nouns or Pronouns
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବା ସର୍ବନାମର apposition ବା ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The news that his father has come, is true. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ତା’ ବାପା ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ସତ କଥା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that his father has come’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘news’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
“The news is true” = Main Clause]

(ii) The statement that she found the money in the street, is not believable. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ସେ ରାସ୍ତାରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଇଲା, ବିଶ୍ବାସ ହେଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that she found the money in the street’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘statement’,
‘that’ = subordinator,
The statement is not believable = Main Clause]

⇒ Joining Two Sentences Making One into a Noun Clause :
(ଦୁଇଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏକୁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ଯୋଗ କରିବା ପଦ୍ଧତି) :
(1) Using Subordinator ‘That’ (Omitting so, it, this) if both the sentences are in declarative pattern.
[ଯଦି ଉଭୟ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବ। Declarative Sentence Pattern ରେ ଥାଏ ତା’ହେଲେ so, it, this କୁ ଉଠାଇ ସେଠାରେ ‘That’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ]
Examples:
(i) Her mother is ill. Nirmal says so.
Answer:
Nirmal says that her mother is ill. (Omitting ‘so’)

(ii) The man was absolutely (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ) dishonest. (ଅସାଧୁ)
This is the point.
Answer:
The point is that the man was absolutely dishonest.

(2) Retaining What / How, etc. [What / How ଇତ୍ୟାଦିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ]
(Who words + Subject + Verb)
Examples:
(i) Who wrote the Ramayan? Can you tell me?
Answer:
Can you tell me who wrote the Ramayan?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(ii) When did the last train arrive?
A stranger asked the man at the counter.
Answer:
A stranger asked the man at the counter when the last train arrived.

(iii) What is your name?
The gentleman asked the girl.
Answer:
The gentleman asked the girl what her name was.

(3) Using If/ Whether (ହଁ କି ନୁହେଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି)
If one sentence in the question begins with helping verb
(ଯଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ କୌଣସି ବାକ୍ୟ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଥାଏ )
Examples:
(i) Will you do this work for me ? (will=helping verb)
Tell me.
Answer:
Tell me if/whether you will do this work for me.

(ii) Are you living here?
I can’t say.
Answer:
I can’t say if you are living here.

Activity – 1

Underline the noun clause in the following sentences. Mention whether they work as subject, object, complement, object of preposition or in apposition to another noun or pronoun.
(i) It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it. (Complement to the adjective ‘ clear ’)

(ii) You know how hard she works.
Answer:
You know how hard she works. (Object to the verb ‘know’)

(iii) That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
That he is honest is known to all. (Subject to the verb ‘is’)

(iv) The film depends on how it ends.
Answer:
The film depends on how it ends. [Object to the preposition ‘on’)

(v) “I’m glad to hear it”, Mrs Bethy said.
Answer:
“I’m glad to hear it”. Mrs Bethy said. (Subject to the verb ‘said’)

(vi) My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
My decision is that he must help you. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(vii) What is in our fate can’t be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate can’t be avoided. (Subject to the verbs ‘ can’t be avoided’)

(viii) The matter is that they have cheated us.
Answer:
The matter is that they have cheated us. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(ix) Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come.
Answer:
Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come. (Object to the verbs ‘didn’t know’)

(x) Can you tell me who wrote ‘the Ramayan’?
Answer:
Can you tell me “who wrote the Ramavan”? (Object to the verbs ‘can tell”)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(xi) No one can say how the war will come to an end.
Answer:
No one can say how the war will come to an end. (Object to the verbs ‘can say’)

(xii) Mr. Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave.
Answer:
Mr Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave. (Object to the verb ‘promised’)

Activity – 2

Complete the following sentences using noun clauses.
Can you tell me ________?
Answer:
Can you tell me who will take our science class?

His looks prove ________.
Answer:
His looks (ଚାହାଁଣୀ) prove that he is disappointed.

We all thought that ________.
Answer:
We all thought that we would win the match.

His plan is that ________.
Answer:
His plan is that he will succeed.

________ is known to all.
Answer:
That the earth moves round the sun is known to all.

He admitted that ________.
Answer:
He admitted that he had stolen my mobile.

He wanted to know ________.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I would come with him.

I have no objection to ________.
Answer:
I have no objection to what you do.

Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
Copernicus proved that the earth moves round the sun.

The rumour ________ is true.
Answer:
The rumour that Rahul Gandhi will get married is true.

Relative Clause

⇒ Study the following sentence :
I have already read the book which you gave me.
The underlined clause “which you gave me”, a dependent clause or (subordinate clause) is a relative clause or adjective clause as it modifies the meaning of the norm “book”.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

A : Which book have I already seen?
B : Which you gave me. (Relative clause or Adjective clause)

Another example:
A : Which boy are you talking about?
B : I’m talking about the boy who came to our house yesterday.

Her the second speaker (B) is identifying ‘the boy’ he (the speaker) is talking about by using the relative clause “who came to our house yesterday”

Note :
The Primary function of a Relative clause is to identify a noun.

⇒ How to form Relative Clause Rules :
(1) First find out the identical norm phrase in the two sentence to be combined or joined.
(2) Replace one of the identical noun phrases with an appropriate relative pronoun.
(3) Then move the relative pronoun to the beginning of the relative clause.
(4) Finally, place the relative clause immediately after its antecedent or noun phrase.

⇒ Let’s understand:
I have read the book ________ Naba sir wrote the book.
I have read the hook ________ Naba sir wrote which.
I have read the book which Naba Sir wrote.
[The hook-identical noun phrase, which-relative pronoun]

⇒ Step-to-step method of making Relative clause :
The girl was very friendly. I talked to the girl.
Step 1/2 : The girl was very friendly. ________. I talked to whom.
Step 3 : The girl was very friendly. who/whom I talked to.
Step 4 : The girl who / whom I talked to was very friendly.

Example 2:
The people were kind. Father stayed with them.
Step 1/2 : The people were kind. ________ father stayed with
Step 3 : The people were kind. Who father stayed with.
Step 4 : The people who father stayed with were kind.
Or,
Step 1/2 : The people were,kind. ________ father stayed With whom
Step 3 : The people were kind. With whom father stayed.
Step 4 : The people with whom father stayed were kind.

Example 3 :
Did you see the letter ? It came this morning.
Step 1/2 : Did you see letter ? That came this morning.
Step 3 : Did you see the letter that came this morning ?
the letter – identical noun phrase
that – relative pronoun

⇒ Defining Relative Clause / Identifying Relative clause :
The teacher who has worked here for thirty years is retiring next week. (Complex sentence)
Here the relative clause “who has worked for thirty years” is a defining relative clause since we speaks of the particular teacher who has worked here for thirty years.

⇒ Non-defining relative clause / Non-identifying Relative Clause :
“Mr. Mohanty, who has worked here for thirty years, is retiring next week. ”
Here “who has worked here for thirty years” gives more information about Mr Mohanty.
So we drop this clause, the sentence will have no harm. So this is the example of a Nondefining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Remember :
A non-defining relative clause must have comma (,), before and after the relative clause.

“That not ‘which’ is used after all, everything, anything, little, much, only, none, no, nothing. same, superlatives (superlative degree of adjectives), first, last, next, and after two antecedents, one personal and the other non-personal.
Examples:
(i) All / Everything / Anything that (not ‘which’) you see here is unclean.
(ii) There is little / nothing that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iii) There is not much that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iv) This is perhaps the last that we can expect. (not ‘which’)
(v) The next car that arrives here will find the gates closed. (not ‘which’)
(vi) Man is the only animal that can talk. (not ‘which’)
(vii) This is the same bicycle that my brother has lost. (not ‘which’)
(viii) The boy (personal) and his dog (non-personal) that had entered the club were turned (not ‘which’)

⇒ Relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.
Mark the underlined relative clauses.
(i) Do you remember the year when (in which) Sarojini Naidu died?
(ii) The day when (on which) the prince (ରାଜପୁତ୍ର) was born was celebrated (ପାଳନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) with rejoicings (ଆନନ୍ଦ ଉଲ୍ଲାସର ସହିତ).
(iii) The reason why he came wasn’t disclosed.
(iv) The house where (in which) we lived had a mud floor and a thatched house.
In these sentences when, where, why are relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.

⇒ Preposition introducing relative clause :
(i) The chair on which I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing.
(The chair when I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing) (Preposition ‘on’) (ଯାହା ଉପରେ)

(ii) Mr Tripathy with whom father works in this office, is a kind person.
(Mr. Tripathy father works with in this office, is a kind person) (Preposition – with) (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ)

⇒ Changing Complex Sentence into Simple Sentences :
(1) Noun Clause
Complex : I do not know where Mr Roy lives.
Simple : I do not know Mr Roy’s address.
Complex : Can you teel me when your father will arrive.
Simple : Can you tell me the time of your father’s arrival?
Complex : I do not believe what he says.
Simple : I do not believe his words.
Complex : The teacher remarked how intelligent the boy was.
Simple : The teacher remarked about the great intelligence of the boy.
Complex : I told the teacher why I was absent.
Simple : I told the teacher the reason of my absence.
Complex : This proves that you are guilty.
Simple : This proves your guilt.
Complex : I know who has done this wrongful act.
Simple : I know the doer (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ) of this wrongful act.
Complex : Nobody knows where Ram is.
Simple : Nobody knows Ram’s whereabouts.

(2) Relative Clause:
Complex : I have no money that I can spare.
Simple : I have no money to spare.
Complex : Students who work hard will succeed.
Simple : Hard-working students will succeed.
Complex : He likes to die in the village where he was born.
Simple : He likes to die in his native village.
Complex : The book which he lost has been found.
Simple : His lost book has been found.
Complex : The exact time when he died was not known.
Simple : The exact time of his death was not known.
Complex : I do not know the place where he will go.
Simple : I don not know his destination.
Complex : The young man who was the glory of the family is dead.
Simple .: The young man, the glory of the family, is dead.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 1

Combine the following pairs of sentences using one of them as a relative clause :

The birds are chirping. + The birds live in the neighbourhood.
I write with the pen. + My father bought the pen for me.
The sick were delighted. + Florence Nightingale nursed the sick.
I like the man. + The man has a smiling face.
The thief escaped in the dark. + The thief had robbed me.
The boy is our monitor. + I have borrowed his book.
The chair has a cracked leg. + He is sitting in the chair.

Answers:
(i) The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.
(ii) I write with the pen which my father bought for me.
(iii) The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.
(iv) I like the man who /that has a smiling face.
(v) The thief who had robbed me escaped in the dark.
(vi) The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.
(vii) The chair whiah/that he is sitting in has a cracked leg.

Activity – 2

In some of the following sentences the relative pronoun can be dropped. Rewrite those sentences without the relative pronouns. [You are not allowed to perform any other change.]
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.
I have read the story book that my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper who I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation that we can give about Socrates.
The only question that drew everybody’s attention is worth discussing.
Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Pramod, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
The travellers who knew about the floods took another road.
The travellers, who knew about the floods, took another road.
The man that Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music which we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song.
I write with the pen which my father bought.
Answers:
l have read the story book my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation we can give about Socrates.
The man Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song (ଭକ୍ତି ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
I write with the pen my father bought.

Remember :
From all relative clause, relative pronouns can’t be dropped. The means all relative clauses can’t be zero – relatives.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 3

Define the terms given in the example.
Example: A greengrocer
Answer:
is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.

A driver is a person who…
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives motors.

An actor is a person who…
Answer:
An actor (କଳାକାର) is a person who acts.

A journalist is a person who…
Answer:
A journalist (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ) is a person who writes for newspaper.

A farmer is a person who…
Answer:
A farmer is a person who works on a farm.

A patient is a person who…
Answer:
A patient is a person who suffers from disease (s).

A newspaper is a document in which …
Answer:
A newspaper is a document in which there are different news.

A conductor is a person who…
Answer:
A conductor is a person who collects fares on buses.

A teacher is a person who…
Answer:
A teacher is a person who teaches.

A plumber is a person who…
Answer:
A plumber (ଜଳ ପାଇପ ମରାମତିକାରୀ) is a person who mends (ମରାମତି କରେ) water-pipes.

A doctor is a person who…
Answer:
A doctor is a person who treats patients.

A hospital is a place where…
Answer:
A hospital is a place where the patients are treated.

A transitive verb is a verb which…
Answer:
A transitive (ସକର୍ମକ) verb is a verb which has object (s).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 4

In the following four columns some proverbs or quotations have been given. Expressions in column A and column D belong to the same proverb. Put a suitable relative pronoun in column B and choose the correct expression from column C. In this way write the proverbs. As soon as you complete, raise your hand and draw the teacher’s attention.

A B C D
All ________ pays the piper is not gold.
People ________ laughs last should not throw stones.
All’s well ________ prays together well.
He ________ glitters calls the tune.
He ________ blows nobody laughs best.
It’s along lane ________ do not want
It’s an ill wind ________ ends any good.
There are no one ________
so deaf as those ________ live in glass houses to hear.
The family ________ has no turning stays together.

Answer:

A B C D
All that glitters is not gold.
People who live in glass houses shouldn’t throw stones.
All’s well that ends well.
He who pays the piper calls the tune.
He who laughs last laughs best.
It’s a long lane that has no turning.
It’s an ill wind that blows nobody
There are no one
so deaf as those that don’t want to hear
The family that prays together stays together

Activity – 5

Underline the relative clauses in the following sentences. Write D for defining and N for non-defining relative clauses.
(i) A greengrocer is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.
Answer:
(D)

(ii) Bhola, who is a greengrocer, goes to the fields every morning.
Answer:
(N)

(iii) What is the name of your friend who often comes to our house?
Answer:
(D)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iv) Where does Amit, who often comes to our house, live?
Answer:
(N)

(v) My uncle who is a judge is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(D)

(vi) My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(N)

(vii) My father, who is a teacher, loves ot take.
Answer:
(N)

(viii) Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
(D)

(ix) We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
(D)

(x) We call uncle Bhola, who thinks of our welfare as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
(N)

Activity – 6

Put commas in the following sentences, if they are necessary.
(i) The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.
(ii) The strike at the factory which lasted ten days is over now.
(iii) My father who is working at Koraput is a doctor.
(iv) I have found the book which I was looking for.
(v) Mira’s grandmother who is sick is in hospital now.
(vi) Eintstein who discovered the theory of relativity once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury who got this bridge built is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa who faithfully served the poor is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee who is impartial solves all the problems cleverly.
Answers:
(iii) My father, who is working at Koraput, is a doctor.
(iv) Mira’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
(v) Eintstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury, who got this bridge built, is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee, who is impartial, solves all the problems cleverly.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with relative pronouns such as who, which, where, whose, that etc.
The house in ________ I lived as a child has been pulled down now.
Answer:
The house in which I lived as a child has been pulled down now.

My grandmother, ________ was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.
Answer:
My grandmother, who was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Stop him ! He’s the man ________ stole my purse.
Answer:
Stop him ! He’s the man who stole my purse.

They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
They have invented a television set that is as small as a watch.

There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
There are many people whose lives have been spoilt by this factory.

Is that the button ________ you pressed?
Answer:
Is that the button that you pressed?

Could everybody ________ answer sheets are with me raise their hands?
Answer:
Could everybody whose answer sheets are with me raise their hands?

That scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
That scientist has invented a kind of ink that is visible in darkness.

Activity – 8

Work in pairs. Think of puzzle whose answer you now. The clue you give must have a relative clause.
For example:
A black and white bird which can swim but can’t fly.
Answer:
Penguin (seven letters)

Now, the other partner (friend) must think of a puzzle whose answer must contain one of the letters of Penguine. For example, A snow house that an Eskimo builds.
Answer:
(Igloo) (Five letters).

In this process make a cross-word puzzle, always an existing letter, e.g.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 2

A wind that is strong and hot – (Loo), The tool that we write with – (Pen), A thing that is hung at the post for game – (Net), A tool that is used for carrying under ground water – Pipe, The tool is fitted in vehicles to make it run – Engine, The place where birds lie – Nest

At A Glance

⇒ The Noun Clause :
A Noun functions as subject, object, complement or apposition to some other noun.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ, ପୂରକ ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର apposition ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
Similarly a Noun clause functions as subject, object, complement etc.
(ସେଇଭଳି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ ବା ପୂରକ ଆଦି ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
A Noun clause being a subordinate clause begins with subordinators like that or whether / if or Wh-words.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା subordinator; ଯଥା – that ବା whether / if ବା Wh – ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

⇒ In Apposition to Nouns :
(a) The fact that he betrayed his friends is well-known. (ଯେ ସେ ତାହାର ବନ୍ଧୁପ୍ରତି ବିଶ୍ୱାସଘାତକତା କଲା ।)
(b) Who gave you the idea that I can sing (ଯେ ମୁଁ ଗାଇପାରେ) ? ( = apposition to the noun ‘idea)
(c) My question, who is responsible for our sad plight, (କିଏ ଆମର ଦୁଃଖଦ ଅବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ), has not yet been answered (= apposition to the noun ‘question’)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Relative Clauses:

⇒ Defining Relative Clause :
I. I met a friend (who was at school with me ten years ago).
[The clause inside the brackets “who was at school with me ten years ago (ଯିଏ ମୋ ସହିତ ଦଶବର୍ଷ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା ।) is a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which friends ?’]

II. The shot (ଗୁଳି) (that hit him on the head) killed him.
Similarly, the clause inside the brackets that hit him on the head (ଯେଉଁଟି ତାହାର ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଆଘାତ ଦେଲା) is also a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which shot ?’

Non-Defining Relative Clause :
III. I met Robin (who was at school with me ten years ago).
The clause inside the brackets who was at school with me ten years ago is a Non-Defining Relative Clause called so because it already answers the question ‘which friend ?’
Answer:
Who was a school with me ten years ago.
In the Main Clause (I met Robin) the use of proper noun ‘Robin’ only makes the friend definite, (ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ Robin କେବଳ Noun phrase ‘a friend’ କୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କରୁଛି ।) (‘Robin’ only gives some information about the Noun phrase)

Defining Relative Clause (without comma) (Noun phrase as antecedent indefinite) Non-Defining Relative clause (with comma) or antecedent.
Noun phrase is made definite with proper noun or determiners this, that, these, those, one two, second, tenth, my, his, her, their, etc.)
(Mark the underlined determiners or proper nouns in Non-Defining Relative Clauses and commas.)
I. Don’t ride in a bus which has poor brakes, (norm phrase – ‘a bus’) Don’t ride in this bus, which has poor brakes. (noun phrase – ‘this bus’)
II. The shot that hit him on the head killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the shot’) The second shot, which hit his on the head, killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the second shot’)
III. The dog which is black wears a collar. (noun phrase – ‘the dog’) My dog, which is black, wears a collar, (noun phrase – ‘my dog’)

Noun Clauses And Relative Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

Noun Clauses

⇒ Identify the subordinate clauses
1. It is clear that he is innocent.
Answer:
that he is honest

2. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that glitters

3 . When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
when his father will return

4. What he says doesn’t affect me.
Answer:
what he says.

5. The house he lives in has been damaged.
Answer:
he lives in

6. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
how the work is done.

7. This is what you say.
Answer:
what you say

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. After sealing the letter, he posted it.
Answer:
After sealing the letter

9. I will help him if he comes.
Answer:
If he comes

10. Since he is liar, nobody likes him.
Answer:
since he is a liar

11. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
that his mother is ill

12. He wanted to know whether I needed any help.
Answer:
whether I needed any help

13. He arrived here after everybody had left.
Answer:
after everybody had left

14. I cannot express how I am sorry.
Answer:
how I am sorry

15. The news that he has come is true.
Answer:
that he has come

⇒ Say the functions of the noun clauses.
1. That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
Subject of a verb,

2. My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

3. You know how hard she works.
Answer:
Object of verb,

4. It is true that his father has come.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

5. You should pay attention to what I say.
Answer:
Object of a preposition,

6. I asked her how she felt.
Answer:
Object of verb,

7. The problem is that we do not have any money.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Can you tell me who wrote Meghadoot?
Answer:
Object of verb,

9. What is in our fate cannot be avoided.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

10. Whether he will stay here depends on him.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

11. I expected that he would pass in the examination.
Answer:
Object of verb,

12. It appears that he won’t help me.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

13. The fact that he is dead is true.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

14. It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
In apposition to pronoun,

15. I don’t believe in what you say.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

16. Life is how we spend it.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

17. Tell me where you are going.
Answer:
Object of verb,

18. He didn’t agree to what I said.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

⇒ Complete the sentences using noun clauses.
1. The teacher told ________.
Answer:
that the earth moves round the sun.

2. His plan is ________.
Answer:
that he will study science.

3. Do you object to ________.
Answer:
what he says?

4. I suggested that ________.
Answer:
we should go home.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

5. I don’t believe in ________.
Answer:
what you say.

6. Give it to ________.
Answer:
whoever comes first.

7. I told you ________.
Answer:
what I thought.

8. ________ is a mystery.
Answer:
where he lives.

9. ________ is true.
Answer:
what he said.

10. No one can say ________.
Answer:
when the earth was created.

11. ________ cannot can be taken hack.
Answer:
what is said.

12. It seems that ________.
Answer:
no one knew it.

13. ________ is doubtful.
Answer:
whether he will come.

14. I knew ________.
Answer:
what his name is.

15. Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of the clauses as Noun Clause.
1. She will be a doctor. This is Shruti’s plan.
Answer:
Shruti’s plan is that she will be a doctor.

2. When will the train come ? The station master cannot say it.
Answer:
The station master cannot say when the train will come.

3. Did I need any help ? He wanted to know it.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I needed any help.

4. Who has done it ? It is not clear.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it.

5. Her uncle has come. Bubli doesn’t know it.
Answer:
Bubli doesn’t know that her uncle has come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

6. Deepak has misbehaved. He admits so.
Answer:
Deepak admits that he has misbehaved.

7. What have I said? I can prove it.
Answer:
I can prove what I have said.

8. The earth is flat. People in the old times believed it.
Answer:
People in the old times believed that the earth is flat.

9. Oil floats on water. Everybody knows this.
Answer:
Everybody knows that oil floats on water.

10. How will the war come to an end? Nobody can say this.
Answer:
Nobody can say how the war will come to an end.

11. What is our fate? It cannot be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate cannot be avoided.

12. We don’t have any money. This is the problem.
Answer:
The problem is that we don’t have any money.

13. Man is mortal. The teacher said it.
Answer:
The teacher said that man is mortal.

14. What does she say? Do you object to it?
Answer:
Do you object to what she says?

15. His father has come. The news is true.
Answer:
The news that his father has come is true.

Relative Clauses

⇒ Fill in the blanks with suitable relative pronouns.
1. Man is the only animal ________ can talk.
Answer:
that

2. All ________ glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that

3. He is the tallest man ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

4. The bus ________ I waited for came late.
Answer:
which

5. The house in ________ he lives is new.
Answer:
which

6. This is the lady ________ age you can never guess.
Answer:
whose

7. God helps those ________ help themselves.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Papu, with ________ I competed yesterday, was a better player.
Answer:
whom

9. The book, ________ I wanted, was published last month.
Answer:
which

10. There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
whose

11. He is the man ________stole my purse.
Answer:
who

12. They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
which

13. The scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
which

14. He ________ God loves, dies young.
Answer:
whom

15. This is the film ________ story is very interesting.
Answer:
whose

16. I have, no one ________ can help me.
Answer:
that

17. She is the best girl ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

18. A conductor is a person ________ collects fares on a bus.
Answer:
who

19. The camel ________ lives in desert, is called the ship of the desert.
Answer:
which

20. All ________ is mine is yours.
Answer:
that

21. This is the age ________ children become naughty.
Answer:
when

22. Tree ________ oxygen, sustains life.
Answer:
which

23. Mr. Panda ________ son is staying in Calcutta, is a close friend of father’s.
Answer:
whose

24. He ________ laughs last laughs best.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

25. I have a plan ________ will succeed.
Answer:
that

26. The girl ________ everyone admires is my daughter.
Answer:
whom

27. There was nothing ________ you could do.
Answer:
that

28. Here is a notice ________ warns us not to go head.
Answer:
which

29. The man ________ was injured was taken to hospital.
Answer:
who

30. She was wearing a dress ________colour is red.
Answer:
whose.

⇒ Identify the relative clause and say whether it is defining or non-defining relative clause.
1. Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
that wears a crown – defining relative clause.

2. A conductor is a person who collects fare in a bus.
Answer:
who collects fare in a bus – defining relative clause.

3. My father, who is working at Puri, is a doctor.
Answer:
who is working at Puri – non-defining relative clause.

4. Dibankar, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
Answer:
who is my classmate – non-delining relative clause.

5. Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Answer:
which works for the young people of our area – non-defining relative clause.

6. Rakesh, who always gives me books, is my friend.
Answer:
who always gives me books – non-defining relative clause.

7. I have read the book that my father bought yesterday.
Answer:
that my father bought yesterday – defining relative clause.

8. We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – defining relative clause

9. Pragyan’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
Answer:
who is sick- non-defining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
Answer:
who faithfully served the poor – non-defining relative clause.

11. This is the cheapest thing that I know.
Answer:
that I know – defining relative clause.

12. My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
who is a judge – non-defining relative clause.

13. We call Bhola uncle, who thinks of our welfare, as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – non-defining relative clause.

14. Einstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
Answer:
who discovered the theory of relativity – non-defining relative clause.

15. Do you remember the year in which he was born?
Answer:
in which he was born – defining relative clause.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of them as relative clause.
1. All is well. It ends well.
Answer:
All is well that ends well.

2. All is not gold. It glitters.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

3. Sumitra is my classmate. She is very sincere.
Answer:
Sumitra, who is very sincere, is my classmate.

4. Krushna is my best friend. Everybody loves him.
Answer:
Krushna, whom everybody loves, is my best friend.

5. The man is his father. Mahesh is talking to him.
Answer:
The man that Mahesh is talking to is his father.

6. Is this the book? You asked me for it.
Answer:
Is this the book which you asked me for.

7. The boy is our monitor. I have borrowed his book.
Answer:
The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.

8. The thief escaped in the dark. He robbed me.
Answer:
The thief who robbed me escaped in the dark.

9. I like the man. He has a bald head.
Answer:
I like the man who has a bald head.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. The chair has a broken leg. He is sitting on the chair.
Answer:
The chair which he is sitting on has a broken leg.

11. The girl is Lata’s sister. She is wearing a red frock.
Answer:
The girl who is wearing a red frock is Lata’s sister.

12. The shopkeeper is a good person. I was working for him.
Answer:
The shopkeeper for whom I was working is a good person.

13. A driver is a person. He drives a motor car.
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives a motor car.

14. She is lady. You can never guess her age.
Answer:
She is a lady whose age you can never guess.

15. Tell me the name of the person. You gave him the money.
Answer:
Tell me the name of the person whom you gave the money.

16. We admire the pictures. You drew them yourself.
Answer:
We admire the pictures which you drew yourself.

17. They are searching for the tiger. It has been wounded in the leg.
Answer:
They are searching for the tiger which has been wounded in the leg.

18. I like the man. The man has a smiling face.
Answer:
I like the man who has a smiling face.

19. The sick were delighted. Florence Nightingale nursed them.
Answer:
The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.

20. The birds are chirping. They live in the neighbourhood.
Answer:
The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.

21. The children live in this locality. They are playing cricket.
Answer:
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.

22. I have read the book. My father bought it yesterday.
Answer:
I have read the book which my father bought yesterday.

23. The man is not known to us. The police arrested him.
Answer:
The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

24. Uneasy lies the head. It wears a crown.
Answer:
Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.

25. The number is busy. You are calling it.
Answer:
The number that you are calling is busy.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Mark these sentences from your textbook for class IX and their changed forms.
1. (a) After five years I came back home and (I) was met (ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହେଲା) by her at the station.
2. (a) The unique attempt was made (by Janaki) on 28 July 1 992.
1. (b) After five years I came back home and she met me at the station.
2. (b) Janaki made this unique attempt on 28 July 1 992.

  •  In the above examples, the first two sentences are in the passive voice since the subjects ‘I’ and ‘the unique attempt’ are said to have been acted upon.
  • But the sentences given in 1(b) and 2(b) are in the active voice as the subjects ‘she’ and ‘Janaki’ are said to be acting.
  • In English, Verb has some forms, like Mood, Tense, Aspect and Voices
    [ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (Verb) ର କେତୋଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି; ଯଥା : Mood (ଭାବ), Tense (କାଳ), Aspect (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସମାପ୍ତି| ଅସମାପ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥା) ଓ Voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ) ।
  • Voice of the verb is of two types, namely Active Voice and Passive Voice.
    (କ୍ରିୟାର ବାଚ୍ୟ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ।)

Active Voice :
Examples:
We do our homework regularly in this school.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ନିୟମିତ ଘରପଢ଼ା କରୁ ।)
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘We’ ହେଉଛି subject ବା ‘doer’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ), ‘do’ ହେଉଛି verb ଏବଂ homework ହେଉଛି object ବା କର୍ମ I
Now question (ଏବେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କର)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Questions:
1. Who does ? (କିଏ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
we (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ)

2. What do ? (କ’ଣ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
nework (ଘର ପଢ଼ା)

When a subject/doer does something in a sentence, the sentence is said to be in the Active Voice. (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରେ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Active Voice ରେ ଥାଏ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘something’ ହେଉଛି ‘object’ କର୍ମ ।)
ତେଣୁ “We do our homework regularly in this school” ହେଉଛି ଏକ Active Voice

N.B. Subject in the Active Voice is always aDoer or an Actor and the received thing or person is always an Object.
Active Voice ବା କର୍ଡ଼ବାଚ୍ୟରେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ହେଉଛି ଏକ ‘କାରକ’ ବା ‘କଲାବାଲା (= we) ଏବଂ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ହେଉଛି ଏକ କର୍ମ (= homework).

Passive Voice :
Examples:
Homework is done regularly in this school. (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଘରପଢ଼ା ନିୟମିତ କରାଯାଏ । )
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘Homework’ (ଘରପଢ଼ା) ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ।

1. What is done ? (କ’ଣ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
homework (ଘରପଢ଼ା)
(ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୂପକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ (action/person/thing) ଉପରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦିଆଯାଏ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Passive Voice ହୁଏ ।)

Know the differences between Active Voice and Passive Voice

Active voice Passive voice
(1) A subject does/acts something (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ କିଛି କରେ ।) (1) A subject is acted upon. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତାକୁ କରାଯାଏ । )
(2) As the subject acts something, it is like an Actor.
(କର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Actor ଭଳି ।)
(2) As the subject doesn’t an act, it is like a Patient.
(କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରୁନଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Patient ଭଳି ।
(3) Verb(s) is Active verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Active verb ଅଟେ ।) (3) Verb(s) is Passive Verb.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Passive verb ଅଟେ ।)

Some More Examples:
(i) (a) I have painted this picture, (ମୁଁ ଏହି ଛବିଟି ଆଙ୍କିଛି ।) (Active Voice)
(T = Subject, have painted = Active verbs, this picture = Object)

1. Who has painted?
(କିଏ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
I (ମୁଁ)

2. What have I painted?
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
= This picture.
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(b) This picture has been painted by me. (Passive Voice)
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି ।)
This picture = subject/patient
has been painted = passive verbs.
(ଏଠାରେ this picture (ଚିତ୍ର)କୁ ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ନିଜେ ଆଙ୍କି ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) (a) You mustn’t take such a risk. (Active Voice)
(ତୁମେ ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
You = subject/doer/actor
must take = verbs/active verbs
such a risk = object.

(b) Such a risk mustn’t be taken by you. (Passive Voice)
(ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ତୁମଦ୍ୱାରା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
Such a risk = subject/patient
must not be taken = verbs/passive verbs.

(iii) (a) Who saved the child? (Active Voice)
(କିଏ ଏହି ପିଲାକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କଲା ?)
‘ Who’ = subject/doer/actor
‘saved’ = verb/active verb
‘the child’ = object.

(b) By whom was the child saved?
Or, Who was the child saved by ? (Passive Voice)
(ପିଲାଟିକୁ କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରାଗଲା/ରକ୍ଷା କରାଗଲା ?)
the child = subject
was saved = verbs/passive verbs.

Remember these Golden rules to convert Active Voice into Passive Voice:
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟକୁ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେରଖ)

(1) Object (©9) in the Active Voice becomes subject in the Passive Voice.
table

(2) Subject in the Active Voice becomes by + Object in Passive Voice.
table

Examples:
(i) They informed us of the accident. (Active Voice)
(they = subject, us = object)
We were informed of the accident by them. (Passive Voice)
(we = subject, them = object)

(ii) I know you. (Active Voice)
You are known to me. (Passive Voice) (not ‘by me’)

(iii) They didn’t beat her. (Active Voice)
She wasn’t beaten by them. (Passive Voice)

→ Subject ଓ Object ବ୍ୟତୀତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକର Tense (କାଳ) ଅନୁସାରେ Active ଓ Passive Voice ବ୍ୟବ୍ହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Consider the following sentences (Step-by-step method of changing active into passive) :
Example – I:
Active Voice: Did the hunter kill the bird yesterday?
(ଶିକାରୀ ଗତକାଲି ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେଲା କି ?)

Let’s change the sentence into declarative (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବଦଳାଇବା) :
(Declarative sentence) The hunter did kill the bird yesterday.
Step – I: The hunter killed (did kill) the bird yesterday.
Step – II: The bird was killed yesterday.
Step – III: (Changing into question or interrogative using the auxiliary verb in the beginning)
Step – IV: Was the bird killed yesterday ? ( ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଗତକାଲି ମାରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା କି ? )

Example – II:
Who wrote this book ? ( ଏହି ବହି କିଏ ଲେଖିଥିଲେ ?)

Step – 1: Somebody wrote this book, (declarative)
(କେହି ଜଣେ ଏହି ବହି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ।)

Step – II : This book …………………………
(‘This book’ is used as the subject)

Step – III: This book was written ……………………
(using ‘was written’ (ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) as the passive verbs)

Step – IV: This book was written by somebody.
(ଏହି ବହିଟି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

Step – V: This book was written by whom / whom.
(Replacing ‘somebody’)(‘somebody’କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ।)

Step -VI: By whom was this book written?
Or, Who was this book written by ? (କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବହିଟି ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )

Rule I

Present simple tense in Active Voice is changed into is/am/are + Past participle’ in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Present Simple tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେ is/am/are + Pastparticiple ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: We eat ripe mangoes in summer.
[eat- Present Simple, ripe mangoes – Object]
Passive Voice ‘.Ripe mangoes are eaten (ଖ୍ରୀଯାଏ) in summer.
[Ripe mangoes- Subject, are eaten- Passive Verbs (by us)]

(ii) Active Voice: He doesn’t respect his parents. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ)
[doesn’t respect- Present Simple, his parents- Object]
Passive Voice: His parents aren’t respected by him. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
[His parents – Subject ]

(iii) Active Voice: Who listens to (ଶୁଣିବା) the radio?
[listens to – Present simple, the radio – Object]
Passive Voice: By whom is the radio listened to (ଶୁଣାଯାଏ)?
[is the radio- Subject]

Rule 2

Present Progressive Tense (is/am/are + ing) is changed into is/am/are being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ Present Progressive Tense କୁ is/am/are + being + Past Participle ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: When is Mr. Mohanty giving a party?
(is…..giving = Present Progressive, a party = Object)
Passive Voice = When is a party being given by Mr. Mohanty?
(a party = Object)

(ii) Active Voice: People are obeying the traffic rides.
(are obeying = Present Progressive, the traffic rules = Object)
Passive Voice: The traffic rules are being obeyed.

(iii) Active Voice: Am I copying down the answers?
(am…..copying = Present Progressive, the answers = Object)
Passive Voice: Are the answers being copied down?
(are……being copied down = Passive verbs, the answers = Object)

Rule 3

Present perfect (has/have + Past Participle) in Active Voice is changed into has/ have/been + Past Participle in Passive Voice
[Active Voice ରେ Present perfect tense କୁ Passive Voice 69 has been / have been + Past Participle Gରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: Who has killed the robber?
(has killed- Present Perfect, the robber = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom has the robber been killed?
(the robber = Subject, has. . . . been killed = Passive Verbs)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(ii) Active Voice: The children have worked out the sum.
(have worked out = Present Perfect, the sum = Object)
Passive Voice: The sum has been worked out by the children.
(the sum = Subject, has been worked out = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Has the girl swept the rooms?
(has…..swept = Present Perfect, the rooms = Object)
Passive Voice: Have the rooms been swept by the girl?
(the rooms = Subject, have……been swept = Passive Verbs)

Rule 4

Past simple (took/didn’t take) in Active Voice is changed into was/were + Past Participle in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past Simple Tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେwas/were +Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The seller sold the vegetables at a cheap rate.
(sold = Past Simple, the vegetables = Object)
Passive Voice: The vegetables were sold at a cheap rate by the seller.
(the vegetables = Subject, were sold= Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Why did die police fire at the students?
(did….fire = Past simple, at the students = Object)
Passive Voice: Why were the students fired at by the police?
(were….fired at = Passive Verbs, the students = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Didn’t the batsman steal a run?
(Didn ’t…..steal = Past Simple, a run = Object)
Passive Voice: Wasn’t a run stolen by the batsman?
(wasn’t….stolen = Passive verbs, a run = Subject)

Rule 5

Past Progressive Tense is changed into was/were being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past progressive tense Passive Voice ରେ was/were being + Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The child was making lots of mischiefs.
(was making = Past Progressive, lots of mischiefs Object)
Passive Voice: Lots of mischiefs were being made by the child.
(Lots of mischiefs = Subject, were being made = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Jason was reading this book.
(was reading = Past Progressive, this book = Object)
Passive Voice: This book was being read by Jason.
(this book = Subject, was being read = Passive Verbs)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(iii) Active Voice: Who was looking at the picture?
(was looking at =Past progressive, the picture = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom was the picture being looked at?
(was being looked at = Passive verbs, the picture = Subject)

Rule 6

Past Perfect Tense (had + Past Participle) in Active Voice is used as ‘had been + Past Participle’ in Passive Voice.

(i) Active Voice: The audience had admired the song.
(had admired =Past Perfect, the song = Object)
Passive Voice: The song had been admired by the audience.
(The song =Subject, had been admired = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Had the people helped the police trace the culprit?
(Had…..helped =Past Perfect, the police = Object)
Passive Voice: Had the police been helped to trace the culprit?
(had. been helped = Passive verbs, the police = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Why had the doctor operated the patient?
(had…..operated =Past Perfect, the patient – Object)
Passive Voice: Why had the patient been operated by the doctor?
(the patient =Subject, had…been operated = Passive Verbs)

Rule 7

On Modals [can/could/shall/should/will/would may/might/must/ought to]
[‘Be +Past Participle’ should be used in Passive Voice]

(i) Active Voice: Can you help me?
Passive Voice: Can I be helped by you?

(ii) Active Voice: Why could they draw the picture?
Passive Voice: Why could the picture be drawn by them?

(iii) Active Voice: I shall show you the stall.
Passive Voice: The stall shall/will be shown to you by me.

(iv) Active Voice: The teacher will conduct the drill class.
Passive Voice: The drill class will be conducted by the teacher.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(v) Active Voice: The servant should/ought to refund the necklace.
Passive Voice: The necklace should/ought to be refunded by the servant.

(vi) Active Voice: How would you do all the sums?
Passive Voice: How would all the sums be done by you?

(vii) Active Voice: May they help this blind man?
Passive Voice: May this blind man be helped by them?

(viii) Active Voice: The ants might eat the cake.
Passive Voice: The cake might be eaten by the ants.

(ix) Active Voice: The police mustn’t accept bribes(ଲାଞ୍ଚ).
Passive Voice: The bribes mustn’t be accepted by the police

Rule 8

On People + Main Verb…..in the Main Clauses
Main Clause (ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ) People + Main Verb + ….. ଥିଲେ Passive+ Voice ରେ it is (present) / was (past) + Past Participle of Main Verb + କୁ ଉଠାଇ) / to be (is/am/are କୁ ଉଠାଇ)

(i) Active Voice: People say that the Sultan was very rich.
Passive Voice: It is said that the Sultan was very rich.
Or, The Sultan is said to be very rich.

(ii) Active Voice: People say the whole episode is boring.
Passive Voice: It is said the whole episode is boring.
Or, The whole episode is said to be boring.

(iii) Active Voice: People consider that the Government will vote against the issue.
Passive Voice: It is considered that the Government will vote against the issue.
Or, The government is considered to vote against the issue.

Rule 9

(On To+Infinitive)
(A) ‘To’ + infinitive in the Active Voice is changed into ‘to be + Past Participle’ in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’g କୁ ଉଠାଇ Passive Voice ରେ to be + Past Participle]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(i) Active Voice: He wanted to sell his old bike. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: He wanted his old house to be sold. (to be + Past Participle)

(ii) Active Voice: The house is to let. (to be + infinitive)
Passive Voice: The house is to be let. (to be + Past Participle)

(iii) Active Voice: Tell him to examine the matter. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: Tell him the matter to be examined. (to be + Past Participle)

(B) Bare Infinitive in Active Voice changed into ‘to + infinitive’’ (except ‘let’) in Passive Voice [Active Voice ର Bare infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: They let the boy go. (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The boy was let go. (ଏଠାରେ ‘let to go’ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Active Voice: I made Amit go to the market, (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: Amit was made to go to the market, (togo- to + infinitive)

(iii) Active Voice: We heard the beggar sing a song. (sing = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The beggar was heard to sing a song, (to sing = to infinitive)

(C) ‘Ing’ infinitive in Active Voice is changed into to be + Past Participle in Passive Voice. [Active Voice ରେ ‘Ing’ infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ’to be + Past Participle’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: My watch needs mending, (mending = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: My match needs to be mended.

(ii) Active Voice: These shoes need polishing, (polishing = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: These shoes need to be polished

Rule 10

On Imperative sentences [Active Voice ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶ/ଅନୁରୋଧ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ Passive Voice ରେ Let + object + be + Past Participle (ଆଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଏବଂ You are requested /warned (ଅନୁରୋଧ/ସତର୍କତା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(i) Active Voice : Keep to the left (ବାମ ପଟେ ମାଡ଼ିଥିବା) (ଆଦେଶ)
Passive Voice: You are ordered/directed to keep to the left.

(ii) Active Voice: Obey your betters. (ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର କଥା ମାନ) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your betters = Object)
Passive Voice: Let your betters be obeyed.
Or, You are advised to obey your betters.

(iii) Active Voice : Do the sums quickly. (ଆଦେଶ) (ଅଙ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର କଷିପକାଅ ।)
(the sums = Object)
Passive Voice: Let the sums be done quickly.
Or, You are ordered to do the sums quickly.

(iv) Active Voice: Don’t run into the middle of the road (ସତର୍କ).
(ରାସ୍ତାର ମଝିରେ ଦୌଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।)
Passive Voice: You are warned not to run into the middle of the road.
Or, You are forbidden (ବାରଣ) to run into the middle of the road.
(‘Forbidden’ ବା ‘ବାରଣ’ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଥିରେ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(v) Active Voice : Please consult the doctor. (ଦୟାକରି ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର ।) (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(the doctor = Object)
Passive Voice: You are requested to consult the doctor.

(vi) Active Voice: Keep your promise. (ନିଜର ଶପଥ|ଜବାବ ରଖ ।) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your promise = Object)
Passive Voice: You are advised to keep your promise.
Or, Let your promise be kept.

(vii) Active Voice : Prepare (yourself) for the worst. (ବିପଦପାଇଁ ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।)
Passive Voice: Be prepared for the worst.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Rule 11

Got + Past Participle is used with several verbs in Passive Voice
[ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କେତେକ verb; ଯଥା – arrested, caught, confused, divorced, drunk, elected, engaged, killed, lost, married, cut. ଆଦି ସହିତ got + verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । )
[Here the actions are caused by somebody else other than the subject(s).] [ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘କର୍ତ୍ତା’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ନହୋଇ ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି କାରକ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋଇଥାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: The barber cut his hair. (ବାରିକ ତା’ର କେଶ କାଟିଲା ।)
Passive Voice: He got/had his hair cut. (ସେ ତା’ର କେଶ କଟାଇଲା ।)
(ii) Active Voice: The members elected him as the chairperson.
Passive Voice: He got elected as the chairperson.

Some More Examples:
(i) We got delayed in the traffic jam. (Passive Voice)
(ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ଭିଡ଼ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମର ବିଳମ୍ବ ହୋଇଗଲା ।)
(ii) Mitali got married last month. (Passive Voice)
(ମିତାଲିର ଗତମାସରେ ବିଭାଘର ହେଲା ।)
(iii) The captives in the dungeon got killed in the encounter. (Passive Voice)

Ruel 12

Being + Past Participle
In Passive being + Past Participle is used with verb ‘like% prepositions without / of. [Passive Voice ରେ verb ‘like’ ‘ଏବଂ preposition ‘without’ ‘ଏବଂ ‘‘of ସହିତ being + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Nobody likes being blamed. (କେହି ନିନ୍ଦିତ ହେବାକୁ/ନିନ୍ଦା ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)
(ii) I don’t like being criticised. (ମୁଁ ସମାଲୋଚିତ ହେବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ନାହିଁ । )
(iii) He attended the party without being invited.
(ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ନହୋଇ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ନପାଇ ସେ ଭୋଜିରେ ଯୋଗଦେଲେ ।)
(iv) She won’t go out at night. She is afraid of being attacked by the thieves.
(ସେ ରାତିରେ ବାହାରକୁ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ । ସେ ଚୋରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରମଣର ଶିକାର ହେବାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।)

Correct Forms of Verbs:
Correct forms of verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ଠିକ୍‌ରୂପ କହିଲେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର Passive form କୁ ବୁଝୁ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Remember the following rules :
(i) General truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ) – is/are + Past Participle ofMain Verb.

  • Cheese is made from milk. (Passive Voice) (make)
    (କ୍ଷୀରରୁ ଛେନା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ | ତିଆରି କରାଯାଏ ।)
  • ONIDA TVs are manufactured in Japan. (manufacture)
    (ଓନିଡ଼ା ଟେଲିଭିଜନ୍‌ ଜାପାନରେ ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।)
  • Vegetables are kept in the fridge to preserve them. (keep)
    (ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ରଖୁବାପାଇଁ ପନିପରିବାକୁ ଫ୍ରିଜରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।)

(ii) Past incidents (ଅତୀତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – was/were + Past Participle of Main Verb (yesterday/ in 2016/ last year/month etc.)

  • The first World War wasfought in 1914. (fight)
    (୧୯୧୪ ରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିଶ୍ଵଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସଂଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
  • I was bought a mobile yesterday, (buy)
    (ଗତକାଲି ମୋ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୋବାଇଲ କିଣା ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
  • Penicilin was discoveredby SirAlexander Fleming, (discover)
    (ଆଲେକ୍‌ଜାଣ୍ଡାର ଫ୍ଲେମିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ପେନ୍‌ସିଲିନ୍‌ ଉଦ୍ଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Future incidents (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – will be + Past Participle ofMain Verb
(tomorrow / the next day/ in 2021/ thefollowing month/year )

  • The next World Cup in cricket will be held in 2019. (hold)
    (ପରବର୍ତୀ କ୍ରିକେଟ ବିଶ୍ୱକପ୍ ୨୦୧୯ରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବ ।)
  • The flood-affected people will be granted BPL cards soon. (grant)
    (ବନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର BPL Cards ଦିଆଯିବ ।)
  • Hritik’s birthday will be observed Sunday next. (observe)
    (ବ୍ରିତିକ୍‌ର ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତା ରବିବାର ଦିନ ପାଳିତ ହେବ ।)

Activity-1

Verbs in some of the following sentences are active, in some passive. Identify them and then write A for active sentences and (P) for the passive ones in the box given against each sentence.
(i) Prakash killed a snake with a stick.
(ii) Mother has made a sweet cake for me.
(iii) Mr. Patnaik has been selected President of the Congress Party.
(iv) R.N. Tagore wrote the Gitanjali.
(v) Why was he beaten?
(vi) He must have finished his work by now.
Answers
(i) A
(ii) A
(iii) P
(iv) A
(v) P
(vi) A

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Activity-2

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form:
(i) A car will (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought (କିଣାହେବ) next year if the savings increase.

(ii) Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake in Japan last year.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) in the earthquake in Japan last year.

(iii) What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured (ଯାହାର ନାହିଁ ଉପଚାର) must be endured ( ସହିବା ଅଟେ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର).

(iv) He should (punish) for telling a lie.
Answer:
He should bepunished (ଦଣ୍ଡିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ) for telling a lie.

(v) English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରାଯାଏ) all over the world.

(vi) The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired ( ମରାମତି ହେଉଥୁଲା) when I saw it last year.

(vii) The accident might (cause) due to the carelessness of the driver.
Answer:
The accident might be caused ( ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ) due to the carelessness of the driver.

(viii) People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are being denied (ମିଳୁନାହିଁ) justice these days.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(ix) His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said (କୁହାଯାଏ) to have been a landlord.

(x) I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like to be left (ସ୍ଥାନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାର) alone.

Activity-3

Hereunder is a letter written by a father to his son. Rewrite it changing the verbs in brackets into their appropriate forms:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to (hold) on your school premises this evening. I (tell) that the Governor of our state has (invite) to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which (held) at your school. You would certainly(be awarded) some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor ifI (invite) to file function and (be) present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Answer:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to be held on your school permises this evening. I was told that the Governor of our state has been invited to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which was held at your school. You would certainly be awarded some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor if I had been invited to the function and had been present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Activity- 4

The following is a part of a newspaper report. Use the verbs supplied in brackets in their appropriate forms:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar (bum) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women (bum) alive. All the belongings of the people (completely destroy) in the fire. About two hundred people (render) homeless and eighty people (hospitalize) for treatment of their injury (cause) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire (still shrouded) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people (badly need) at this hour.

Answer:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar were burnt (ଜଳିପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇଗଲା) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women were burnt alive (ଜୀବନ୍ତ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲେ). All the belongings of the people were completely destroyed (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧ୍ୱଂସ ହୋଇଗଲା) in the fire. About two hundred people were rendered (ଗୃହଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ) homeless and eighty people were hospitalised (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଗଲା । କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) for treatment of their injury caused (ଘଟିଥିବା) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire is still shrouded (ରହସ୍ୟଘେରରେ ରହିଛି) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people is badly needed (ନିହାତି ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି) at this hour.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Activity-5

Write a passive sentence for each of the following situations, using the active verbs supplied in brackets. The first one has been done for you:
Example:
(i) My grandfather did not die. (murder)
Answer:
He was murdered.

(ii) People say he resigned his job, but he didn’t. (sack)
Answer:
He was sacked. (ତାକୁ ଚାକିରିରୁ ବହିଷ୍କାର କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) He did not leave the examination hall. (ask to leave)
Answer:
He was asked to leave. (ତା’କୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଯିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା ।)

(iv) The shop did not open. (close down)
Answer:
It was closed down. (ଏହାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(v) He didn’t do his homework yesterday. (punish)
Answer:
He was punished. (ତାକୁ ଦଣ୍ଡ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)

(vi) He could not come out of water. (drown)
Answer:
He was drowned. (ସେ ବୁଡ଼ିଗଲା ।)

(vii) My request was not entertained. (turn down)
Answer:
It was turned down. (ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରାଗଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(viii) The doctor didn’t come in time. People waited for him. (keep)
Answer:
They were kept waiting. (ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷାରତ ରଖାଗଲା ।)

Activity- 6

Study the following situations and write a passive sentence for each of them. The first one has been down for you.
1. You want to talk about the Odia Bhagabat, You would like to mention its author Jagannath Das.
Answer:
The Odia Bhagabat was written by Jagannath Das.

2. You would like to talk about the prize your friend Mohan won. You would also like to mention your friend’s name.
Answer:
The prize was won by my friend Mohan.

3. You have seen one of your friends breaking a chair. You have to report the matter to your class teacher without disclosing your friend’s name.
Answer:
A chair has been broken.

4. Your teacher asks you to write anessayinaweek’s time. You are not sure of yourself You have to tell your teacher that you will finish it in time. But you don’t want to take a risk.
Answer:
The essay can’t be written in a week’s time.

5. You want to talk about the delicious cakes your villagers make during the Raja festival every year. You are at this moment not interested in the villages.
Answer:
Delicious cakes are made during the Raja festival every year.

6. You don’t know who created the earth long ago. You want to talk about its creation.
Answer:
Our earth was created long ago.

7. You want to tell you best friend that your other friends will celebrate his birthday this year. You don’t want to say who they are.
Answer:
My birthday will be celebrated this year.

Activity-7

Use the verbs given in brackets in the following sentences in the correct form:
(i) Originally, this novel (write) in Hindi, but it (translate) into Odia in 1990.
Answer:
Originally, this novel was written in Hindi, but it was translated into Odia in 1990.

(ii) Cheese (make) from milk.
Answer:
Cheese is made from milk.

(iii) An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody (injure), the ambulance (not require).
Answer:
An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody was injured the ambulance was not required.

(iv) The office is in a mess. The telephone (never answer), no proper records (keep) and no work (do).
Answer:
The office is in a mess. The telephone is never answered, no proper records are kept and no work is done.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

(v) A tree is lying across the road. It (blow down) in the storm.
Answer:
A tree is lying across the road. It has been blown down in the storm.

(vi) The letter (post) a week ago and it reached me yesterday.
Answer:
The letter was posted a week ago and it reached me yesterday.

(vii) The child playing on the road (run over) by a truck.
Answer:
The child playing on the road was run over by a truck.

Activity-8

The following are the instructions given for making tea using tea bags. Make them carefully and write the process in the passive form as per the instructions given: The first one has been done for you.
The Instructions are :
1. Use one tea bag to make each cup of tea.
2. Place the required number of tea bags in the kettle.
3. Add boiling water as per the requirement.
4. Stir the water, but make sure that the tea bags do not open.
5. Allow the tea to stand for five minutes.
6. Pour the tea into cups.
7. Add sugar and milk to taste.

How tea is made, using tea bags:
1. One tea-bag is used for making each cup of tea.
2. The required number of tea bags is placed in the kettle.
3. Boiling water is added as per the requirement.
4. The water is stirred, but it should be made sure that the tea bags don’t open.
5. The tea is allowed to stand for five minutes.
6. The tea is poured into cups.
7. Sugar and milk is added to taste.

The Passive Additional Questions With Answers

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form :
1. The temple (build) in the twelfth century.
Answer:
The temple was built in the twelfth century.

2. Wait! Your bicycle (repair) now.
Answer:
Wait! Your bicycle is being repaired now.

3. If you have a wound, you (advise) to wash it clean.
Answer:
If you have a wound, you are advised to wash it clean.

4. Louis Pasteur proved that diseases (cause) by germs.
Answer:
Louis Pasteur proved that diseases are caused by germs.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

5. The house (construct) last year.
Answer:
The house was constructed last year.

6. The sunflower (can grow) in any type of soil.
Answer:
The sunflower can be grown in any type of soil.

7. More buildings (erect) in the future.
Answer:
More buildings will be erected in the future.

8. The plant (should water) regularly.
Answer:
The plant should be watered regularly.

9. The blackboard looks clean. It (clean) by the boy.
Answer:
The blackboard looks clean. It has been cleaned by the boy.

10. I don’t like (ask) stupid questions.
Answer:
I don’t like being asked stupid questions.

11. Did any of these houses (damage) during the cyclone?
Answer:
Did any of these houses get damaged during the cyclone?

12. The Gitanjali (write) by R.N. Tagore.
Answer:
The Gitanjali was written by R.N. Tagore.

13. English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken all over the world.

14. People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are denied justice these days.

15. I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like being left alone.

16. Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake last week.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake last week.

17. She (sting) by a bee yesterday.
Answer:
She got stung by a bee yesterday.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

18. Rahim (like) by everybody.
Answer:
Rahim is liked by everybody.

19. About 50 workers (arrest) during the last strike.
Answer:
About 50 workers were arrested during the last strike.

20. A car (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought next year if the savings increase.

21. What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured, must be endured.

22. The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired when I saw it last year.

23. His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said to have been a landlord.

24. I (invite) to the function but I didn’t go there.
Answer:
I was invited to the function but I didn’t go there.

25. Smoking (prohibit) in public places.
Answer:
Smoking is prohibited in public places.

26. The thief(beat) severely by the police.
Answer:
The thief was beaten severely by the police.

27. My purse (steal) yesterday.
Answer:
My purse was stolen yesterday.

28. Rice (produce) in Odisha.
Answer:
Rice is produced in Odisha.

29. Konark Temple (build) Langula Narasingha Dev.
Answer:
Konark Temple was built by Langula Narasingha Dev.

30. Let him (tell) to go.
Answer:
Let him be told to go.

31. He (say) to be an honest man.
Answer:
He is said to be an honest man.

32. The batsman (declare) out for his misconduct.
Answer:
The batsman was declared out for his misconduct.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

33. Cricket (not play) in the USA.
Answer:
Cricket is not played in the USA.

34. Mangoes (eat) in summer.
Answer:
Mangoes are eaten in summer.

35. The book (publish) yesterday
Answer:
The book was published yesterday.

Change the sentences into passive form.

1. The gardener waters the plants.
Answer:
The plants are watered by the gardener.

2. Janaki made the unique attempt on 28 July 1992.
Answer:
The unique attempt was made by Janaki on 28 July 1992.

3. Someone stole my pen.
Answer:
My pen was stolen.

4. The children are playing football in this playground.
Answer:
Football is being played by the children in this playground.

5. The students have decorated the room beautifully.
Answer:
The room has been decorated beautifully by the students.

6. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The thief was arrested.

7. People say that elephants have good memories.
Answer:
It is said that elephants have good memories.

8. Father gave the son fifty rupees.
Answer:
The son was given fifty rupees.

9. I made him write the essay.
Answer:
He was made to write the essay.

10. I saw him crossing the road.
Answer:
He was seen crossing the road.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

11. These clothes need washing.
Answer:
The clothes need to be washed.

12. She has made a sweet cake for me.
Answer:
A sweet cake has been made for me.

13. Kalidas wrote Meghadoot.
Answer:
Meghdoot was written by Kalidas.

14. Somebody killed the snake with a stick.
Answer:
The snake was killed with a stick.

15. Why did he beat him?
Answer:
Why was he beaten?

16. When did he write the letter?
Answer:
When was the letter written by him?

17. Has anyone received the news?
Answer:
Has the news been received?

18. Can you draw a picture?
Answer:
Can a picture be drawn by you?

19. Do you know him?
Answer:
Is he known by you?

20. Who broke the window?
Answer:
By whom was the window broken?

21. How did you break the slate?
Answer:
How was the slate broken?

22. We grow rice in this part of the country.
Answer:
Rice is grown in this part of the country.

23. The customs officers seized the boat.
Answer:
The boat was seized by the customs officer.

24. The child has fed the cow.
Answer:
The cow has been fed by the child.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

25. You must not take such a big risk.
Answer:
Such a big risk must not be taken by you.

26. Someone saved the bird.
Answer:
The bird was saved.

27. Did he write the poem?
Answer:
Was the poem written by him?

28. We elected him monitor.
Answer:
He was elected monitor.

29. Shut the door.
Answer:
Let the door be shut.

30. Prepare yourself for the worst.
Answer:
Be prepared for the worst.

31. Ants may eat the cakes.
Answer:
The cakes may be eaten by ants.

32. I hate people laughing at me.
Answer:
I hate being laughed at.

33. Nobody can defeat Biswa in chess.
Answer:
Biswa cannot be defeated in chess.

34. His pencil needs mending.
Answer:
His pencil needs to be mended.

35. We heard her laugh.
Answer:
She was to heard to laugh.

36. They will hold a meeting.
Answer:
A meeting will be held by them.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

37. The farmers produce wheat in Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat is produced in Punjab.

38. The farmers were sowing the seeds.
Answer:
The seeds were being sown by the farmers.

39. March on.
Answer:
You are commanded to march on.

40. Keep on your promise
Answer:
Let your promise be kept.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः Question Answer

GROUP – A

(क) बन्धनीमध्यात् शुद्धम् उत्तरं चित्वा लिखत-

1. अस्ति कस्मिंश्चिद् वनोदेशे महाचतुरको नाम __________ ।
(शृगालः, गज:, सिंह:)
Answer:
शृगालः

2. अस्ति कस्मिंश्चिद् वनोदेशे __________ नाम शृगालः ।
(द्रुतविलम्वक:, महाचतुरकः, भ्रमणकः)
Answer:
महाचतुरकः

3. तेन कदाचित् __________ स्वयं मृतो गजः समासादितः ।
( प्रान्तरे, शस्यक्षेत्रे, अरण्ये)
Answer:
अरण्ये

4. तेन कदाचित् अरण्ये स्वयं मृतो __________ समासादितः ।
(गर्दभ:, गज:, गौः)
Answer:
गजः

5. परं कठिनां त्वचं __________ न शक्नोति ।
(द्रष्टुं, गन्तुं, भेत्तुं )
Answer:
गजः

6. तदनं __________ स्वामी ।
( भक्षयतु, प्राप्नोतु, रक्षतु )
Answer:
भक्षयतु

7. नाहमन्यहत __________ कदाचित् भक्षयामि ।
(पशु, सत्वं, मृगं )
Answer:
सत्वं

8. तन्मया __________ एष ते गजः ।
(आनन्दीकृतः, प्रसादीकृत:, प्रदानीकृतः )
Answer:
प्रसादीकृत:

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

9. युक्तमिदं स्वामिनो __________ ।
(निजपरिवारेषु, निजजनेषु, निजभृत्येषु)
Answer:
निजभृत्येषु

10. न श्वेतभावमुज्झति __________ शिखिभुक्तमुक्तोऽपि ।
(पद्म:, शङ्ख:, गदा)
Answer:
शङ्ख:

11. अथ तस्मिन् गते कश्चिद् __________ समायातः
(गज: मृग:, व्याघ्रः )
Answer:
व्याघ्रः

12. एकस्तावत् दृरात्मा __________ अपवाहितः ।
(दानेन, प्रणिपातेन, वीर्येण )
Answer:
प्रणिपातेन

13. एकस्तावत् __________ प्रणिपातेन अपवाहितः ।
(दुरात्मा, पापात्मा, दुष्टात्मा)
Answer:
दुरात्मा

14. नूनं शूरोऽयं न खलु __________ विना साध्यो भविष्यति ।
(सामं, दानं, भेदं)
Answer:
भेदं

15. भेदस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यो यतः स __________ ।
(क्षतितकारकः, वशकारकः, गुणकारकः)
Answer:
वशकारकः

16. एष गज: साम्प्रतं सिंहेन __________ ।
(व्यापादितः, हृतः, दृष्ट; )
Answer:
व्यापादितः

17. स च मां __________ निधाय स्नानार्थं गतः ।
(द्वारपालं, रक्षपालं, वनपालं )
Answer:
रक्षपालं

18. वनमिदं मया __________ कर्त्तव्यम् ।
(निर्मूलं, निर्जिवं, निर्व्याध्रं)
Answer:
निर्व्यां

19. तदिनादारभ्य __________ प्रति कुपितोऽस्मि ।
(व्याघ्रन्, पशून्, मृगान् )
Answer:
व्याघ्रन्

20. देहि मे __________ दक्षिणाम् ।
(दान, प्राण, गुरु)
Answer:
प्राण

21. एवमुक्त्वा __________ प्रणष्टः ।
(क्षी, शीघ्रं, सत्वरं )
Answer:
सत्वरं

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

22. जीवन् __________ भद्रशतानि पश्यति ।
(वृक्षः, नरः, गजः)
Answer:
नरः

23. __________ भूत्वा भथय त्वम् ।
(विश्रब्धः, शान्तः, प्रीतः)
Answer:
विश्रब्धः

24. तस्यागमनं __________ अहं ते निवेदयिष्यामि ।
(पार्श्वतः, दूरतः, समीपतः)
Answer:
दूरतः

25. तच्छ्दृत्वा __________ अपि दूरं प्रणष्टः ।
(दर्शक:, भद्रकः, चित्रक: )
Answer:
चित्रक:

26. भूर __________ योजयेत् ।
(उत्तमं, शूर, नीचं)
Answer:
उत्तमं

27. शूर __________ योजयेत् ।
(दण्डेन, प्रणिपातेन, भेदेन)
भेदेन

28. __________ अल्पप्रदानेन योजयेत् ।
(शूरं नीचं, उत्तमं )
Answer:
नीचं

29. __________ पराक्रमैः योजयेत् ।
(नीचं, शूरं, समशक्तिं)
Answer:
समशक्तिं

30. स्वयं सुखेन __________ तन्मांसं बभूजे ।
( वहुकालं, चिरकालं, हीनकालं )
Answer:
चिरकालं

(ख) अतिसंक्षेपेण उत्तरं लिखत-

1. प्राणिषु क: चतुरतम: ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାଳଃ

2. किं नामधेयः शृगालः कस्मिंश्चिद् वनोद्देशे अस्ति ?
Answer:
ମହାଚତୁରକଃ

3. महाचतुरकेण कः मृतः समासादित: ?
Answer:
ଗକଃ

4. तत्रान्तरे भ्रमन् तत्र देशे कः समायातः ?
Answer:
ସିଂହ

5. कः लाकुटिकः आसीत् ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାଳଃ

6. कः अन्यहतं सत्वं न भक्षयति ?
Answer:
ସିଂହଃ

7. सिंहः अन्यहतं किं न भक्षयति ?
Answer:
ସତ୍ଵମ୍

8. कः शिखिभुक्तमुक्तः अपि श्वेतभावं न उज्झति ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍ଖଃ

9. शङ्खः शिखिभुक्तमुक्तः अपि किं न उज्झति ?
Answer:
ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମ୍

10. सिंहे गते शृगालस्य समीपं कः समायातः ?
Answer:
କଣ୍ଟିଦ୍ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଃ

11. एकस्तावत् दुरात्मा केन अपवाहित: ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ

12. शूरः किं विना साध्यो न भविष्यति ?
Answer:
ଭେଦମ୍

13. यत्र सामदानं च कर्तुं न शकयते तत्र कः प्रयोक्तव्यः ?
Answer:
ଭେଦଃ

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

14. क: वशकारकः ?
Answer:
ଭେଦଃ

15. सर्वगुणसंपन्नोऽपि केन वध्यते ?
Answer:
ଭେଦେନ

16. अन्तर्भिन्नेन मौक्तिकेनापि किं प्राप्यते ?
Answer:
ବନ୍ଧନମ୍

17. एष गंज: सांप्रतं केन व्यापादितः ?
Answer:
ସିଂହେନ

18. सिंहः शृगालं किं निधाय स्नानार्थं गतः ?
Answer:
ରକ୍ଷପାଳମ୍ନ

19. सिंहः शृगालं रक्षपालं निधाय किमर्थं गत: ?
Answer:
ସ୍ନାନାର୍ଥମ୍

20. सिंहेन वनमिदं किं कर्त्तव्यम् ?
Answer:
ନିର୍ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରମ୍

21. सिंह कान् प्रति कुपितोऽस्ति ?
Answer:
ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାନ୍

22. व्याघ्रः शृगालं किं प्रर्थितवान् ?
Answer:
ସ୍ବପ୍ରାଣାନ୍

23. व्याघ्रे गते मृतगजस्य समीपं कः आगत: ?
Answer:
କଣ୍ଟିଦ୍‌ ଦ୍ୱୀପୀ

24. व्याघ्रः कं भगिनीसुत इति सम्वोधितवान् ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାଳମ୍

25. कः दृढ़दंष्ट्रः ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ଵୀପୀ

26. कीदृशः नरः भद्रयतानि पश्यति ?
Answer:
ଜୀବନ୍

27. को नाम चित्रक: ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ଵୀପୀ

28. समचतुरकः यदा गजर्मासं भक्षयति तदा कः समायातः ?
Answer:
ସଂକ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ ଶୃଗାଳ

29. कं प्रणिपातेन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ତମମ୍

30. उत्तमं केन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ

29. कं भेदेन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ତମମ୍

30. उत्तमं केन योजयेत्?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ

31. कं भेदेन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଶୂରମ୍

32. शूरं केन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଭେଦେନ

33. कम् अल्पप्रदानेन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ନୀଚମ୍

34. नीचं केन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ

35. कं पराक्रमैः योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ସମଶକ୍ତିମ୍

36. समशक्तिं कै: योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ପର।କ୍ରମୈଃ

GROUP – B

(ग) संक्षेपेण (षड्भिः: वाक्यै:/पञ्चविंशत्यापदै:) उत्तरं लिखत –

1. महाचतुरकः कथं मृतगजं खादितुं नापारयत् ?
Answer:
ଅସ୍ତି କପୁଂଶ୍ଚିଦବନୋଦେଶେ ମହାଚତୁରକୋ ନାମ ଶୃଗାଳ । ତେନ କଦାଚିତ୍ ଅରଣ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵୟଂ ମୃତୋ ଗଜଃ ସମାସାଦିତଃ । ତସ୍ୟ ସମନ୍ତାତ୍ ଭ୍ରମତି, ପରଂ କଠିନାଂ ତ୍ଵଚଂ ଭେନିଂ ନ ଶକ୍ନୋତି । ଅତଃ ମହାଚତୁରକଃ ମୃତଗଜଂ ଖାଦିତଂ ନାପାରୟତ୍ ।

2. सिंहः शृगालं किम् आह ?
Answer:
ସିଂହଃ ଶୃଗାଳମ୍ ଆହ – ଭୋ ! ନାହମନ୍ୟହତଂ ସବଂ କଦାଚିଦ୍ ଭକ୍ଷୟାମି । ତନ୍ମୟା ପ୍ରସାଦୀକୃତ ଏଷ ତେ ଗଜଃ । ସିଂହସ୍ୟ ବଚନଂ ଶ୍ରୁତ୍ଵା ଶୃଗାଳ ଅତୀନଃ ଆନନ୍ଦିତମ୍ ଅରବତ୍ ।

3. शृगालः व्याघ्रं किमुक्त्वा भयं प्रादर्शयत् ?
Answer:
ଗାଳ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଅଭିମୁଖୋ ଭୂତ୍ଵା ଈଷଦୁନ୍ନତକନ୍ଧରଃ ସସଂଭ୍ରମମୁବାଚ ମାମ ! କଥ୍ୟ ଭବାନତ୍ର ମୃତ୍ୟୁମୁଖେ ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟ ? ଏଷ ଗଜଃ ସାଂପ୍ରତଂ ସିଂହେନ ବ୍ୟାପାଦିତଃ । ସ ଚ ମାଂ ରକ୍ଷପାଳଂ ନିଧାୟ ସ୍ନାନାର୍ଥୀ ଗତଃ । ତେନ ଚ ଗଚ୍ଛତା ମମ ସମାଦିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଯଦି କଶ୍ଚିଦିହ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ସମାଗଚ୍ଛତି ତନ୍ମମ, ସୁଗୁପ୍ତ ନିବେଦନୀୟଂ ଯେନ ବନମିଦଂ ମୟା ନିବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟମ୍ । ଯତଃ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଣିକେନ ମୟା ହତୋ ଗଜଃ ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ବା ଉଚ୍ଛିଷ୍ଟତାଂ ନୀତଃ, ତଦିନାଦାରଭ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାନ୍ ପ୍ରତି କୁପିତୋଽସ୍ମି । ଇବ ଉତ୍ଥା ଶୃଗାଳୀ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଭୟଂ ପ୍ରାଦର୍ଶୟତ୍ ।

4. द्वीपिनं दृष्टवा शृगालः तं किमाह ?
Answer:
ଦ୍ବୀପିନଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ରା ଶୃଗାଳ ତେନ ମାଧ୍ୟମେନ ଗଜଚର୍ମଚ୍ଛେଦଂ କାରୟିତଂ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ୍ୟ ଚିରାତ୍ ଦୃଷ୍ଟୋଽସି ? କଣଂ ଚ ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷିତ ଇବ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସେ ? ତଦତିଥ୍ୟରସି ମେ । ଏଷ ଗଜଃ ତଦାଦିଷ୍ଟୋ ରକ୍ଷପାତଃ । ଅତୋ ବଦାଗ୍ନି-ଯାବତ୍ ସିଂହୋ ନ ସମାୟାତି ତାବଦସ୍ୟ ଗଜସ୍ୟ ମାଂସଂ ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରା ତୃଟିଂ କୃତ୍ୱା ବ୍ରଜ ।

5. भोजनीयविषये द्वीपिनां किं कथितम् ?
Answer:
ଭୋଜନୀୟ ବିଷୟେ ଦ୍ବୀପିନା କଥ୍ ଯତ୍-ମାମ୍ ! ଯଦ୍ୟବଂ, ତନ୍ତ୍ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମେ ମାଂସାଶନେନ, ଯତୋ ଜୀବନ୍ନରୋ ଭଦ୍ରଶତାନି ପଶ୍ୟତି । ଉକ୍ତ ଯତ୍ – ଭୂତିମ୍ ଇଚ୍ଛତା ନରଃ ଯତ୍ ଗ୍ରସ୍ୟ, ଯତ୍ ଗ୍ରସ୍ତଂ ପରିଣମେତ୍ ଚ ଯତ୍ ପରିଣାମେ ହିତଂ ଚ ତତ୍ ଆଦ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରସିତଂ ଶକ୍ୟ ଭବତି ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

6. चित्रकः कथं दूरं गतवान् ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାଳ ଦ୍ଵୀପିନମାହ – ଭୋ ଅଧୀର ! ବିଶ୍ର ଭୂତ୍ଵା ଭକ୍ଷୟତ୍ଵମ୍ । ତସ୍ୟସିଂହସ୍ୟ ଆଗମନଂ ଦୂରତୋଽହଂ ତେ ନିବେଦୟିଷ୍ୟାମି । ଅଥ ଦ୍ଵୀପିନା ତଥାନୁଷ୍ଠିତେ ଚର୍ମଭେଦଂ ଜାତଂ ବିଜ୍ଞାୟ ତେନାଭିହିତମ୍— ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! ଗମ୍ୟତାଂ ଗମ୍ୟତାମ୍ । ଏଷ ସିଂହଃ ସମାୟାତି । ତଚ୍ଛତ୍ୱା ଚିତ୍ରକୋଽପି ଦୂରଂ ଗତବାନ୍ ।

7. कं कं केन केन योजयेत् ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ତମଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ । ଶୂରଂ ଭେଦେନ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ । ନୀଚମଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ । ସମଶକ୍ତି

8. महाचतुरक: केनोपायेन उपरं शृगालं जितवान् ?
Answer:
ମହାଚତୁରକଃ ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟବୁଦ୍ଧିବଳେନ ଦ୍ଵୀପିନା ଗଜଚର୍ମଭେଦଂ କୃତ୍ୱା କିମାଂସଂ ଯାବତ୍ ଭକ୍ଷୟତି ତାବତ୍ ଅପରଃ ଶୃଗାଳୀ ସଂଦ୍ଧା ତତ୍ର ସମାୟାତଃ । ତମ୍ ଆତ୍ମତୁଲ୍ୟପରାକ୍ରମଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟା, ‘‘ସମଶକ୍ତି ପରାକ୍ରମେ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍’’ ଇତି ନ୍ୟାୟେନ ତଦଭିମୁଖକୃତପ୍ରୟାଣସ୍ତଂ ଜିଲ୍ଲା ସ୍ଵଦଂଷ୍ଟାଭିର୍ବିଦାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଦିଶୋଭାଜଂ କୃତ୍ୱା ସ୍ଵୟଂ ସୁଖେନ ଚିରକାଳଂ ତରାଂସଂ ବୁଭୁଜେ ।

9. चतुरशृगालकथायाः नीतिशिक्षां लिखत ।
Answer:
ମନୁଷ୍ୟାନାଂ କୃତେ ନୀତିରିୟଂ ଶିକ୍ଷଣୀୟା ଯତ୍ ଶରୀରଦୃଷ୍ଟି ଦୁର୍ବଳୋଽପି ଚନଃ ଶୃଗାଳ ଇବ ସୁଚତୁରଃ ସ୍ୟାତ୍ । ତତଃ ଅକ୍ଳେଶେନ ବହୁବଳଶାଳିନମପି ପ୍ରତିଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବନଂ ପରାଜିତ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵିକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧୟେତ୍ର । ଚୈବ ନୀତିରତ୍ର ସୁନିପୁଣଂ ପ୍ରଯୁକ୍ତା, ତସ୍ୟା ସାଫଲ୍ୟ ଚ ଲୋକଶିକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତମ୍ ।

GROUP – C

(घ) प्रायशः चत्वारिंशता पदैः अष्टाभिः वाकयैवी उत्तरं लिखत-

1. शृगालः समागतं सिंहं किमुवाच ?
अथवा, कथं सिंहेन शृगालाय गजः प्रसादीकृत: ?
Answer:
କଟିଂଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ବନପ୍ରଦେଶେ ମହାଚତୁରକଃ ନାମ ଶୃଗାଳ ନିବସତି ସ୍ମ । ଡଃ ଅରଣ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ମୃତଂ ଗଜଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ । ଗଜସ୍ୟ ସମନ୍ତାତ୍‌ ଭ୍ରମତି, ପରଂ କଠିନାଂ ତ୍ଵଚଂ ଭେଙ୍ଗୁ ନ ଶକ୍ନୋତି । ତକ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଭ୍ରମଂସ୍ତତ୍ର ଦେଶେ କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ସିଂହଃ ସମାୟାତଃ । ତଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ରା ସ କ୍ଷିତିତଳବିନ୍ୟସ୍ତମୌଳି ସଂଯୋଜିତକରଯୁଗଳ ପ୍ରୋବାଚ – ସ୍ବାମିନ୍ ! ତ୍ଵଦୀୟଂ ଅହଂ ଲାକୁଟିକ ତ୍ୱଦର୍ଥେ ଗଜମିମଂ ରକ୍ଷାମି, ତଦେନଂ ଭକ୍ଷୟତୁ ସ୍ଵାମୀ । ତଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ରା ସିଂହ ଆହ ଭୋ ! ନାହମନ୍ୟହତଂ ସରଂ କଦାଚିଦ୍ ଭକ୍ଷୟାମି । ତନ୍ମୟା ପ୍ରସାଦୀକୃତ ଏଷ ତେ ଗଜଃ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ଶୃଗାଳ ସିଂହାତ୍ ଗଜଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ ।

2. महान् कदा कथं च स्वामिगुणान् न जहाति ?
Answer:
ସିଂହଃ ମୃତଗଜଂ ଶୃଗାଳାୟ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତବାନ୍ । ଉକ୍ତ ଯତ୍ମୟା ପ୍ରସାଦୀକୃତ ଏଷ ତେ ଗଜଃ । ତଚ୍ଛତ୍ସା ଶୃଗାଳ ସାନନ୍ଦମାହ – ଯୁକ୍ତମିଦଂ ସ୍ବାମିନୋ ନିଜଭୃତ୍ୟେଷୁ । ଅତ୍ୟାବସ୍ଥାଽପି ମହାନ୍ ଶୁଦ୍ଧତୟୀ ତୁ ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ ନ ଜହୀତି । ଶଙ୍ଖ ଶିଖୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ତ ଅପି ଶୁଦ୍ଧତୟା ତୁ ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବଂ ନ ଭକ୍‌ତି ।

3. शूराः कथं भेदेन साध्यः भवन्ति, वर्णयत ।
अथवा, कुत्र भेदः प्रयोक्रत्तव्य: ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାଳୀ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଶୂରଃ ଇତି ମତ୍ବା ଭେଦଂ ବିନା ସାଧ୍ୟ ନ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି,ଇତି ଅଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍। ସାମ-ଦାନ-ଦଣ୍ଡ-ଭେଦନୀତି ମାଧ୍ୟମେନ ସର୍ବଂ ସଫଳଂ ଭବତି । ଅତଃ ଯତ୍ର ସାମ-ଦାନବଳେନ କରୁଁ ନ ଶକ୍ୟତେ ତତ୍ର ଭେଦଃ ପ୍ରୟୋକ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଭେଦଃ ବଶକାରକ ଭବଡ଼ି । ଭେଦନୀତି ମାଧମେନ ବଶକତାଂ ଶକ୍ୟତେ । କୋଽପି ସର୍ବଗୁଣସଂପନ୍ନେଽପି ଭେଦେନ ବଧ୍ୟତେ । ଭେଦବଳେନ ମୌକ୍ତିକେନାପି ବନ୍ଧନଂ ସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତମ୍ । ଯେ ତାବତ୍ ଶୂରଃ ତେ ଭେଦବଳେନ ସାଧ୍ୟ ଭବନ୍ତି ।

4. मौक्तिकेनापि बन्धनं कथं प्राप्यते ?
Answer:
ସର୍ବଗୁଣସମ୍ପନୋଽପି ଭେଦିନ ବଧ୍ୟତେ । ଉକ୍ତ ଯତ୍ – ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛେନ ଅନିରୁଦ୍ଧନ ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନ ଅତିଚାରୁଣା ମୌକ୍ତିକେନ ଅପି ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭିନ୍ନେନ ବନ୍ଧନଂ ସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତମ୍ । ଅତଃ ଯତ୍ର ସାମଦାନମ୍ ଅପି କଭିଂ ନ ଶକ୍ୟତେ ତତ୍ର ଭେଦଃ ପ୍ରୟୋକ୍ତବ୍ୟ । ଭେଦେନ ମୁକ୍ତାଽପି ବନ୍ଧନଂ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତମ୍ ।

5. केन उपायेन शृगालः व्याघ्रम् अपसारितम् ?
Answer:
ଯଦା ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ମୃତଗଜସମିପମ୍ ଆଗତବାନ୍, ତଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ରା ଶୂରଃ ଇତି ମହା ଶୃଗାଳେନ ବ୍ୟଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ । ଶୂରଃ ଭେଦେନ ସାଧ୍ୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ଏତତ୍ ଚିନ୍ତୟିତ୍ଵା ଶୃଗାଳୀ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଅଭିମୁଖୀ ଭୂତ୍ଵା ଈଷଦୁନ୍ନତକନ୍ଧରଃ ସସଂଭ୍ରମମୁବାଚ – ମାମ ! କରଂ ଭବାନତ୍ର ମୃତ୍ୟୁମୁଖେ ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟ ? ଏଷ ଗଜଃ ସାଂପ୍ରତଂ ସିଂହେନ ବ୍ୟାପାଦିତଃ । ସ ଚ ମାଂ ରକ୍ଷାପାଳଂ ନିଧାୟ ସ୍ନାନାର୍ଥୀ ଗତଃ । ତେନ ଚ ଗଚ୍ଛତା ମମ ସମାଦିଷ୍ଟମ୍ – ଯଦି କଶ୍ଚିଦିହ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ସମାଗଚ୍ଛତି ତନ୍ମମ ସୁଗୁପ୍ତ ନିବେଦନୀୟଂ ଯେନ ବନମିଦଂ ମୟା ନିବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟମ୍ । ଯତଃ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଣିକେନ ମୟା ହତୋ ଗଜଃ ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରା ଉଚ୍ଛିଷ୍ଟତାଂ ନୀତଃ । ତତ୍ ଦିନାତ୍ ଆରଭ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାନ୍ ପ୍ରତି କୁପିତୋଽସ୍ମି । ତଚ୍ଛଡା଼ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ସଂତ୍ରସ୍ତ – ମାହସ୍ତ ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! ଦେହି ମେ ପ୍ରାଣଦକ୍ଷିଣାମ୍ । ତ୍ୱୟା ତସ୍ୟାତ୍ର ଚିରାୟ ଆଗତସ୍ୟ ମଦୀୟା କାପି ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ନାଖେୟା । ଏବମୁକ୍ତା ସତ୍ଵରଂ ପ୍ରଣଷ୍ଟ । ଅନେନ ଉପାୟେନ ଶୃଗାଳ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରମ୍ ଅପସାରିତବାନ୍ ।

6. महाचतुरक: चित्रकेन किं संपादितम् ?
Answer:
ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୁମିୟେଷ । ଏତଦର୍ଥ ପରାକ୍ରମୀ ସିଂହ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଚ ସ୍ବବୁଦ୍ଧିବଳେନ ଅପସାରିତଃ । ଅନନ୍ତରଂ ଯଦା ଏକ ଦ୍ଵୀପୀ ଆଗତଃ ତଦା ତେନ ମାଧ୍ୟମେନ କଠିନଂ ଗଜଚନଂ ଛେଦନାର୍ଥମ୍ ଇଚ୍ଛିତବାନ୍ । ଏବଂ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ୍ୟ ମହାଚତୁରତଃ ଚିତ୍ରକମୁବାଚ – ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! କିମିତି ଚିରାତ୍ ଦୃଷ୍ଟୋଽସି ? କଣଂ ଚ ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷିତ ଇବ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସେ ? ତଦତିଥୁରସି ମେ । ଏଷ ଗଜଃ ସିଂହେନ ହତଃ ତିଷ୍ଠତି । ଅହଂ ଚାସ୍ୟ ତଦାଦିଷ୍ଟୋ ରକ୍ଷପାଳ । ଅତଃ ବଦାମି – ଯାବତ୍ ସିଂହଃ ନ ସମାୟାତି ତାବଦସ୍ୟ ଗଜସ୍ୟ ମାଂସଂ ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରା ତୃଟିଂ କୃତ୍ୱା ବ୍ରଜ । ଏତତ୍ ଶୁଦ୍ଧା ଚିତ୍ରକ ଗଜମାଂସଭକ୍ଷଣାର୍ଥୀ ନ ଇଚ୍ଛିତବାନ୍ । ପରନ୍ତୁ ଶୃଗାଳୀ ଆହ – ଭୋ ଅଧୀର ! ବିଶ୍ରବ୍ଧ ଭୂତ୍ଵା ତଂ ଭକ୍ଷୟ । ତସ୍ୟାଗମନଂ ଦୂରତୋଽହଂ ତେ ନିବେଦୟିଷ୍ୟାମି । ଅଥ ଦ୍ବୀପିନା ତଥାନୁଷ୍ଠିତେ ଚର୍ମଭେଦଂ ଜାତଂ ବିଜ୍ଞାୟ ମହାଚତୁରକେଣ ଅଭିହିତମ୍ – ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! ଗମ୍ୟତାଂ ଗମ୍ୟତାମ୍ । ଏଷ ସିଂହଃ ସମାୟାତି । ତତ୍ ଶୁଦ୍ଧା ଚିତ୍ରକୋଽପି ଦୂରଂ ପ୍ରଣଷ୍ଟ । ଅନେନ ଉପାୟେନ ଶୃଗାତଃ ସ୍ବକାର୍ଯ୍ଯ ଚିତ୍ରକେନ ସଂପାଦିତମ୍ ।

7. केनोपायेन शृगालः गजमांसं बुभुजे ?
Answer:
ଶୃଗାତଃ ସ୍ବୀୟବୁଦ୍ଧିବଳେନ ଉତ୍ତମଂ ସିଂହଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ, ଶୂରଂ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଭେଦେନ, ନୀଚଂଦ୍ୱୀପିନମ୍ ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ ସମଶଣ୍ଡିଂ ଶୃଗାଳଂ ପରାକ୍ରମଃ ବିଜିତ୍ୟ ସ୍ବୀକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧମ୍ । ଶୃଗାଳ ସଂଦ୍ଧମ୍ ଅପରଂ ଶୃଗାଳଂ ସମାୟାତଂ ଦୃଷ୍ଟା ତଦରିମୁଖକୃତପ୍ରୟାଣସ୍ତଂ ଜିଲ୍ଲା ସ୍ବଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟାଭିର୍ବିଦାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଦିଶୋରାଜଂ କୃତ୍ୱା ସ୍ଵୟଂ ସୁଖେନ ଚିରକାଳଂ ବୁଭୁଜେ ।

8. चतुरशृगालकथात: का नीतिशिक्षा लभ्यते ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଣିଷ୍ଣୁ ଶୃଗାଳସ୍ତୁ ଚତୁରତମ ଇତି ପ୍ରାୟଶଃ ସର୍ବେ ଜ୍ଞାତମ୍ । ସ୍ବୀୟ ବୁଦ୍ଧିବଳେନ ତେନ ଅସାଧ୍ଯମପି ସାଧୟିତଂ ଶକ୍ୟତେ । କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରୋଽପି ଡଃ ପ୍ରବଳବଳାନ୍ଧିତାନ୍ ସିଂହ-ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର-ବୃକାଦୀନ୍ ସ୍ୱୀୟ-କୌଶଳ କଳାକଳାପେନ ବଞ୍ଚୟିତ୍ଵା ସ୍ଵାଭୀଷ୍ଟୀ ସାଧୟତି । ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ସଂସାରେ କଂ କରଂ ବଶୀକ୍ରିୟତେ ତତ୍ ଉଚ୍ୟତେ ଯଥା
‘‘ଉତ୍ତମଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ ଶୂରଂ ଭେଦେନ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ ।
ନୀଚମଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ ସମଶକ୍ତି ପରାକ୍ରମେ ॥’’
ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଉତ୍ତମଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତବଳେନ, ଶୂରଂ ଭେଦନୀତିଳେନ, ନୀଚମ୍ ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ ସମଶଲିଂ ପରାକ୍ରମେ ଚ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ତେ ବଶୀଭୂତା ଭବନ୍ତି । ଅତଃ ସର୍ବେ ଅନେନ ନୀତିବଳେନ ଅକ୍ଳେଶେନ ବହୁବଳଶାଳିନମପି ପ୍ରତିଦ୍ବନ୍ଦିନଂ ପରାଜିତ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧୟେତ୍ ।

(ङ) उत्कलभाषया अनुवादं कुरुत

1. अस्ति कस्मिंश्चिद्वनोद्देशे महाचतुरकः नाम शृगालः ।
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଏକ ବଣରେ ମହାଚତୁରକ ନାମକ ଶୃଗାଳଟିଏ ରହୁଥିଲା ।

2. तत्रान्तरे भ्रमंस्तप्रदेशे कश्चित् सिंहः समायातः ।
Answer:
ଏହି ସମୟରେ କୌଣସି ଏକ ସିଂହ ବୁଲୁବୁଲୁ ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ।

3. भो ! नाहमन्यहतं सत्वं कदाचिद् भक्षयामि ।
Answer:
ହେ ! ମୁଁ କଦାପି ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ୱାରା ମରାଯାଇଥିବା ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ ଖାଏ ନାହିଁ ।

4. तन्मया प्रसादीकृत एष ते गजः ।
Answer:
ଏଣୁ ଏହି ହାତୀକୁ ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ପୁରସ୍କାର ସ୍ବରୂପ ପ୍ରଦାନ କଲି ।

5. अथ तस्मिन् गते कश्चिद् व्याघ्रः समायातः ।
Answer:
ଏହାପରେ ସେ (ସିଂହ) ଚାଲିଯାଆନ୍ତେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଘ ସେଠାକୁ ଆସିଲା ।

6. नूनं शूरोऽयं न खलु भेदं विना साध्यो भविष्यति ।
Answer:
ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଏ ବୀର ଅଟେ, ଏଣୁ ଭେଦନୀତି ବିନା ବଶୀଭୂତ ହେବନାହିଁ ।

7. एष गजः सांप्रतं सिंहेन व्यापादितः ।
Answer:
ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ହାତୀକୁ ସିଂହ ମାରିଅଛି ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

8. स च मां रक्षपालं निधाय स्नानार्थं गतः ।
Answer:
ସେ ମୋତେ ଏହାର ରକ୍ଷକ ଭାବରେ ରଖ୍ ସ୍ନାନ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇଛି ।

9. भो भगिनीसुतः ! देहि मे प्राणदक्षिणाम् ।
Answer:
ରେ ଭଣଜା ! ତୁ ମୋ ଜୀବନ ବଞ୍ଚା ।

10. एवमुक्त्वा सत्वरं प्रणष्ट: ।
Answer:
ଏହାକହି ଅତିଶୀଘ୍ର ସେଠାରୁ ଚାଲିଗଲା ।

11. अथ तस्मिन् गते तत्र कश्चिद्वपी समायातः ।
Answer:
ଏହାପରେ ସେ ଚାଲିଯାଆନ୍ତେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିତାବାଘ ସେଠାକୁ ଆସିଲା ।

12. एष गज: सिंहेन हतस्तिष्ठति ।
Answer:
ସିଂହ ମାରିଥ‌ିବା ଏହି ହାତୀଟି ଏଠି ପଡ଼ିଛି ।

13. अहं चास्य तदादिष्टो रक्षपाल: ।
Answer:
ଆଉ ମୁଁ ଜଗୁଆଳି ଭାବରେ ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ନିଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛି ।

14. यतो जीवन्नरो भद्रर्शतानि पश्यति ।
Answer:
କାରଣ ବଞ୍ଚଗଲେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଶତ ଶତ ମଙ୍ଗଳମୟ ବସ୍ତୁ ଦେଖୁ ।

15. तस्यागमनं दूरतीऽहं ते निवेदयिष्यामि ।
Answer:
ମୁଁ ଦୂରରେ ଥାଇ ତା’ ଆସିବାର ସୂଚନା ଦେବି ।

16. तच्छृत्वा चित्रकोऽपि दूर्प प्रणष्ट: ।
Answer:
ତାହା ଶୁଣି ଚିତାବାଘ ଚିତ୍ରକ ମଧ୍ଯ ଦୂରକୁ ଦୌଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଗଲା ।

17. अथ यावदसौ तत्कृतद्वारेण किंचिन्मांसं भक्षयति तावदपरः शृगालः संक्रुद्धः समायातः ।
Answer:
ଏହାପରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେହି ଶୃଗାଳ ଚିତାବାଘଦ୍ଵାରା କରାଯାଇଥିବା ଛିଦ୍ରରୁ କିଛି ମାଂସ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା, ସେତେବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶୃଗାଳ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ରାଗିକରି ସେଠାକୁ ଆସିଲା ।

18. स्वयं सुखेन चिरकालं तर्न्मर्स बुभुजे ।
Answer:
ନିଜେ ସୁଖରେ ବହୁକାଳଯାଏଁ ସେହି (ହାତୀର) ମାଂସକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲା ।

ଲେଖକ ପରିଚୟ:

କଥାସାହିତ୍ୟର ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ହେଉଛି ‘ପଞ୍ଚତନ୍ତ୍ର’ । ଏହାର ରଚୟିତା ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ଉତ୍କଳୀୟ ବିଦ୍ୱାନ୍ କଥାକାର ପଣ୍ଡିତ ବିଷ୍ଣୁଶର୍ମା । ସେ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ କୁଳରେ ଜନ୍ମଗ୍ରହଣ କରିଥିଲେ । ରାଜା ଅମରଶକ୍ତିଙ୍କର ତିନୋଟି ପୁତ୍ରଙ୍କୁ ଛଅମାସ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ନୀତିଶାସ୍ତ୍ରରେ ଅଭିଜ୍ଞ କରିବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତିଶ୍ରୁତି ଦେଇଥିଲେ, ତଥା ପଣ୍ଡିତ କରାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲେ । ଏଥୁରୁ ତାଙ୍କର ଗଭୀର ପାଣ୍ଡିତ୍ୟର ପରିଚୟ ମିଳୁଛି । ତାଙ୍କର ସମୟ ପଞ୍ଚମ ବା ଷଷ୍ଠ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀ ବୋଲି ସମାଲୋଚକମାନେ ମତ ଦିଅନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ବିଦ୍ବାନ୍ ବୋଲି କହିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସ୍ବରଚିତ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଛାତ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶିକ୍ଷାଦେବାର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ କୌଶଳ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଜଣାଥ‌ିବାରୁ ସେ ଉତ୍ତମ ଶିକ୍ଷକରୂପେ ତଦାନୀନ୍ତନ ସମାଜରେ ସୁପରିଚିତ ଥିଲେ ।

ବିଷୟ ପ୍ରବେଶ:

ଆଲୋଚିତ ଗଳ୍ପ କଥାସାହିତ୍ୟ ‘ପଞ୍ଚତନ୍ତ୍ର’ର ଅଂଶବିଶେଷ । ୫ଟି ତନ୍ତ୍ର ବା ବିଭାଗକୁ ନେଇ ପଞ୍ଚତନ୍ତ୍ରର ରଚନା କରାଯାଇଛି । ପାଞ୍ଚଗୋଟି ବିଭାଗ ହେଲା – (୧) ମିତ୍ରଭେଦ, (୨) ମିତ୍ରସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତି, (୩) କାକୋଲ୍ କୀୟ, (୪) ଲବ୍‌ଧପ୍ରଣାଶ ଓ (୫) ଅପରୀକ୍ଷିତକାରକ । ମିତ୍ରଭେଦରେ ୨୨ ଗୋଟି, ମିତ୍ରସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତିରେ ୮ ଗୋଟି, କାକୋଲ୍ କୀୟରେ ୧୭ ଗୋଟି, ଲବ୍‌ଧପ୍ରଣାଶରେ ୧୪ ଗୋଟି ଓ ଅପରୀକ୍ଷିତକାରକରେ ୧୫ ଗୋଟି କାହାଣୀ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ । ଏହି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସରଳ ଭାଷାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପଶୁପକ୍ଷୀଙ୍କର କାହାଣୀ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ନୀତିଶିକ୍ଷା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଅଛି । ଆଲୋଚିତ ‘ଚତୁରଶୃଗାଳ’ କଥା ‘ପଞ୍ଚତନ୍ତ୍ର’ର ଲବ୍ଧପ୍ରଣାଶ ଭାଗବିଶେଷରୁ ସଂଗୃହୀତ । ପ୍ରାଣୀମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଶୃଗାଳ ଚତୁର ବୋଲି ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ସମସ୍ତେ ଜାଣନ୍ତି । ନିଜର ବୁଦ୍ଧିବଳରେ ସେ ଅସାଧ୍ୟ ସାଧନ କରିଅଛି । କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ପ୍ରବଳ ବଳୀୟାନ୍ ସିଂହ-ବାଘ-ବୃକାଦିଙ୍କୁ ନିଜର କଳାକୌଶଳଦ୍ଵାରା ଠକି ନିଜର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧନ କରିଛି । ମନୁଷ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଏହି ନୀତିଶିକ୍ଷା ଯେ ଶରୀର ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଦୁର୍ବଳ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ଲୋକ ଶୃଗାଳ ଭଳି ସୁଚତୁର ହୋଇପାରେ, ତଦ୍ବାରା ଅକ୍ଳେଶରେ ବହୁବଳଶାଳୀ ପ୍ରତିଦ୍ଵନ୍ଦୀକୁ ପରାଜିତ କରି ସ୍ଵକୀୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସାଧନ, କରିପାରେ । ସେହି ନୀତି ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛି ଓ ତା’ର ସଫଳତା ଲୋକଶିକ୍ଷା ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେ।ଇଛି।

ସାରକଥା:

କୌଣସି ବନପ୍ରଦେଶରେ ମହାଚତୁରକ ନାମରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶୃଗାଳ ଥିଲା । ଏକଦା ସେ ଅରଣ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଦେଖିଲା ଯେ ଗୋଟିଏ ହସ୍ତୀ ସ୍ବତଃ ମରିପଡ଼ିଛି । ସେ ତାହାର ଚାରିପାଖ ବୁଲି ଦେଖୁଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ କୌଣସିଠାରେ ତା’ର କଠିନ ଚର୍ମକୁ କାଟିପାରିଲା ନାହିଁ । ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସିଂହ ଇତସ୍ତତଃ ଭ୍ରମଣ କରୁ କରୁ ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା ।

ସିଂହକୁ ଆସିବାର ଦେଖ୍ ସେ ମସ୍ତକକୁ ଭୂମି ଉପରେ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି, ହାତ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ି ବିନୟ ସହକାରେ କହିଲା – ‘ହେ ପ୍ରଭୁ, ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କର ରକ୍ଷାକାରୀ ଭୃତ୍ୟ, ଆପଣଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏ ହସ୍ତୀଟିକୁ ଜଗି ରହିଛି । ଏହାକୁ ଭୋଜନ କରନ୍ତୁ ।’’ ପ୍ରଣତ ହୋଇଥବା ଶୃଗାଳକୁ ଚାହିଁ ସିଂହ କହିଲା, ‘ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ୱାରା ନିହତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଜୀବକୁ ମୁଁ କେବେହେଲେ ଖାଏ ନାହିଁ । ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ଏ ଗଜଟିକୁ ଦାନ କରୁଛି ।’’ ଏହା ଶୁଣି ଶୃଗାଳ ଆନନ୍ଦରେ କହିଲା, ଭୃତ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତି ଏପରି ଅନୁଗ୍ରହ ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କ ପକ୍ଷରେ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ । ଯେହେତୁ କଥ୍ତ ଅଛି –

ମହାନ୍ ପୁରୁଷ ବିପଦର ସୀମାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ପବିତ୍ରତା ହେତୁ ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଗୁଣକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଶଙ୍ଖ ଅଗ୍ନିଦ୍ଵାରା ଭସ୍ମୀଭୂତ ହେଲାପରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତା’ର ଶୁକ୍ଳତା ଗୁଣକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିନଥାଏ ।

ତାହା ଶୁଣି ସିଂହ ଚାଲିଗଲା । ସିଂହ ଚାଲିଯିବା ପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା । ତାହାକୁ ଦେଖୁ ଶୃଗାଳ ମନେ ମନେ ଚିନ୍ତାକଲା – ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୁଷ୍ଟକୁ ନମ୍ରତାଦ୍ବାରା ଦୂର କରିଦେଲି । ଏବେ ଏହାକୁ କିପରି ଦୂର କରିବି ? ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଏ ହେଉଛି ବୀର; ଭେଦ ବିନା ଏହାକୁ କେବେ ଆୟତ୍ତ କରିହେବ ନାହିଁ । କଥାତ ଅଛି-

ଯେଉଁଠାରେ, ସାମ ଅଥବା ଦାନ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ସେଠାରେ ଭେଦନୀତି ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରିବା ଉଚିତ, କାରଣ ଭେଦଦ୍ଵାରା ସେ ସହଜରେ ବଶ ହୋଇପାରେ ।

ସକଳ ଗୁଣରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଭେଦଦ୍ୱାରା ବିନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇପାରେ । କୁହାଯାଇଛି – ଶୁଭ୍ର, ଅଛିଦ୍ର, ଗୋଲାକାର ଓ ଅତି ମନୋହର ମୁକ୍ତାକୁ ଛିଦ୍ର କଲେ ତାହା ବନ୍ଧନରେ (ହାର ମଧ୍ୟରେ) ପଡ଼େ । ସେହିପରି ଶୁଦ୍ଧଚରିତ୍ର, ସଦାଚାରୀ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ମୁକ୍ତିକାମୀ ପୁରୁଷ ପରମାତ୍ମାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ହେବା ହେତୁରୁ ସଂସାର ବନ୍ଧନରେ ପଡ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

ମନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏହା ନିଶ୍ଚୟ କରି ଶୃଗାଳ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରର ସମ୍ମୁଖକୁ ଯାଇ, ସ୍କନ୍ଧକୁ ଉନ୍ନତ କରି ବ୍ୟଗ୍ର ଭାବରେ କହିଲା, ‘ମାମୁ, ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ଏ ଯମମୁହଁକୁ ଆସିଲ ? କାରଣ ସିଂହ ଏ ହସ୍ତୀଟିକୁ ବଧ କରିଅଛି । ମୋତେ ଏଠାରେ ରକ୍ଷକ ରୂପେ ନିଯୁକ୍ତ କରି ସେ ନଦୀକୁ ସ୍ନାନ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇଅଛି । ସେ ଗଲାବେଳେ ମୋତେ କହିଯାଇଛି, ଯଦି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଏଠାକୁ ଆସେ, ତୁ ଚୁପ୍‌କରି ମୋତେ କହିଦେବୁ – ମୁଁ ଏ ବନକୁ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଶୂନ୍ୟ କରିବି । କାରଣ ଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ମୁଁ ବଧ କରିଥିବା ଏକ ହସ୍ତୀକୁ ଖାଇ ଉଚ୍ଛିଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେଇଥିଲା । ସେହିଦିନଠାରୁ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଜାତି ପ୍ରତି କ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଅଛି । ଏହା ଶୁଣି ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ନିତାନ୍ତ ତ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇ କହିଲା – ‘ଆରେ ଭଣଜା ! ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାଣ ଘେନି ପଳାଏଁ । ସେ ଯେତେ ଡେରିରେ ଆସିଲେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ତାକୁ ମୋ କଥା କିଛି କହିବୁ ନାହିଁ ।’’ – ଏହା କହି ସେ ଦ୍ରୁତ ବେଗରେ ପଳାଇଗଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଯିବା ପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିତାବାଘ (ଦ୍ବୀପି) ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା । ତାହାକୁ ଦେଖ୍ ଶୃଗାଳ ଚିନ୍ତାକଲା, ‘ଏହାର ଦାନ୍ତ ଖୁବ୍ ଶକ୍ତ । ତେଣୁ ଏ ଯେପରି ହାତୀର ଚମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇବ, ତହିଁର ଉପାୟ କରିବି ।’’ ଏହା ସ୍ଥିର କରି ସେ କହିଲା, ‘‘ହେ ଭଣଜା, ବହୁଦିନ ପରେ ଦେଖାହେଲା । ବଡ଼ ଭୋକିଲା ଦିଶୁଛୁ କାହିଁକି ? ଆଜି ତୁ ମୋର ଅତିଥ୍‌ । ଏ ହାତୀଟିକୁ ସିଂହ ମାରି ପକାଇ ଯାଇଛି । ତା’ ହୁକୁମରେ ମୁଁ ଏହାକୁ ଜଗି ରହିଛି । ତଥାପି ଯେତେବେଳଯାଏ ସିଂହ ଆସି ନଥବ ସେତେବେଳ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତୁ ହାତୀର ମାଂସ ଖାଇ ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଯିବୁ ।’’ ଚିତାବାଘ କହିଲା, ‘ଯେବେ ଏଭଳି କଥା, ତେବେ ମୋର ମାଂସ ଖାଇବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ, କାରଣ ପ୍ରାଣ ରହିଥିଲେ ଶହ ଶହ ସୁଖ ମିଳିପାରିବ । କୁହାଯାଇଛି –

ଯାହା ଖିଆଯାଇପାରେ, ଯାହା ଖାଇଲେ ପରିପାକ ହୁଏ ଓ ପରିପାକ ହେଲେ ଯାହା ଦେହକୁ ହିତ କରେ, ନିଜର ଶୁଭ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଥିବା ଲୋକ ତାକୁ ହିଁ ଖାଇବା ଉଚିତ । ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ଯାଉଛି ।’’

ଶୃଗାଳ କହିଲା, ‘ହେ ଅସ୍ଥିର, ତୁ ନିର୍ଭୟ ହୋଇ ଖାଆ । ସେ ସିଂହର ଆସିବା ଖବର ମୁଁ ଦୂରରୁ ଦେଖୁ ତୋତେ ଜଣାଇଦେବି ।’’

ଚିତାବାଘ ହାତୀକୁ ଖାଇବାପାଇଁ ଗଲା । ସେ ହାତୀର ଚମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇଥିବାର ଦେଖ୍ ଶୃଗାଳ କହିଲା, ‘ଭଣଜା, ପଳାଇଯାଆ ସେ ସିଂହ ଆସୁଛି ।’’ ତାହା ଶୁଣି ଚିତାବାଘ ଦୂରକୁ ପଳାଇଗଲା ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

ଚିତାବାଘ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ହାତୀ ଚମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇଥିଲା, ସେହିଠାରୁ ଶୃଗାଳ କିଛି ମାଂସ ଖାଇଲାବେଳକୁ ଆଉ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶୃଗାଳ ବୃଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇ ସେଠାରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ମହାଚତୁରକ ଦେଖୁଲା ଯେ ଏ ଶୃଗାଳଟି ବଳପରାକ୍ରମରେ ତାହାର ସମାନ ହେବ । ତହୁଁ କହିଲା –

ଉତ୍ତମକୁ ପ୍ରଣିପାତଦ୍ୱାରା, ବୀରକୁ ଭେଦନୀତିଦ୍ୱାରା, ନୀଚକୁ ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଦାନଦ୍ୱାରା ଓ ସମାନ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀକୁ ପରାକ୍ରମଦ୍ବାରା ବଶ କରାଯାଇପାରେ । ଏହା କହି ଆଗନ୍ତୁକ ଶୃଗାଳର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇ ନିଜର ଦନ୍ତରେ ତାକୁ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ କରି ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ପକାଇଦେଲା ଓ ନିଜେ ଅନେକ ଦିନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେହି ହାତୀର ମାଂସକୁ ଖାଇଲା ।

Text – 1.

अस्ति कस्मिंश्चिद्वनोद्देशे ……………… भक्षयतु स्वामी ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅସ୍ତି = ଅଛି (ଥ୍ଲା) । କବିଂଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କୌଣସି । ବନୋଦ୍ଦଶେ = ବନସ୍ଥଳୀରେ । କଦାଚିତ୍ = କୌଣସି ଏକ ସମୟରେ । ଅରଣ୍ୟ = ବଣରେ । ଗଜଃ = ହାତୀ । ସମାସାଦିତଃ = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ । ସମନ୍ତାତ୍ = ଚାରିପାଖରେ । ତ୍ଵଚମ୍ = ଚର୍ମକୁ । ଭେଭୁମ୍ = ଭେଦ କରିବାକୁ । ଶକ୍ନୋତି = ସମର୍ଥ । ସମାୟାତ = ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦେଖ୍ । କ୍ଷିତିତଳ = ଭୂମି । ବିନ୍ୟସ୍ତମୌଳି ମସ୍ତକକୁ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି । ପ୍ରୋବାଚ = କହିଲା । ଲାକୁଟିକଃ = ବାଡ଼ି ବା ଠେଙ୍ଗା । ଭକ୍ଷୟତୁ = ଭକ୍ଷଣ କରନ୍ତୁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – କୌଣସି ବନପ୍ରଦେଶରେ ମହାଚତୁରକ ନାମରେ ଏକ ଶୃଗାଳ ଥିଲା । ଏକଦା ସେ ଅରଣ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ହାତୀ ସ୍ବତଃ ମରିପଡ଼ିଥିବାର ଦେଖିଲା । ସେ ତା’ର ଚାରିପାଖରେ ବୁଲିଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ତା’ର କଠିନ ଚର୍ମକୁ କାଟିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହେଲାନାହିଁ । ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଏକ ସିଂହ ଇତସ୍ତତଃ ଭ୍ରମଣ କରୁ କରୁ ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ତାକୁ ଦେଖୁ ସେ (ଶୃଗାଳ) ମସ୍ତକକୁ ଭୂମି ଉପରେ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି, ହାତ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ି କହିଲା – ‘ହେ ପ୍ରଭୁ ! ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କର ରକ୍ଷାକାରୀ, ଆପଣଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏହି ହାତୀଟିକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରିଛି, ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ଭୋଜନ କରନ୍ତୁ ପ୍ରଭୁ ।’’

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – କଟିଂଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ୱାନୋଦ୍ଦଶେ = କସ୍ମିନ୍ + ଚିତ୍ + ବନ + ଉଦ୍ଦଶେ । ସମାସାଦିତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆସାଦିତଃ । ତତ୍ର + ଅନ୍ତରେ । ଭ୍ରମଂସ୍ତତ୍ର ଭ୍ରମନ୍ତଃ + ତତ୍ର । କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କଃ + ଚିତ୍ । ପ୍ରୋବାଚ ତ୍ଵଦୀୟୋଽହମ୍ = ତ୍ଵଦୀୟଃ + ଅହମ୍ । ତ୍ୱଦର୍ଥେ = ତ୍ବତ୍ + ଅର୍ଥେ । ଗଜମିମମ୍ = ଗଜମ୍ + ଇମମ୍ । ତଦିନମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ଏନମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ମହାଚତୁରକଃ = ମହାନ୍ ଚତୁରକଃ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । କ୍ଷିତିତଳମ୍ = କ୍ଷତଃ ତଳମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବନୋଦେଶେ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମହାଚତୁରକଃ = ନାମ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ତେନ ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଅରଣ୍ୟ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମୃତଃ, ଗଜଃ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ତସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । କଠିନ୍ୟମ୍, ତ୍ବଚମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା। ଦେଶେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସିଂହଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଇମମ୍, ଗଜମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ସଃ କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ସ୍ୱାମିନ୍ ! = ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଅହମ୍, ସ୍ବାମୀ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ତମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ମୃତଃ = ମୃ + କ୍ତ । ସମାସାଦିତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ସଦ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଭେରୁମ୍ = ଭିଦ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ସମାୟାତମ୍ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ଯା + କ୍ତ । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ ।

Text – 2.

तं दृष्ट्वा ……………. निजभृत्येषु ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ତମ୍ = ତାକୁ । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦେଖ୍ । ଆହ = କହିଲା । ଅନ୍ୟହତମ୍ = ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ବାରା ମରାଯାଇଥିବା । ସଭ୍ୟ = ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ । ପ୍ରସାଦୀକୃତ = ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଗଲା = । ତେ = ତୁମକୁ । ତହୁଡା଼ = ତାହା ଶୁଣି । ସାନନ୍ଦମ୍ = ଆନନ୍ଦର ସହିତ । ସ୍ଵାମିନଃ = ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ତାକୁ ମରିପଡ଼ିଥିବା ହାତୀକୁ ଦେଖୁ ସିଂହ କହିଲା ଆହେ ! ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ୱାରା ମରାଯାଇଥିବା ଜୀବକୁ ମୁଁ କେବେହେଲେ ଖାଏ ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ଏ ହାତୀଟିକୁ ଦାନ କରୁଛି । ତାହା ଶୁଣି ଶୃଗାଳ ଆନନ୍ଦର ସହ କହିଲା – ଭୃତ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତି ଏପରି ଅନୁଗ୍ରହ ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କ ପକ୍ଷରେ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ନାହମନ୍ୟହତମ୍ = ନ + ଅହମ୍ + ଅନ୍ୟହତମ୍ । ତନ୍ମୟା = ତତ୍ + ମୟା । ତଚ୍ଛୁତ୍ମା = ତତ୍ + ଶୁତ୍ବା । ସାନନ୍ଦମାହ = ସାନନ୍ଦମ୍ + ଆହ । ଯୁକ୍ତମିଦମ୍ = ଯୁକ୍ତମ୍ + ଇଦମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଅନ୍ୟହତମ୍ = ଅନ୍ୟ ହତମ୍ (ତୃତୀୟା ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ସାନନ୍ଦମ୍ = ଆନନ୍ଦେନ ସହ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନମ୍ (ସହାର୍ଥ ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ତମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ସିଂହଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ଭୋ ! = ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଅହମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଅନ୍ୟହତଂ, ସତ୍ତ୍ଵମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ମୟା = ଅନୁକ୍ତ କର୍ଭରି ୩ୟା । ଏଷ, ଗଜଃ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ଶୃଗାଳ କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ସ୍ଵାମିନଃ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ନିଜଭୃତ୍ୟେଷୁ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦୃଶ୍ + ସ୍କାଚ୍ । ହଡମ୍ = ହନ୍ + କ୍ତ + ଅମ୍ । କୃତଃ = କୃ + କ୍ତ । ଶୁଣ୍ଢା = ଶୁ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ଯୁକ୍ତମ୍ = ଯୁଜ୍ + କ୍ତ + ସୁ (ଲ୍ଲୀ) ।

Text – 3.

ଶ୍ଳୋକ:
उक्तं च –
अन्त्यावस्थोऽपि महान् स्वामिगुणान्न जहाति तु शुद्धतया,
न श्वेतभावमुज्झति शङ्खः शिखिभुक्तमुक्तोऽपि ॥ १ ॥
ଉଲଂ ଚ –
ଅତ୍ୟାବସ୍ଥାଽପି ମହାନ୍ ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ନ ଜହାତି ତୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧତିୟା,
ନ ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମୁଜ୍ଝତି ଶଙ୍ଖଃ ଶିଖିଭୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ତେଽପି ॥ ୧ ||

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ମହାନ୍ (ପୁରୁଷଃ) ଅନ୍ୟାବସ୍ଥା ଅପି ଶୁଦ୍ଧତୟା ତୁ ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ ନ ଜହାତି । ଶଙ୍ଖ ଶିଖିଭୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ତ ଅପି ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବଂ ନ ଉଜ୍ଝତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ମହାନ୍ = ମହାପୁରୁଷ । ଅନ୍ତଃବସ୍ଥ = ସୀମାରେ ଅବସ୍ଥାନ କଲେ । ଅପି = ମଧ୍ୟ । ଶୁଦ୍ଧତୟା = ପବିତ୍ରତା ହେତୁରୁ । ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ = ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଗୁଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ । ଜହାତି = ତ୍ୟାଗ କରେ । ଶିଖ୍ଭୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ତା = ଅଗ୍ନିଦ୍ଵାରା ଭସ୍ମୀଭୂତ = ଶଙ୍ଖ । ଅପି = ମଧ୍ୟ । ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମ୍ = ଶୁକ୍ଳତା ଗୁଣକୁ । ନ ଉତ୍ଥିତି = ତ୍ୟାଗ କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – କୁହାଯାଇଛି – ମହାନ୍ ପୁରୁଷ ବିପଦର ସୀମାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପବିତ୍ରତା ହେତୁରୁ ପ୍ରଭୁଙ୍କର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଗୁଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଶଙ୍ଖ ଅଗ୍ନିଦ୍ୱାରା ଭସ୍ମୀଭୂତ ହେଲା ପରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତା’ର ଶୁକ୍ଳତା ଗୁଣକୁ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିନଥାଏ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଅତ୍ୟାବସ୍ଥାଽପି = ଅନ୍ତଃ + ଅବସ୍ଥା + ଅପି । ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ନ = ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ + ନ । ଶ୍ୱେତଭାବମୁଜ୍ଝତି ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମ୍ + ଉଜ୍ଝତି । ଶିଖିଭୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ରୋଽପି ଶିଖ୍ଭୁକ୍ତମୁକ୍ତା + ଅପି ।

ସମାସ – ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ = ସ୍ବାମିନଃ ଗୁନଃ, ତାନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମ୍ = ଶ୍ଵେତସ୍ୟ ଭାବମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତପୁରୁଷ ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ମହାନ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ଶୁଦ୍ଧତୟା = ହେତୌ ୩ୟା । ସ୍ୱାମିଗୁଣାନ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ମୁକ୍ତଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଶ୍ଵେତଭାବମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭୁକ୍ତ = ଭୁଞ୍ଜ୍ + କ୍ତ । ମୁକ୍ତା = ମୁଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 4.

तदाकर्ण्य ……………. भविष्यति ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଆକର୍ୟ୍ଯ = ଶୁଣି । କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ = କୌଣସି । ସମାୟାତଃ = ଆସି ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦେଖ୍ । ଦୁରାତ୍ମା = ଦୁଷ୍ଟ । ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ = ନମ୍ରତାଦ୍ୱାରା । ଅପବାହିତଃ = ଦୂର କରିଦେଲି । କଥମ୍ = କିପରି । ଇଦାନୀମ୍ = ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ । ନୂନଂ = ନିଶ୍ଚୟ । ଶୂରଃ = ବୀର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ତାହା ଶୁଣି ସିଂହ ଚାଲିଗଲା । ଏହାପରେ ସେ ଚାଲିଯା’ନ୍ତେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା । ତା’କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଖୁ ଏହି (ଶୃଗାଳ) ମନେ ମନେ ଚିନ୍ତାକଲା – ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୁଷ୍ଟକୁ ନମ୍ରତାଦ୍ବାରା ଦୂର କରିଦେଲି । ତେବେ କିପରି ଏହାକୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଦୂର କରିବି ? ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଏ ହେଉଛି ବୀର, ଭେଦ ବିନା ଏହାକୁ କେବେ ଆୟତ୍ତ କରିହେବ ନାହିଁ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ତଦାକର୍ୟ୍ଯ = ତତ୍ + ଆକର୍ୟ୍ଯ । ସିଂହୋଗତଃ = ସିଂହଃ + ଗତଃ । ସମାୟାତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆୟାତଃ । ତମ୍ + ଅପି । ବ୍ୟଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ = ବି + ଅଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ । ଏକସ୍ତାବତ୍ = ଏକ + ତାବତ୍ । କଥମିଦାନୀମେନମତିବାହୟିଷ୍ୟାମି କଥମ୍ + ଇଦାନୀମ୍ + ଏନମ୍ + ଅତିବାହୟିଷ୍ୟାମି । ଶୂରୋଽୟମ୍ = ଶୂରଃ + ଅୟମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଦୁରାତ୍ମା = ଦୁଷ୍ଟୀ ଆତ୍ମା ( ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବାଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ସିଂହ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ତସ୍ମିନ୍, ଗତେ = ଭାବେ ୭ମୀ । କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍, ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ତମ୍ କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଦୁରାତ୍ମା = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ଏନମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଅୟମ୍, କଉଁରି ୧ମ । ଭେଦମ୍ = ବିନା ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଆକର୍ୟ୍ଯ = ଆ + କର୍ଣ୍ଣ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ଗତଃ = ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ଅପବାହିତଃ = ଅପ + ବହୁ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

Text – 5.

ଶ୍ଲୋକ:
उक्तं च –
न यत्र शक्यते कर्त्तुं सामदानमथापि वा ।
भेदस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यो यतः स वशकारकः ॥ २ ॥
ଉଲଂ ଚ –
ନ ଯତ୍ର ଶକ୍ୟତେ କର୍ଡିଂ ସାମଦାନମଥାପି ବା ।
ଭେଦସ୍ତତ୍ର ପ୍ରୟୋକ୍ତବୋ ଯତଃ ସ ବଶକାରକଃ ॥ ୨ ॥|

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଯତ୍ର ସାମଦାନମ୍ ଅଥାପି ବା କର୍ଡିଂ ନ ଶକ୍ୟତେ ତତ୍ର ଭେଦଃ ପ୍ରୟୋକ୍ତବ୍ୟ, ଯତଃ ସ ବଶକାରକଃ (ଭବତି) ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଯତ୍ର = ଯେଉଁଠାରେ । କର୍ତୁମ୍ = କରିବାକୁ । ଶକ୍ୟତେ = ସମର୍ଥ ହୁଏ । ତତ୍ର = ସେଠାରେ । ଭେଦଃ = ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରିବା ଉଚିତ । ଯତଃ = ଯେହେତୁ । ବଶକାରକଃ = ବଶକାରୀ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ସାମ ଅଥବା ଦାନ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ସେଠାରେ ଭେଦନୀତି ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯିବା ଉଚିତ, କାରଣ ଭେଦଦ୍ଵାରା ସେ ସହଜରେ ବଶ ହୋଇପାରେ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସାମଦାନମଥାପି = ସାମଦାନମ୍ + ଅଥ + ଅପି । ଭେଦସ୍ତତ୍ର = ଭେଦଃ + ତତ୍ର ।
ସମାସ – ବଶକାରକଃ = ବରଂ କରୋତି ଇତି (ଉପପଦ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ସାମଦାନମ୍, ଭେଦଃ, ସ, ବଶକାରକଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – କର୍ଭୁମ୍ = କୃ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ଦାନମ୍ = ଦା + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ପ୍ରୟୋକ୍ତବ୍ୟ = ପ୍ର + ୟୁଜ୍ + ତଥ୍ୟ ।

Text – 6.

किं च ………………… बन्धनम् ।
ଶ୍ଳୋକ – अत्यच्छेनाविरुद्धेन सुवृत्तेनाति चारुणा ।
अन्तर्भिन्नेन संप्राप्तं मौक्तिकेनापि बन्धनम् ॥ ३ ॥

ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛେନାବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନାତିଚାରୁଣା ।
ଅନ୍ତଭିତ୍ତେନ ସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ମୌକ୍ତିକେନାପି ବନ୍ଧନମ୍ ॥ ୩ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟଂ – ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛନ ଅବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନ ଅତିଚାରୁଣା ମୌକ୍ସିକେନ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭିନ୍ନେନ ଅପି ବନ୍ଧନଂ ସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତମ୍ ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛେନ = ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଶୁଭ୍ର (ମୁକ୍ତା ପକ୍ଷେ), ଶୁଦ୍ଧଚରିତ୍ର (ପୁରୁଷ) । ଅବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ = ଅଛିଦ୍ର/ଅବିରୋଧୀ । ଗୋଲାକାର/ସଦାଚାରୀ । ଅତିଚାରୁଣା = ମନୋହର । ମୌକ୍ତିକେନ = ମୁକ୍ତା/ମୁକ୍ତିକାମୀ । ଅନ୍ତଭିନ୍ନେନ = ଛିଦ୍ର ହେଲେ/ପରମାତ୍ମାଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ହେଲେ । ଅପି = ମଧ୍ୟ । ବନ୍ଧନମ୍ = ବନ୍ଧନରେ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସକଳଗୁଣରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଭେଦଦ୍ୱାରା ବିନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇପାରେ । କଥ‌ିତ ଅଛି – ଶୁଭ୍ର, ଅଛିଦ୍ର, ଗୋଲାକାର ଓ ଅତିମନୋହର ମୁକ୍ତାକୁ ଛିଦ୍ର କଲେ ତାହା ବନ୍ଧନରେ (ହାର ମଧ୍ୟରେ) ପଡ଼େ । (ଅନ୍ୟପକ୍ଷେ ) ଶୁଦ୍ଧଚରିତ୍ର, ସଦାଚାରୀ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ମୁକ୍ତିକାମୀ ପୁରୁଷ ପରମାତ୍ମାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ହେବା ହେତୁରୁ ସଂସାର ବନ୍ଧନରେ ପଡ଼ିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସର୍ବଗୁଣସଂପନୋଽପି = ସର୍ବଗୁଣସଂପନଃ + ଅପି । ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛେନାବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ = ଅତି + ଅଛେନ + ଅବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ । ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନାତିଚାରୁଣା = ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନ + ଅତିଚାରୁଣା । ଅନ୍ତଭିନ୍ନେନ = ଅନ୍ତଃ + ଭିନ୍ନେନ । ମୌକ୍ତିକେନାପି : ମୌକ୍ତିକେନ + ଅପି ।

ସମାସ – ସର୍ବଗୁଣସଂପନଃ = ସର୍ବା ଗୁଣା (କର୍ମଧାରୟ), ତିଃ ସଂପନଃ (ତୃତୀୟା ତତ୍ତ୍ଵପୁରୁଷ) । ଅବିରୁଦ୍ଧେନ : ନ ବିରୁଦ୍ଧା, ତେନ (ନଞ୍ଚ୍ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଅତ୍ୟଚ୍ଛେନ, ଅବିରୁଦ୍ଧନ, ସୁବୃତ୍ତେନ, ଅତିଚାରୁଣା, ଅନ୍ତଭିନ୍ନନ, ମୌକ୍ତିକେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ବନ୍ଧନମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସଂପନଃ = ସମ୍ + ପଦ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଉକ୍ତମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସଂପ୍ରାପ୍ତମ୍ = ସମ୍ + ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ + କ୍ତ । ବନ୍ଧନମ୍ = ବନ୍ଦ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ।

Text – 7

सत्वरं प्रणष्टः …………….. सत्वरं प्रणष: ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଏବମ୍ = ଏହିପରି । ସଂପ୍ରଧାର୍ଯ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରଣ କରି । ଅଭିମୁଖ = ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ । ଭୂତ୍ଵା = ହୋଇ । ଈଷଦୁନ୍ନତକନ୍ଧରଃ = କାନ୍ଧକୁ ଟେକି । ସସଂଭ୍ରମମ୍ = ଶୀଘ୍ରାତିଶୀଘ୍ର ଭୟ । ଉବାଚ = କହିଲା । ମାମ ! = ହେ ମାମୁ । କଥମ୍ କିପରି । ଭବାନ୍ = ଆପଣ । ସାଂପ୍ରତମୂ = ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ । ବ୍ୟାପାଦିତଃ = ମୃତ | ମରାଗଲା । ରକ୍ଷପାଳମ୍ = ରକ୍ଷକ । ନିଧାୟ ନିଯୁକ୍ତ କରି । ସମାଦିଷ୍ଟମ୍ = କହିଯାଇଛି । ସୁଗୁପ୍ତମ୍ = ଚୁପ୍ କରି । ଉଦ୍ଧିଷ୍ଟ = ଅଇଁଠା । କୁପିତଃ = ରାଗିବା । ସଂତ୍ରସ୍ତ ଭୟଭୀତ । ସତ୍ବରମ୍ = ଶୀଘ୍ର । ପ୍ରଣତଃ = ପଳାଇଗଲା

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏହା ନିଶ୍ଚୟ କରି ଶୃଗାଳ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରର ସମ୍ମୁଖକୁ ଯାଇ, କାନ୍ଧକୁ ଟେକି ବ୍ୟଗ୍ରଭାବରେ କହିଲା, ‘‘ମାମୁ, ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ଏ ଯମମୁହଁକୁ ଆସିଲ ? କାରଣ ସିଂହ ଏ ହସ୍ତୀଟିକୁ ବଧ କରିଅଛି । ମୋତେ ଏଠାରେ ରକ୍ଷକ ରୂପେ ନିଯୁକ୍ତ କରି ସେ ନଦୀକୁ ସ୍ନାନ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇଅଛି । ସେ ଗଲାବେଳେ ମୋତେ କହିଯାଇଛି, ଯଦି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଏଠାକୁ ଆସେ, ତୁ ଚୁପ୍ କରି ମୋତେ କହିଦେବୁ – ମୁଁ ଏ ବନକୁ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଶୂନ୍ୟ କରିବି । କାରଣ ଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ମୁଁ ବଧ କରିଥିବା ଏକ ହସ୍ତୀକୁ ଖାଇ ଉଚ୍ଛିଷ୍ଟ (ଅଇଁଠା) କରି ଦେଇଥିଲା । ସେହିଦିନଠାରୁ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଜାତି ପ୍ରତି କ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଅଛି ।’’ ଏହା ଶୁଣି ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ନିତାନ୍ତ ତ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇ କହିଲା – ‘‘ଆରେ ଭଣଜା ! ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାଣ ଘେନି ପଳାଏ । ସେ ଯେତେ ଡେରିରେ ଆସିଲେ ସୁଦ୍ଧା ତାକୁ ମୋ କଥା କିଛି କହିବୁ ନାହିଁ ।’’ – ଏହା କହି ସେ ଦୃତ ବେଗରେ ପଳାଇଗଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ତସ୍ୟାଭିମୁଖ = ତଥ୍ୟ + ଅଭିମୁଖୀ । ଈଷଦୁନ୍ନତକନ୍ଧରଃ = ଈଷତ୍ + ଉନ୍ନତିକନ୍ଧରଃ । ସସଂଭ୍ରମମୁବାଚ = ସସଂଭ୍ରମମ୍ + ଉବାଚ । ଭବାନତ୍ର = ଭବାନ୍ + ଅତ୍ର । କଣ୍ଟିଦିହ = କଃ + ଚିତ୍ + ଇହ । ସମାଗଛତି ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି । ତନ୍ମମ = ତତ୍ + ମମ । ବନମିଦମ୍ = ବନମ୍ + ଇଦମ୍ । ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରଣିକେନ = ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାଣ + ଏକେନ । ତଦ୍ଦିନାଦାରଭ୍ୟ = ତତ୍ + ଦିନାତ୍ + ଆରଭ୍ୟ । କୁପିତୋଽସ୍ମି = କୁପିତଃ + ଅସ୍ଥି । ତଚ୍ଛତ୍ୱା = ତତ୍ + ଶୁକ୍ଳା । ସଂତ୍ରସ୍ତସ୍ତମାହ = ସଂତ୍ରସ୍ତ + ତମ୍ + ଆହ । ତସ୍ୟାତ୍ର = ତଥ୍ୟ + ଅତ୍ର | କାପି = କା + ଅପି । ନାଖ୍ୟୟା = ନ + ଆଖ୍ୟାୟା । ଏବମୁକ୍ତା = ଏବମ୍ + ଉକ୍ସା ।

ସମାସ – ଅଭିମୁଖ = ମୁଖସ୍ୟ ସମୀପଃ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବାଃ) । ଉନ୍ନତିକନ୍ଧରଃ = ଉନ୍ନତଂ କନ୍ଧରଂ ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) । ସସଂଭ୍ରମମ୍ = ସଂଭ୍ରମେର୍ଣ ସହ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନମ୍ ( ସହାର୍ଥ ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) । ମୃତ୍ୟୁମୁଖେ = ମୃତ୍ୟେ ମୁଖମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ସ୍ନାନାର୍ଥମ୍ = ସ୍ନାନାୟ ଇଦମ୍ (ନିତ୍ୟ) । ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! = ଭଗିନ୍ୟା ସୁତଃ, ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ପ୍ରାଣଦକ୍ଷିଣାମ୍ = ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଇବ ଦକ୍ଷିଣାମ୍ (ଉପମାନ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ସତ୍ଵରମ୍ = ତ୍ଵରୟା ସହ ବର୍ଭମାନମ୍ (ସହାର୍ଥ ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ତଥ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଅଭିମୁଖୀ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଉନ୍ନତକନ୍ଧରଃ = ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଭବାନ୍ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ମା । ମୃତ୍ୟୁମୁଖେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଏଷ, ଗଜଃ ସିଂହେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଡଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ମାଂ, ରକ୍ଷାପାଳ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ତେନ, ଗଚ୍ଛତା = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । କଶ୍ଚିତ୍, ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ମମ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଯେନ = ହେତୌ ୩ୟା । ଇଦଂ, ବନମ୍ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ମୟା = । ଅନୁକ୍ତ କର୍ଭରି ୩ୟା । ଏକେନ, ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାଣ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଗଜଃ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା ୫ମୀ । ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାନ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ତମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ୧ ମା । ମେ = ସଂପ୍ରଦାନେ ୪ର୍ଥୀ । ପ୍ରାଣଦକ୍ଷିଣାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭୂୟାଁ = ଭୂ + ସ୍କାଚ୍ । ପ୍ରବିଷ୍ଟ = ପ୍ର + ବିଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । ବ୍ୟାପାଦିତଃ = ବି + ଆ + ପଦ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ନିଧାୟ = ନି + ଧା + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ଗତଃ = ଗମ୍ + କ୍ତ । ନିବେଦନୀୟମ୍ = ନି + ବିଦ୍ + ଅନୀୟର୍ । କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟମ୍ = କୃ + ତବ୍ୟ । ହତଃ = ହନ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଭକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରା = ଭକ୍ଷ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + ଷ୍ଟ୍ରାଚ୍ । ନୀତଃ = ନୀ + କ୍ତ । ଆରଭ୍ୟ = ଆ + ରଭ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁପ୍ । ଶୁଣ୍ଢା = ଶୁ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ଉକ୍ସା = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ପ୍ରଣତଃ = ପ୍ର + ନଶ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 8.

अथ तस्मिन् गते ………………. कृत्वा व्रज ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅଥ = ଏହାପରେ । ତସ୍ମିନ୍ ଗତେ = ସେ ଚାଲିଯାଆନ୍ତେ । ଦ୍ଵୀପୀ = ଚିତାବାଘ । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦେଖ୍ । ଏହିପରି । ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! = ଭଣଜା । ଚିରାତ୍‌ = ବହୁକାଳରୁ । ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷିତ = ଭୋକିଲା । ଇବ = ପରି । ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସେ = ଦେଖାଯାଉଛ । ମେ = ମୋର । ରକ୍ଷପାତଃ = ରକ୍ଷକ । ଅତଃ = ଏଣୁ । ଯାବତ୍ = ଯେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ତାବତ୍ = ସେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ବ୍ରଜ = ଯାଅ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଯିବା ପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିତାବାଘ ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା । ତାହାକୁ ଦେଖ୍ ଶୃଗାଳ ଚିନ୍ତାକଲା, ‘‘ଏହାର ଦାନ୍ତ ଖୁବ୍ ଶକ୍ତ । ତେଣୁ ଏ ଯେପରି ହାତୀର ଚମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇବ, ତହିଁର ଉପାୟ କରିବି ।’’ ଏହା ସ୍ଥିରକରି ସେ କହିଲା, ‘ହେ ଭଣଜା, ବହୁଦିନ ପରେ ଦେଖାହେଲା । ବଡ଼ ଭୋକିଲା ଦିଶୁଛୁ କାହିଁକି ? ଆଜି ତୁ ମୋର ଅତିଥୁ । ଏ ହାତୀଟିକୁ ସିଂହ ମାରି ପକାଇଯାଇଛି । ତା’ ହୁକୁମରେ (ଆଦେଶରେ ) ମୁଁ ଏହାକୁ ଜଗି ରହିଛି । ତଥାପି ଯେତେବେଳଯାଏ ସିଂହ ଆସି ନଥବ ସେତେବେଳ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ତୁ ହାତୀର ମାଂସ ଖାଇ ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲିଯିବୁ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ୱୀପୀ = କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ + ଦ୍ବୀପୀ । ତମପି = ତମ୍ + ଅପି । ବ୍ୟଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ = ବି + ଅଚିନ୍ତୟତ୍ । ଦୃଢ଼ଦଂନ୍ତୋଽୟମ୍ = ଦୃଢ଼ଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ର + ଅୟମ୍ । ତଦସ୍ୟ = ତତ୍ + ଅସ୍ୟ । ନିଶ୍ଚିତ୍ୟ = ନିଃ + ଚିତ୍ୟ । ତମୁବାଚ = ତମ୍ + ଉବାଚ । କିମିତି = କିମ୍ + ଇତି । ଦୃଷ୍ଟୋଽସି ଦୃଷ୍ଟି + ଅସି । ତଦତିଥ୍‌ସି = ତତ୍ + ଅତିଥ୍ୟ + ଅସି । ହତସ୍ତିଷ୍ଠତି = ହତଃ + ତିଷ୍ଠତି । ଚାସ୍ୟ = ଚ + ଅସ୍ୟ = । ତଦାଦିଷ୍ଟ = ତତ୍ + ଆଦିଷ୍ଟ । ଅତୋ ବଦାମି = ଅତଃ + ବଦାମି । ସିଂହୋ ନ = ସିଂହଃ + ନ । ସମାୟାତି = ସମ୍ + ଆୟାତି । ତାବଦସ୍ୟ = ତାବତ୍ + ଅସ୍ୟ ।

ସମାସ – ଦୃଢ଼ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ = ଦୃଢ଼ ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) । ଗଜଚର୍ମଚ୍ଛେଦମ୍ = ଗଜସ୍ୟ ଚର୍ମ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ), ତସ୍ୟ ଛେଦଃ, ତମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଭଗିନୀସୁତ! = ଭଗିନ୍ୟା ସୁତଃ, ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଅତିଥ୍ୟ = ଅବିଦ୍ୟମାନଃ ତିଥ୍ୟ ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ତସ୍ମିନ୍, ଗତେ = ଭାବେ ୭ମୀ । କଣ୍ଠିତ୍, ଦ୍ଵୀପୀ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ ମା । ତମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଦୃଢ଼ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ, ଅୟମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ପାଶ୍ଚାତ୍ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ । ଗଜଚର୍ମଚ୍ଛେଦଂ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଚିରାତ୍ = ଅପାଦାନେ ୫ମୀ । ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷିତଃ = ଇବ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଏଷ, ଗଜଃ = ଉଲ୍ଲେ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ସିଂହେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଅହଂ, ରକ୍ଷପାକଃ = ୧ମା । ଅସ୍ୟ, ଗଜସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ମାଂସମ୍, ତୃପ୍ତିମ୍ କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସମାୟାତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ଯା + କ୍ତ । ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ନିଶ୍ଚିତ୍ୟ = ନିଃ ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । ହତଃ ହନ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଆଦିଷ୍ଟ = ଆ + ଦିଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । ତୃପ୍ତିମ୍ = ତୃପ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । କୃଷ୍ଣା = କୃ + କ୍ସାଚ୍ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 2 चतुरः शृगालः

Text – 9.

स आह ……………. उपयाष्यामि।
ଶ୍ଲୋକ – यच्छक्यं ग्रसितुं ग्रस्यं ग्रस्तं परिणमेच्च यत् ।
हितं च परिणामे यत् तदाद्यं भूतिमिच्छता ॥ ୪ ॥

ଯଚ୍ଛକାଂ ଗ୍ରସିତଂ ଗ୍ରସିଂ ଗ୍ରସ୍ତଂ ପରିଣମେଚ୍ଚ ଯତ୍ ।
ହିତଂ ଚ ପରିଣାମେ ଯତ୍ ତଦାଦ୍ୟ ଭୂତିମିଚ୍ଛତା ॥ ୪୩୮

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଯତ୍ନ ଗ୍ରସିତଂ ଶକ୍ୟ, ଗ୍ରସଂ ଯତ୍ନ ଗ୍ରସ୍ତଂ ପରିଣମେତ୍, ଯତ୍ ପରିଣାମେ ହିତଂ ଚ ଭୂତିମ୍ ଇଚ୍ଛତା ତତ୍ ଆଦ୍ୟମ୍ ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ ଯତ୍‌ – ଯାହା । ଗ୍ରସିତୁମ୍ = ଖାଇବାକୁ । ଶକ୍ୟଂ = ସମର୍ଥ । ପରିଣମେତ୍ର = ପରିପାକ ହୋଇପାରେ । ଭୂତିମ୍: = କଲ୍ୟାଣ ବା ଶୁଭ । ଆଦ୍ୟମ୍ = ଖାଇବା ଉଚିତ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସେ କହିଲା, ‘‘ଯେବେ ଏଭଳି କଥା, ତେବେ ମୋର ମାଂସ ଖାଇବାରେ ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ, କାରଣ ପ୍ରାଣ ରହିଥିଲେ ଶହ ଶହ ସୁଖ ମିଳିପାରିବ ।
କୁହାଯାଇଛି –
ଯାହା ଖୁଯାଇପାରେ, ଯାହା ଖାଇଲେ ପରିପାକ ହୁଏ ଓ ପରିପାକ ହେଲେ ଯାହା ଦେହକୁ ହିତ କରେ, ନିଜର ଶୁଭ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଥିବା ଲୋକ ତାକୁ ହିଁ ଖାଇବା ଉଚିତ।
ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ଏଠାରୁ ଚାଲିଯାଉଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଯଦ୍ୟବମ୍ = ଯଦି + ଏବମ୍ । ତନ୍ନକାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍‌ = ତତ୍ + ନ + କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍‌ । ମାଂସାଶନେନ = ମାଂସ + ଅଶନେନ । ଜୀବନ୍ନରଃ = ଜୀବନ୍ + ନରଃ । ଯଚ୍ଛକ୍ୟମ୍ = ଯତ୍ + ଶକ୍ୟମ୍ । ପରିଣମେଣ୍ଟ = ପରିଣମେତ୍ + ଚ । ତଦାଦ୍ୟମ୍ । = ତତ୍ + ଆଦ୍ୟମ୍ । ଭୂତିମିଚ୍ଛତା = ଭୂତିମ୍ + ଇଚ୍ଛତା । ତଦହମିତ = ତତ୍ + ଅହମ୍ + ଇତ ।

ସମାସ – ଭଦ୍ରଶତାନି = ଭଦ୍ର ଶତମ୍, ତାନି (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଡଃ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ମା । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ମାଂସାଶନେ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଜୀବନ୍, ନରଃ = ମା । କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଭଦ୍ରଶତାନି = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ପରିଣାମେ = ଅଧୀକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭୂତିମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଅହମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଜୀବନ୍ = ଜୀବ୍ + ଶତୃ । ଉକ୍ତମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଗ୍ରସିତୁମ୍ = ଗ୍ରସ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + ତୁମୁନ୍ । ଭୂତିମ୍ = ଭୂ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ + ଅମ୍ । ଶକ୍ୟ = ଶକ୍ + ଯତ୍।

Text – 10.

शृगाल आह ………….. समायातः।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଆହ = କହିଲା । ଅଧୀରଃ = ଚଞ୍ଚଳ । ବିଶ୍ରତଃ = ବିଶ୍ୱସ୍ତ । ଭୂତ୍ଵା = ହୋଇ । ଦୂରତଃ = ଦୂରରୁ । ତେ = ତୁମକୁ । ଅଥ = ଏହାପରେ । ଦ୍ଵୀପିନା ଚିତାବାଘଦ୍ବାରା । ବିଜ୍ଞାୟ = ଜାଣି । ଅଭିହିତମ୍ = କହିଲା । ପ୍ରଣତଃ = ଚାଲିଗଲା । ଯାବତ୍ = ଯେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ଅପରଃ = ଅନ୍ୟ । ସଂଦ୍ଧା = ରାଗିକରି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଶୃଗାଳ କହିଲା, ‘‘ହେ ଅସ୍ଥିର, ତୁ ନିର୍ଭୟ ହୋଇ ଖାଆ । ସେ ସିଂହର ଆସିବା ଖବର ମୁଁ ଦୂରରୁ ଦେଖୁ ତୋତେ କଣ।ଇଦେବି ।”

ଏହାପରେ ଚିତାବାଘଦ୍ଵାରା ତାହା କରାଯାଆନ୍ତେ (ଖିଆଯାଆନ୍ତେ) ସେ ହାତୀର ଚର୍ମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇଥ୍‌ବାର ଦେଖୁ ଶୃଗାଳ କହିଲା – ହେ ଭଣଜା ! ପଳାଇଯାଆ, ପଳାଇଯାଆ । ସେ ସିଂହ ଆସୁଛି । ତାହା ଶୁଣି ଚିତାବାଘ ଦୂରକୁ ପଳାଇଗଲା ।

ଏହାପରେ ଚିତାବାଘ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ହାତୀ ଚମକୁ ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇଥିଲା, ସେହିଠାରୁ ଶୃଗାଳ କିଛି ମାଂସ ଖାଇଲାବେଳକୁ ଆଉ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶୃଗାଳ କ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇ ସେଠାରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବିଶ୍ର ଭୂତ୍ଵା = ବିଶ୍ରତଃ + ଭୂତ୍ଵା । ତସ୍ୟାଗମନମ୍ = ତଥ୍ୟ + ଆଗମନମ୍ । ଦୂରତୋଽହମ୍ = ଦୂରତଃ + ଅହମ୍ । ତଥାନୁଷ୍ଠିତେ = ତଥା + ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତେ । ତେନାଭିହିତମ୍ = ତେନ + ଅଭିହିତମ୍ । ସମାୟାତି = ସମ୍ + ଆୟାତି । ତଚ୍ଛୁତ୍ବା = ତତ୍ + ଶୁଦ୍ଧା । ଚିତ୍ରକୋଽପି = ଚିତ୍ରକଃ + ଅପି । ଯାବଦସୌ = ଯାବତ୍ + ଅସୌ । କିଞ୍ଚମାଂସମ୍ = କିଞ୍ଚ୍ + ମାଂସମ୍ । ତାବଦପରଃ = ତାବତ୍ + ଅପରଃ । ସମାୟାତଃ ସମ୍ ଆୟାତଃ ।

ସମ୍।ସ ଅଧୀର ! = ନ ଧୀରଃ, ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ (ନ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଚର୍ମଭେଦମ୍ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ସଂକ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧା = ସମ୍ୟକ୍ କ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଭୋ ଅଧୀର ! = ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଶୃଗାଳ, ତ୍ୱମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ତସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ତେ = ନିବେଦନାର୍ଥେ ୪ ର୍ଥୀ। ଦ୍ବୀପିନା, ତେନ = ଅନୁକ୍ତ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଚର୍ମଭେଦମ୍ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ଭୋ ଭଗିନୀସୁତ ! = ସମ୍ବୋଧନେ ୧ମା । ଏଷ, ସିଂହ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ମ । ଚିତ୍ରକ = ଅପି ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗେ ୧ମା । ଦୂରମ୍ = କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣେ କରଣେ ୩ୟା । କିଞ୍ଚି ମାଂସମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ସଂକ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ମା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭୂତ୍ଵା = ଭୂ + କ୍ସାଚ୍ ! ଆଗମନମ୍ = ଆ + ଗମ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ | ଜାତମ୍ = ଜନ୍ + କ୍ତ । ବିଜ୍ଞାୟ = ବି + ଜ୍ଞା + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ଅଭିହିତମ୍ = ଅଭି + ଧା + + କ୍ତ । ଶୁଦ୍ଧା = ଶୁ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ପ୍ରଣତଃ = ପ୍ର + ନଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସଂକ୍ରୁଦ୍ଧ = ସମ୍ କୃଧୂ + କ୍ତ । ସମାୟାତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ଯା + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 11.

ଶ୍ଲୋକ – तम् आत्मतुल्य …………….. तन्मांसं बुभुजे ।
उत्तमं प्रणिपातेन शूरं भेदेन योजयेत् ।
नीचमल्पप्रदानेन समशक्तिं पराक्रमैः ॥ ५ ॥
ଉତ୍ତମଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ ଶୂରଂ ଭେଦେନ ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ ।
ନୀଚମଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ ସମଶକ୍ତି ପରାକ୍ରମେ ॥ ୫ ||

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ଉତ୍ତମଂ ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ, ଶୂରଂ ଭେଦେନ, ନୀଚମ୍ ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ, ସମଶଲିଂ ପରାକ୍ରମେ (ଚ) ଯୋଜୟେତ୍ ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଉତ୍ତମମ୍ = ଉତ୍ତମ/ଶ୍ରେୟ ଲୋକକୁ । ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ = ନମସ୍କାରଦ୍ୱାରା । ଶୂରମ୍ = ବୀରକୁ । ଭେଦେନ = ଭେଦନୀତିଦ୍ୱାରା । ନୀଚମ୍ = ନୀଚବର୍ଗର ଲୋକକୁ । ସମଶକ୍ତିମ୍ = ସମାନ ଶକ୍ତିସଂପନ୍ନ । ପରାକ୍ରମଃ = ପରାକ୍ରମଦ୍ୱାରା ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ତାକୁ ବଳପରାକ୍ରମରେ ନିଜ ସମାନ ଦେଖୁ ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକକୁ ପଢ଼ିଲା – ଉତ୍ତମ ଲୋକକୁ ପ୍ରଣିପାତଦ୍ୱାରା (ନମ୍ରତାଦ୍ଵାରା), ବୀରକୁ ଭେଦଦ୍ବାରା (ପରସ୍ପର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିରୋଧ ଜନ୍ମାଇବାଦ୍ୱାରା), ନୀଚକୁ କିଛି ଦେବାଦ୍ଵାରା ଓ ସମାନ ଶକ୍ତିବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ପରାକ୍ରମଦ୍ବାରା ବଶ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।

ତାହାପରେ ଏହା କହି ଆଗନ୍ତୁକ ଶୃଗାଳର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇ ନିଜର ଦନ୍ତରେ ତାକୁ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ କରି ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ପକାଇଦେଲା ଓ ନିଜେ ଅନେକ ଦିନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେହି ହାତୀର ମାଂସକୁ ଖାଇଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ନୀଚମଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ = ନୀଚମ୍ + ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ । ତତସ୍ତଦଭିମୁଖକୃତପ୍ରୟାଣସ୍ତମ୍ = ତତଃ + ତତ୍ + ଅଭିମୁଖକୃତପ୍ରୟାତଃ + ତମ୍ । ସ୍ବଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ରାଭିର୍ବିଦାର୍ଯ୍ୟ = ସ୍ବଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ରାଭଃ + ବିଦାର୍ଯ୍ୟ । ତନ୍ମାସମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ମାଂସମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଆତ୍ମଲ୍ୟ = ଆତ୍ମନଃ ତୁଲ୍ୟ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵପୁରୁଷଃ) । ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ = ଅଳ୍ପସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନମ୍, ତେନ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତପୁରୁଷଃ ) । ସମଶକ୍ତିମ୍ = ସମେନ ଶକ୍ତିମ୍ (ତୃତୀୟା ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷଃ) । ଅଭିମୁଖମ୍ = ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତି (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବଃ ) । ସ୍ବଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟାଭିଂ ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟା, ତାତିଃ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵପୁରୁଷ) । ଚିରକାଳମ୍ = ଚିରଂ କାଳମ୍ (କର୍ମଧାରୟଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ତମ୍, ଆତ୍ମତୁଲ୍ୟପରାକ୍ରମଂ, ଇମ୍ଫ, ଶ୍ଳୋକମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଉତ୍ତମଂ, ଶୂରଂ, ନୀଚଂ, ସମଶକ୍ତି କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ତଂ, ପିଆରାଜଂ, ମାଂସମ୍ = = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ପ୍ରଣିପାତେନ, ଭେଦେନ, ଅଳ୍ପପ୍ରଦାନେନ, ପରାକ୍ରମୈ କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ସ୍ବଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟାଭିଂ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ସୁଖେନ = ପ୍ରକୃତ୍ୟାଦିଭ୍ୟୁ ଉପସଂଖ୍ୟାନମ୍ ଯୋଗେ ୩ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଦୃଷ୍ଟା = ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ସାଚ୍ । ଭେଦଃ = ଭିଦ୍ + ଘଞ୍ଜ୍ । ଶକ୍ତିମ୍ = ଶକ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ଜିପ୍ସା = ଜି + ଲ୍କାଚ୍ । ବିଦାର୍ଯ୍ୟ = ବି + ଦୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । କୃଷ୍ଣା = କୃ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

What is Narration / Speech?
⇒ The art of reporting the words of a speaker (ବକ୍ତା) is called Narration.
There are two ways in which a speaker can express his ideas and thoughts
(i) Direct Speech (Direct Narrations) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି
(ii) Indirect speech (Indirect Narration) (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

The speech in which the actual words of the speaker are reported is known as the Direct Speech / Narrations. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ମତ ବିଶେଷଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

The speech in which the substance of the speaker’s speech is given is known as the Indirect Speech or Narration. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବାକ୍ୟର ସାରକଥାକୁ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

The following sentences will enable (help) you to understand the difference between a Direct speech and an Indirect Speech:
(i) He said to me, “I can’t help you.” (Direct speech)
He told me that he couldn’t help me. (Indirect speech)

(Mark the changed words in the indirect speech)
(ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
Every “Direct speech” has two parts.
(i) The Reporting verb, and
(ii) The Reported speech.

⇒ Please remember the following three things about in a Direct Speech :
(i) The speaker is known as a “Reporter”.
(ii) The verb initiating (ଆରମ୍ଭ କରୁଥିବା) the speech of the speaker is known as the Reporting Verb.
(iii) The words of the speaker which are repeated are known as the Reported Speech.

Now see the following example of Direct Speech carefully.
He             said to me,          “I can’t help you.”
Reporter   Reporting Verb    Reported Speech

Please note that in a Direct Speech :
(a) The Reported Speech and the Reporting verb are separated by a comma.
(ଏକ କମା ଚିହ୍ନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(b) The Reported speech always begins with a capital letter.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସର୍ବଦା ଏକ ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(c) The Reported speech is always enclosed in inverted comma.
(ଉଦ୍ଧୃତି ଚିହ୍ନଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସୀମିତ ରହିଥାଏ।)
Example : “I can’t help you.”

(d) The Reported speech may contain all types of sentences. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ବାକ୍ୟ ଧାରଣ
କରିପାରେ ।)
(i) Assertive or Declarative Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(ii) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iii) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iv) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଆଶିଷ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(v) Optative Sentence (କାମନା ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

⇒ Some Facts About the Indirect Speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ କେତେକ ତଥ୍ୟ):
(a) Inverted commas (“___”) are removed (ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ) in the Indirect Speech.
(b) The comma that separates the Reporting verb from the Reported speech is also removed.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ Reporting verb ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା କରୁଥିବା Comma (,) କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ।)
(c) A conjunction (ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ) is used after the Reporting verb:
For example : that, if / whether, wh-words etc.)
(d) The Interrogative and the Exclamatory moods are changed into the Assertive moods.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ଭାବ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
(e) The words showing nearness are changed into the words showing distance:
(ନିକଟତା ଆଦି ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥୁବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୂରତା ସୂଚିତକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

(A) Change of Tense and Verbs :

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Present Simple – changes into Present Past Simple
Progressive / Continuous Past Progressive / Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Present Perfect Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Simple Past Perfect
Past Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Perfect No change
Past Perfect Continuous No change

(B) Verbs-Change at a glance:

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
is / am was
are were
has / have had
was / were had been
shall should /would
may might
can could

(C) Change of words Denoting “Nearness” (ନିକଟତା (ସମୟ / ସ୍ଥାନ)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Now Then
This That
These Those
Here There
Hither Thither
Hence Thence
Thus So
Ago Before
Today That day
Tonight That night
Tomorrow The next day
Yesterday The previous day / The day after
Tomorrow The next day / The following day
Just Then
Come Go
Next week The following week
Next month/year The following month/year

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

‘Indirect Speech’ in which tensed verbs remain unchanged [ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି ଯେଉଁଥିରେ tensed verb ର ଆଦୌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ]

⇒ Rule 1
If the reporting verb in the Direct Speech is in present simple [say / says] or shall/will + Main Verb [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଭକ୍ତିରେ Reporting verbs present simple ବା shall/will + Main Verb ରେଥିଲେ ]
Examples :
(i) He will say, “I can’t play today’s match.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
He will say (that) he can’t play that day’s match. (Indirect Speech)

(ii) Father says, “I am very sorry for delay. ((ବିଳମ୍ବ)” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Father says (that) he is very sorry for delay. (Indirect Speech)

(iii) Mita says, “Naba sir hasn’t come to our house today.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Mita says (that) Naba sir hasn’t come to their house that day.(Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech expresses a universal truth or a habitual action or a scientific truth.
(ଯଦି Direct Speech ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟତାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ)
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.”(Universal truth)
Indirect Speech: He said (that) Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.

(ii) Direct Speech The history teacher said, “India got freedom in 1947.” (Historical truth)
Indirect Speech: The history teacher said (that) India got freedom in 1947.

(iii) Direct Speech: The science teacher said, “Iron expands as temperature rises.” (Scientific truth)
Indirect Speech: The science teacher said (that) Iron expands as temperature rises.

(iv) Direct Speech : Bikram said, “I always keep my words.” (Habitual action)
Indirect Speech: Bikram said (that) he always keeps his own words. (n’t ‘kept’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech contains ‘If-clause (ଯଦି D.S. ‘IF’ clause ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ]
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said. “If I were Neil Armstrong, I would land on the moon.”
Indirect Speech : He said if he were Neil Armstrong, he would land on the moon.

(ii) Direct Speech : The boy said, “If I were the President of India !”
Indirect Speech : The boy said if he were the President of India.

⇒ Rule 4
For two simultaneous actions in the past. [ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପାଖାପାଖୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The newspaper reported, “The police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.” (Narrative report)
Indirect Speech : The newspaper reported (that) the police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.

(ii) Direct Speech : Reeta told me, “Mita had already gone whenI phoned her this morning.”
Indirect Speech: Reeta told me (that) Mita had already gone when she phoned her that morning.

Indirect Speech in which tensed verb are changed
[ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tensed verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ]
N.B.
If the reporting verb is in the past simple tense like (said/told/enquired/asked/reported etc.) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ର Reporting Verb ‘Past Simple Tense’ ରେ ଥାଏ; ଯଥା – said/told/asked etc.]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒Rule 1
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Declarative Sentence pattern (begins with Subject) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ (Subject ବା କର୍ଲାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭହୋଇଥାଏ) ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : Kasim said, “I am going to America next year.” (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Kasim said (that) he was going to America the following year.

(ii) Direct Speech : Mohit said to father, “I came to you last night but you weren’t at home. (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Mohit told father (that) he had came to him the previous night but he (father) hadn’t been at home.

(iii) Direct Speech : The gentleman said, “The rate of vegetables may go up further.” (Sub = the rate of vegetables)
Indirect Speech : The gentleman said(that) the rate of vegetables might go up still further.

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Exclamatory sentence pattern beginning with ‘How / What’. [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ଏବଂ / How ବା What ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “What a long beard!”
Indirect Speech : He said (that) the beard was very long. (Omit ‘what’)

(ii) Direct Speech : Amit said, “How beautiful his building looks!”
Indirect Speech : Amit said (that) that the building was very beautiful. (Omit ‘how’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech is said to be in ‘Yes-No’ interrogative/question pattern beginning with helping verbs, the Indirect Speech has If + Sub + Verb + ……… [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ‘Yes – No’ question ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥବ, Indirect Speech ରେ asked (object) If+Subject + Verb +…. ରହିବ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The teacher said to Sthitipragyan, “Is this your problem in mathematics?” (Is – helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked Sthitipragyan if this was her problem in mathematics.

(ii) Direct Speech : The dealer said to the gentleman, “Shall I help you, sir?” (Shall = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The dealer asked the gentleman if he should help him.

(iii) Direct Speech : I said to the postman, “Have you brought any letter for mother?” (Have = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : I asked the postman if he had brought any letter for mother.

(iv) Direct Speech : The nurse said to the doctor, “Did you need my services in the Operation Theatre ?” (Did = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The nurse asked/enquired of the doctor if he had needed his services in the Operation Theater.

(v) Direct Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife, “Do you want to have this necklace ?” (Do = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife if she wanted to have that necklace.

⇒ Rule 4
If the Direct Speech is said to be Wh-interrogative / question pattern, the Indirect Speech will have asked + (Object) Wh-question + Subject + Verb …. [ଯଦି Direct Speech ରେ Wh-interrogative question pattern ବା ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ asked + (object) Wh-word + Subject + Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : I asked the stranger, “What is your name ?” (Wh-word=what)
Indirect Speech : I asked the stranger what his name was.

(ii) Direct Speech : The teacher said, “Where was Napoleon born?” (Wh-word = where)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked where Napoleon was born (n’t ‘had born’)

(iii) Direct Speech : Chikul said to his teacher, “How can I work out these tough (difficult) sum?” (Wh-word = how)
Indirect Speech : Chikul asked his teacher how he could work out those tough sums.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒ Rule 5
If the Direct Speech is in the Imperative pattern(expressing order, advice, request, suggestion, warning etc.), the Indirect Speech will have asked/advised/requested/warned/suggested + to + Main Verb etc. [Direct Speech ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟର pattern ଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ Indirect Speech ରେ ordered/asked (ଆଦେଶ) / advised (ଉପଦେଶ)/ requested (ଅନୁରୋଧ) । warned (ସତର୍କ/ସାବଧାନ)/ suggested (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) + to + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : “Open your mouth”, asked the dentist (ଦନ୍ତ ଚିକିତ୍ସକ) to the patient.
Indirect Speech : The dentist asked the patient to open (to + Main Verb) his mouth.

(ii) Direct Speech : “Speak English most of the time,” said the teacher to Rahim.
Indirect Speech : The teacher advised Rahim to speak (to + Main Verb) English most of the time.

(iii) Direct Speech : Rani said to Arun, “Please lend me your dictionary.” (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
Indirect Speech : Rani requested Arun to lend (to + Main Verb) her his (Arun’s) dictionary.

(iv) Direct Speech: “Have your lunch early”, Pratik said to his father. (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା)
Indirect Speech : Pratik reminded (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) his father to have (to + Main Verb) his lunch early.

(v) Direct Speech: “Hurry up or I’ll miss the train,” he asked his servant. (ସତର୍କ)
Indirect Speech : He warned his servant to hurry up (to + Main Verb) or he would miss the train.

(vi) Direct Speech : “March on,” said the captain to the players. (ଆଦେଶ)
Indirect Speech : The captain asked/commanded the players to march on. (to+MainVerb)

(vii) Direct Speech : He said, “Let’s stop here and rest for a while.” (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ)
Indirect Speech : He suggested stopping (n’t ‘to stop’) there and resting for a while.

Optative Sentence (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
1. “Said to” is changed into wished’ (In the case of Good morning, Good noon, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.)
2. “Said to” is changed into ‘bade’. (In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.)
3. No conjunction is used in place of the “inverted commas”.
4. If the sentence has some desire (starts with ‘would that ! “O that!’ ‘If !’ etc), ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
5. If the sentence expresses some ‘wish’ or ‘prayer’ (starts with May …….. !’ or May God….! ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’ or ‘prayed’.

Now Consider the following examples.
1. He said to me, “Good morning”! (Direct)
He wished me good morning. (Indirect)

2. He said, “Goodbye friends !” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

3. The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress”. (Direct)
The young man wished that he could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

4. He said, “O for a drop of water !” (Direct)
He wished for a drop of water. (Indirect)

5. The old woman said to her son, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The old woman wished that her son might live long. (Indirect)

6. She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!”
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

7. I said, “May you succeed in every field” ! (Direct)
I wished that he might succeed in every field. (Indirect)

8. I said, “May your father soon recover!” (Direct)
I wisher (or prayed) that his father might soon recover.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Imperative Sentence with ‘Let’
1. The officer said to the peon, “Let the visitor come in”. (Direct)
The officer ordered the peon to let the visitor come in.
Or, The officer ordered the peon that the visitor should be allowed to come in.

2. Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work. (Direct)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

3. The dying soldier said, “Let me have a look at the battlefield”. (Direct)
The dying soldier wished to have a look at the battlefield. (Indirect).

4. John said to Dipu, “Let us go out for a walk”. (Direct)
John proposed to Dipu that they should go out for a walk. (Indirect)

5. I said, “Let him try ever so hard, he will not succeed”. (Direct)
I said that however he might try he wouldn’t succeed. (Indirect)

6. I said, “Let him have his own way.” (ତାହାର ଯାହାଇଚ୍ଛା, ସେ କରୁ) (Direct)
I suggested that he should be allowed to have his own way. (Indirect)

Important Note :
If ‘this’, ‘these’ and ‘here’ refer to a person or thing present before the speaker, they will not undergo any change in the indirect speech.

* Mark the following examples :
1. Radha said, “This is my pen.” (Direct)
Radha said that this was her pen. (Indirect)

2. I said, “Here is the book I wanted”. (Direct)
I said that here was the book I wanted.

Changing Dialogue into Reporting :
Wolf (ଗଧୂଆ) : Why do you make the water dirty?
Lamb (ମେଣ୍ଢାଛୁଆ) : How can I make the water dirty. Sir, when it is flowing down from you to me?
Wolf : Then you must have spoiled it last year.
Lamb : I’m only three months old, sir.
Wolf : Then your father must have spoiled the water last year, I will, therefore, kill you.
Answer:
The wolf asked the lamb why he made the water dirty. The lamb respectfully (for Sir) replied how could he make the water dirty when it was flowing down from him (wolf) to him (lamb). The wolf told the lamb that then he must have spoiled at the previous year. The lamb replied that he was only three months old. At this the wolf asserted I (told confidently) that his father (lamb’s father) must have spoiled the water the previous year. He (wolf) would therefore kill him (the lamb).

Activity – 1

A nationally famous magician has arrived in your city and has presented his performance. His magic show has proved to be amazingly popular. Different local newspapers have given their comments on his performance as follows:
“The show is brilliant,” the Samaj.
“It made me jump up in delight,” the reporters from the Sambad.
“We can’t have a better show,” the Dharitri.
“You’ll love it,” the Dinalipi.
“You shouldn’t miss it”, the Prajatantra.
“His performance is outstanding,” the Matrubhasa.

Now put their comments in reported speech :
1. The Samaj reported that the show was brilliant.
2. The reporters from the Sambad said that it made him jump up in delight.
3. The Dharitri reported that they couldn’t have a better show.
4. The Dinalipi told the readers they would love it.
5. The Prajatantra urged the readers not to miss it.
6. The Matrubhasa commented that his (magician’s) performance was outstanding.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 2 :

Last Sunday you met your cousin (FFU) Makhan in the morning. Hereunder are some of the things he said to you.
Report the conversation to your mother the next day using indirect speech:

1. “I’d like to go to a good college, but my parents can’t afford to pay the fees”.
Answer:
I told mother that he (Makhan) would like to go to a good college, but his parents couldn’t afford to pay the fees.

2. “I’m living with a friend and working part-time”.
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he was living with a friend and working part time.

3. “I’m enjoying my work.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he (Makhan) was enjoying his work.

4. “My friend has got a scholarship for his higher studies.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan (he) told me that his friend had got a scholarship for his higher studies.

5. “I’ll tell my mother about our meeting”.
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) would tell his mother about their meeting.

6. “I want to have my lunch with you.”
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) offered to have lunch with me.

Activity – 3

Rewrite the following statements in Indirect Speech :
1. Rakhal said, “I shall never forget my childhood days.”
Answer:
Rakhal said that he would never forget his childhood days.

2. The children said, “We play football everyday.”
Answer:
The children said that they play football everyday. (habitual action)

3. The man said, “The house is on fire.”
Answer:
The man said that the house was on fire.

4. She says, “I don’t like sweets.”
Answer:
She says that she doesn’t like sweets. (repoting verb ‘says’ in simple present tense)

5. The guide said, “Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath.”
Answer:
The guide said that Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath. (general truth)

6. The teacher said, “The earth moves round the sun.”
Answer:
The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun. (general truth)

7. Father said, “Spring comes after winter.”
Answer:
Father said that spring comes after winter. (general fact)

8. He has said, “My son is going to hospital for treatment.”
Answer:
He has said that his son is going to hospital for treatment.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 4

Rewrite the following in indirect speech :
(i) Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born.”
Answer:
Rabi told me that he knew where I was born.

(ii) Father said, “Morning is at six today”.
Answer:
Father said that morning is at six today. (no change since father speaks in the morning)

(iii) She said, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need.”
Answer:
She said that she would help me in the hour of my need.
Or, She assured to help me in the hour of my need.

(iv) He said, “I collected these pebbles at the seashore.”
Answer:
He said that he had collected these pebbles (ଗୋଡ଼ି) at the seashore.

(v) I said to him, “You didn’t keep fit last year.
Answer:
I told him that he hadn’t kept fit the previous year.

(vi) The teacher said to me, “You must work hard for your examination.”
Answer:
The teacher advised me to work hard for my examination.

(vii) The doctor said to me, “You mustn’t smoke.”
Answer:
The doctor forbade me to smoke.

(viii) Sushil said, “We celebrate our Republic Day on 26th January every year.
Answer:
Sushil said that they celebrate their Republic Day on 26th January every year.

(ix) He said, “I was playing the violin every morning last year.
Answer:
He said that he was playing the violin every morning the previous year.

(x) He said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
He said these (not ‘those’) are his toys.

Activity – 5

The wedding of your sister has just been over. Your friend Mahesh asks you a lot of questions about the bridegroom. Now report, in indirect speech, the questions Mahesh asked you.
(i) What is the name of your sister’s husband?
(ii) What is he doing?
(iii) Where is he posted at present?
(iv) Has he ever been abroad?
(v) How long did he stay there ?
(vi) Has he ever gone to Australia ?
(vii) What salary does he get?
(viii) Will his salary increase next year?
Answers
Mahesh asked me :
(i) what the name of my sister’s husband was.
(ii) what he was doing.
(iii) where he was posted at present.
(iv) if he had ever been abroad.
(v) how long he had stayed there.
(vi) if he had ever gone to Australia.
(vii) what salary he got.
(viii) if his salary

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 6

Suppose your father is a retired headmaster of a high school. The Director, Doordarshan Centre, Bhubaneswar, invited him on the Teacher’s Day to give a message to the students. The Programme Assistant asked him the following questions. Report them in indirect speech:
(i) Why is this day observed in the whole of India?
Answer:
Why this day is observed in the whole of India.

(ii) What difference do you mark between the education imparted now and that which was imparted at your time?
Answer:
What difference he marked between the education imparted then and the education imparted (given) at his time.

(iii) What is your impression on the teachers working at present and those who were working at your time?
Answer:
What his impression (idea) on the teachers working at present and those working at his time was.

(iv) Do you think that the system of education has improved a lot?
Answer:
If he thought that the system of education had improved a lot.

(v) Haven’t the students become more knowledgeable than before?
Answer:
If the students hadn’t become more knowledgeable than before.

(vi) Has their conduct changed for the better?
Answer:
If their conduct had changed for the better.

(vii) Will they grow into good citizens of our country?
Answer:
If they would grow into good citizens of their country.

(viii) What message do you have for the students of our counry?
Answer:
What message (ବାର୍ତ୍ତା) he did have for the students of the country.

Activity – 7

Turn into indirect speech :
(i) “Consult a doctor immediately,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me to consult (ଦେଖା କରିବାପାଇଁ) a doctor immediately.

(ii) “Hurry up, or you will miss the train,” he said to me.
Answer:
He asked me to hurry up or I would miss the train.

(iii) “Don’t get addicted to tea,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me not to get addicted to tea.

(iv) “Your mouth smells foul. Don’t open it,” he said.
Answer:
He said that my mouth smells foul (ଗନ୍ଧ କରୁଛି). So he asked me not to open it.

(v) The captain said, “Hurrah! We have scored two goals !”
Answer:
The captain applauded saying that they had scored tow goals.

(vi) The General said, “Bravo! You have done wonders !”
Answer:
The General admired me and told that I had done wonders.

(vii) The teacher said to Nirmal, “What a lazy boy you are!”
Answer:
The teacher told Nirmal that he was a very lazy boy.

(viii) My friend said to me, “How nice of you to have come !”
Answer:
My friend exclaimed in joy that it was nice of me to have come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ix) The traveller said, “Farewell, friends.”
Answer:
The travellers bade his friends goodbye.

(x) The beggar, “Oh, for a morsel of food!”
Answer:
The beggar wished for a morsel of food.

(xi) “If only I had the wings of a dove !” he said.
Answer:
He wished that if only he had the wings of a dove.

Activity – 8

“Are you leaving today?” Maggie asked, “Yes”, I replied, “Today is the day of my departure.”
“How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live?” She wanted to know. I replied, “Punjab, in the west.”
“Please, put a flower on my brother’s grave, “She requested me with tears in her eyes.
Answer:
Maggie asked (me) if he was leaving that day. At this I replied that today was the day of my departure. Then she (Maggie) asked me how long it would take me to reach my country and in which part of the country I lived. I replied that I live (d) in the western Punjab. Maggie, with tears in her hands, requested me to put a flower on her brother’s grave.

At A Glance :
The following types of sentences can be changed from the Direct into Indirect form of Naration :
(a) Assertive Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବା ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(b) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(c) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଅନୁରୋଧସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(d) Optative Sentence (ଆଶିଷ ବା କାମନାସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(e) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

(A) Assertive Delcrative Sentence.
⇒ Rule 1:
If the Reporting Verb is in the Present Simple or will / shall + main verb, the tense of the verb in the reported speech will remain unchanged. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Present Simple (say / says) ବା will / shall + main verb (will / shall say) ରୂପରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ tense verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ / ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Mark the following examples with the underlined Reporting Verbs:
I. She says, “My father is a doctor.” (Direct Speech)
She says that (ଯେ) her father is a doctor. (Indirect Speech)
Here the Reporting Verb ‘says’ remains unchanged.
So the tensed verb ‘is’ remains unchanged, ‘my’ is changed into ‘her’, ‘that’ as a conjunction (ଏକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ରୂପେ) is usually used.

II. Meera will say, “My father has gone to Mumbai.” (Direct Speech)
Meera will say that her father has gone to Mumbai. (Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2 :
If the Reporting Verb is in the Past Simple tense (said or told etc.), the tensed verbs in the Reported Speech are changed in the corresponding Past tense.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Past Simple tense ରେ ଥିଲେ, tensed verb ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ Past tense ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ।)

Mark the underlined changed words:
(i) Gopal said, “I am very hungry.” (Direct)
Gopal said that he was very hungry. (Indirect)

(ii) You said, “He was a philosopher.” (ଦାର୍ଶନିକ) (Direct)
You said that he had been a philosopher. (Indirect)

(iii) Rahul said, “I may win a prize in this competition today.” (Direct)
Rahul said that he might win a prize in that competition that day. (Indirect)

(iv) Mr Mishra said, “I was listening to the radio commentary. (Direct Past Progressive)
Mr Mishra said that he had been listening to the radio commentary. (Indirect) (Past Perfect Progressive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

A very important information:
If in a Direct Speech, the Reporting Verb ‘said to’ and it is followed by on object, then ‘said to’ changed into ‘told’ while changing it into an Indirect Speech. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର Reporting Verb ‘said to’ (with object ବା କର୍ମ) ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ told କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ।)

Mark the following examples :
(v) He said to me, “I am not going to Kolkata.” (Direct)
He told me that he was not going to Kolkata. (Indirect)

(vi) Sheela said to her mother, “I have finished my work.” (Direct)
Sheela told her mother that she had finished her work. (Indirect)

Please keep in mind :
This is not necessary that ‘said to’ should be changed into ‘told’ in every sentence. ‘Said to’ can be changed into ‘replied’, stated, informed, remarked, complained, added, asserted, assured, pleaded, reported, reminded, complained, etc. depending on the nature of the sentence.

(Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିର ଅର୍ଥାନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
(Reporting verbs)
said to _______________ replied (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା / ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ)
said to _______________ stated (ଦର୍ଶାଇଲା / ଦର୍ଶାଇଲେ)
said to _______________ informed (ସୂଚନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ remarked (ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ added (ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ asserted (ଦୃଢ଼ତାର ସହିତ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ assured (ଆଶ୍ଵାସନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ pleaded (ଅନୁନୟ କରି କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ reported (ଖବର ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ reminded (ମନେପକାଇ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ complained (ଅଭିଯୋଗ କର କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)

(vii) I said to my neighboiur, “Your children have spoiled my garden.” (Direct)
I complained to my neighbour that his children had spoiled my garden. (Indirect)

(viii) The culprit (ଦୋଷୀ) said, “I am innocent (ନିଦୋଷ). (Direct)
The culprit pleaded that he was innocent. (Indirect)

(ix) Mother said to father, “Remember to bring my umbrella.” (Direct)
Mother reminded father to bring her umbrella. (Indirect)

(x) My friend Suresh said to me, “I will help you.” (Direct)
My friend Suresh assured me of his help. (Indirect)

(xi) I said to my enemy, “I will throw you into the lock-up (jail).” (Direct)
I threatened (ଧମକାଇ କହିଲି) my enemy to throw him into the lock-up. (Indirect)

Exception to the Rule (ନିୟମର ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ) :
If the Reported Speech has some universal truth, scientific fact, proverbial truth, past historical fact or some habitual truth, the tense will not change according to the past tense of the reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିରେ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ, ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟ, ଲୋକବାଣୀ, ଅତୀତର ଐତିହାସିକ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ ସତ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଥଲେ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Study the following examples carefully:
(i) The teacher said, “The earth is round.” (Direct / Universal truth)
The teacher said that the earth is round. (Indirect)

(ii) Newton said, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” (Direct / Scientific fact)
Newton said that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. (Indirect)

(iii) My father said, “Honesty is the best policy.” (Direct / Proverbial truth)
My father said that honesty is the best policy. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(iv) I said, “India became free in 1947.” (Direct/Historical truth)
I said that India became free in 1947. (Indirect)

(v) Father said, “I am an early riser.” (Direct / Habitual truth)
Father said that he is an early riser. (Indirect)

If the Reported Speech has two actions in the Past Continuous or Progressive tense, its tense will not change according to the Past Simple tense of the Reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ Past continuous ବା Progressive tense ରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଏହି tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

He said, “The speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.” (Direct)
He said that the speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.

Change of Tense in Sentences having “Must” and “Needn’t”.
During a conversation (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ) “Must” expresses some “necessity” or “compulsion” (ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିମ୍ବା। ବାଧ୍ୟକତା) in the present tense. In this sense (ଏହି ଅର୍ଥରେ), it is used in place of “have to”. “Needn’t” is also used in the same tense.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must go now”. (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : He said that he had to go then. (Changed into past tense)

(ii) Direct Speech : The girl said, “I needn’t go.” (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : The girl said that she didn’t have to go.

“Must” sometimes expresses (ସୂଚିତ କରେ) “Necessity” or “Compulsion” in the future tense. In this sense it is used in place of “shall have to”.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must leave for Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he would have to leave for Puri the following week.

(ii) Direct Speech : He said, “I needn’t go to Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he wouldn’t have to go to Puri the following week.

“Must” sometimes expresses “permanent prohibition” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିଷେଧ) or “Permanent Ruling” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିୟମ).

Examples
(i) Direct Speech : The policeman said to us, “You mustn’t cross the road against the red-light.”
Indirect Speech : The policeman told us that we mustn’t cross the road against the red light.

(B) Interrogative Sentence:
For change from Direct to Indirect in the case of Interrogative sentence, follow the following procedure.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନଳିଖୁତ ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କର।)

Yes-No question Wh-question
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ asked ବା enquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ / ଚାହିଁଲି ଆଦିରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ said to କୁ asked ବା enquired ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
(i) Auxiliary verbs beginning with is, am, are, was, were, do does, did, have, had, has, may, might, can, could, shall, would, etc (i) Questions words beginning with who, whose, whom, when, where, how etc. are retained with wh-words + subject + verbs(s) (wh-words + + କର୍ତ୍ତା + କ୍ରିୟାପଦରୁ ରହିଥାଏ।)

Study the following examples :
(i) Father said to me, “Have you done your home work ? (Direct Speech / Yes – No) (Have – auxiliary question verb)
Answer:
Father asked me if I had done my homework, (if + subject (I) + had done (verbs) + … )

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ii) Father said to me, “How have you done your homework ?” (Direct Speech / wh-question, How-wh-word)
Answer:
Father asked me how I had done my homework.

Yes-No question Wh-question
(i) The girl said to me, “Does Das Sir teach you English.” (Does – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me if Das Sir taught me English (Indirect)
(i) The girl said to me, “Who teaches you English?” (Who-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me who taught me English (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “Shall I open the window ?” (Shall – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked if he should open the window. (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “When shall I opwn the window ?” (Wh-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked when he should open the window. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “Did you take my class yesterday?” (Did – auxiliary verb)(Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita if she had liked has class the day before. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “How did you like my class yesterday?” (How-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita how she had liked his class the day before. (Indirect)

(C) Imperative Sentence:
In the imperative sentences, as the sense of Order, Command, Advice, Request, Warning, Suggestion etc. are conveyed, said to is changed into different verb forms depending on the nature of the sentences.

Direct Speech for Indirect Speech
‘said to’ order
command (ଆଦେଶ)
ordered / commanded ..
‘said to’ advice (ଉପଦେଶ) advised …
‘said to’ warning (ସତର୍କ) warned …
‘said to’ request (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(please)
reqiested …
‘said to’ (forbid) (ବାରଣ) forbade …
main verb _____________ to + main verb …
Don’t + main verb _____________ not to + main verb …

If the imperative sentence starts with ‘Let’ and expresses some proposal or suggestion, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘proposed to’ or suggested to and ‘that …. should’ be used in place of ‘that’.

But, if the ‘Let’ convey (ସୂଚିତ କରାଏ) the sense (ଅର୍ଥ) or ‘allow’ or ‘persuade’, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘ordered’ or requested.

Now consider the following examples :
(i) The master said to the servant, “Post the letter at once.” (Direct/Order)
The master ordered (ଆଦେଶ ଦେଲେ) the servant to post (to + main verb) the letter at once. (Indirect).

(ii) Father said to me, “Work hard for your examination”. (Direct / Advice)
Father advised me to work hard for my examination. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, :Attack the enemy post at once”. (Direct/Command)
The commander commanded the soldiers to attack the enemy post at once. (Indirect)

(iv) Father said to me, “Beware (ସତର୍କ ରହ) of fairweather (ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥପର) friends”. (Direct/ warning)
Father warned me to beware of fairweather friends. (Indirect)

(v) The girl said to the class teacher, “Please grant me a day’s leave”. (Indirect / Request)
The girl requested the class teacher to grant her a day’s leave. (Indirect)

(vi) I said to my brother, “Let’s open a shop”. (Direct / Suggestion)
I suggested (or proposed) my brother that we should open shop. (Indirect)

But
⇒ The headmaster said to the peon, “Let the boy come in”. (ବାଳକକୁ ଭିତରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (Direct / Order)
The headmaster ordered the peon that the boy might be allowed to come in. (Indirect)

⇒ Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work”. (Direct / Request)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(D) Exclamatory Sentence
When a sentence expresses a sudden feeling of joy, sorrow, surprise or admiration etc., it is said to be exclamatory sentence, (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ହଠାତ୍ ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିର ଆଦେଶ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ‘ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ’ କୁହାଯାଏ।)

1. Now Look at the following chart:

The words of Exclamation Gives the sense of ‘said to’ should be changed into
(ବିସ୍ମୟାଦି ଶବ୍ଦବିଶେଷ)
Alas ! (ଆହାଃ)
(ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ)
sorrow (ଦୁଃଖ)
 

exclaimed (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ଗଲା)
with sorrow

Hurrah ! (ହୁରେ…) joy (ଆନନ୍ଦ) exclaimed with joy
Sorry ! (ଦୁଃଖତ) Regret (ଅନୁତାପଜନିତ ଦୁଃଖ) exclaimed with regret
Bravo ! (ସାବାସ୍) Applaud (ପ୍ରଶଂସା) applauded (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରି କହିଲେ)

2. ‘What’ or ‘How’ changes into ‘Very’ or ‘Great’.
3. The Inverted commas are replaced by ‘that’.

⇒ Study the following examples :
(i) They said, “Hurrah! We have won the match”. (Direct)
They exclaimed with joy that they had won the match. (Indirect)

(ii) The old miser said, “Alas ! I am undone !” (ମୋର ସର୍ବନାଶ ହୋଇଗଲା !)
The old man exclaimed with sorrow that he was undone. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, “Bravo ! You fought bravely. (Direct)
The commander applauded the soldiers saying that they had fought bravely. (Indirect)

(iv) I said to him, “What a fool you are !” (Direct)
I exclaimed that he was a great fool. (Indirect)

(v) She said, “How lovely the child is !” (Direct)
She said that the child was very lovely. (Indirect)

(E) OPERATIVE TYPE Follow the following rules :
1. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
[In the case of Good morning, Good noonm, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.]

2. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘bade’ (ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
[In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.]

3. If the sentence conveys (ଜଣାଏ) some desire (କାମନା) (i.e. ‘would that’ / ‘O that!’, ‘If!’ etc.) ‘said to’ is changed into wished or prayed.

See the following examples :
(i) Rama said to me, “Good morning! (Direct)
Rama wished me good morning. (Indirect)

(ii) He said, “Goodbye, friends!” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

(iii) The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress !” (Direct)
The young man wished that the could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

(iv) The drunkard (ମଦୁଆ) said, “O for a drop of wine !” (Direct)
The drunkard wished for a drop of wine. (Indirect)

(v) The saint (ଋଷି) said to the girl, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The saint wished that she might live long. (Indirect)

(vi) She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!” (Direct)
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Direct and Indirect Speech Additional Questions With Answers

Complete the sentences.

1. The teacher said that _________.
Answer:
the earth goes round the sun.

2. He asked me _________.
Answer:
where I lived.

3. She asked her mother _________.
Answer:
how she felt.

4. Galileo proved that _________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

5. Newton opined that _________.
Answer:
every action has equal and opposite reaction.

6. The commander commanded the soldiers _________.
Answer:
to march ahead.

7. Minu requested her friend _________.
Answer:
to give her a pen.

8. Mother reminded father _________.
Answer:
to take his medicine in time.

9. Mother warned the child _________.
Answer:
not to play with fire.

10. My friend wished me _________.
Answer:
good luck.

Rewrite the sentences in Indirect Speech.

1. My father said “ I go for a morning walk everyday”.
Answer:
My father said that he goes for a morning walk everyday.

2. The teacher said, “Oil floats on water”.
Answer:
The teacher said that oil floats on water.

3. He said, “ Marconi invented radio”.
Answer:
He said that Marconi invented radio.

4. Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born”.
Answer:
Rabi said to me that he knew where I was born.

5. She said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
She said that those were her toys.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

6. He said, “I collected the pebbles at the seashore”.
Answer:
He said that he had collected the pebbles at the seashore.

7. She said to me, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need”.
Answer:
She told me that she would help me in the hour of my need.

8. I thought, “There must be some mistake”.
Answer:
I thought that there must be some mistake.

9. My friend said, “I was playing the piano every morning”.
Answer:
My friend said that he had been playing the piano every morning,

10. She said, “I must go soon”.
Answer:
She said that she would have to go soon.

11. He said, “I bought a pen for my sister”.
Answer:
He said that he had bought a pen for his sister,

12. My friend said to me, “When did you return home ?”
Answer:
My friend asked me when I had returned home.

13. She said, “What happened” ?
Answer:
She asked what had happened.

14. He said, “Who lives next door ?”
Answer:
He asked who lived next door.

15. Rahim said to me, “ Do you know him ?”
Answer:
Rahim asked me if/whether I knew him.

16. Rakesh said, “I must go to the library today”.
Answer:
Rakesh told that he had to go to the library that day.

17. Reshma said, “I shall be sitting here tomorrow.”
Answer:
Reshma said thatshe would be sitting there the next day.

18. He said, “Everybody stood up when the guest arrived”.
Answer:
He said that everybody stood up when the guest arrived.

19. He said, “I bought the house because it was on the main road”.
Answer:
He told that he had bought the house because it was on the main road.

20. She said, “I was reading ten hours a day”.
Answer:
She said that she was/had been reading ten hours a day.

21. He said, “ I had been reading a lot in my teens”.
Answer:
He Said that he had been reading a lot in his teens.

22. “You must eat all the cakes,” mother told us.
Answer:
Mother told us that we had to eat all the cakes.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

23. “He must be ill,” his friend said.
Answer:
His friend said that he must be ill.

24. He said, “Is it raining heavily ?”
Answer:
He asked if it was raining heavily.

25. He said, “Shall I open the window ?”
Answer:
He asked if he would open the window.

26. The teacher said, “Where was Alexander born ?”
Answer:
The teacher asked/wanted to know where Alexander was born.

27. Mother said to father, “Remember to bring your umbrella”.
Answer:
Mother reminded father to bring his umbrella.

28. Mother said to me, “Don’t keep late hours”.
Answer:
Mother advised me not to keep late hours.

29. He said, “Let’s stop here”.
Answer:
He suggested stopping there / He suggested that we should stop there

30. The teacher said, “Don’t move, boys”.
Answer:
The teacher told the boys not to move.

31. Mother said to the child, “ Don’t touch fire”.
Answer:
Mother warned the child not to touch the fire.

32. The commander said to the soldiers, “March on”.
Answer:
The commander commanded/ordered the soldiers to march on.

33. Dhoni said to Kohli, “Congratulations”.
Answer:
Dhoni congratulated Kohli

34. He said, “How foolish you are !”
Answer:
He said that I was very foolish

35. My friend said, “Good morning”.
Answer:
My friend wished me a good moming/my friend greeted me.

36. Babul said to Ashish, “Would you mind helping me ?”
Answer:
Babul requested Ashish to help him.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

37. He said, “Hello! Where do you live?”
Answer:
He greeted me and asked where I lived.

38. The priest said, “May God save the poor”.
Answer:
The priest prayed that God might save the poor

39. He said, “Alas! The poor old man is dead”.
Answer:
He exclaimed in sorrow that the poor old man was dead.

40. He said, “ Good luck”.
Answer:
He wished me good luck.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Look at the following sentences. [ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖ ।]

1. Look at this picture. (ଏହି ଛବିଟିକୁ ଚାହଁ ।)
2. Egg doesn’t agree with me. (ଅଣ୍ଡା ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
3. The birds flew away. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉଡ଼ିଗଲେ ।)
4. I have run out of money. (ମୋ ପାଖରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ଶେଷ ହୋଇ ଆସିଲାଣି ।)

In the above sentences, the underlined words are two-word Verbs or Phrasal Verbs. [ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦସବୁ two-word Verbs ବା Phrasal Verbs ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।]

1. What is a Phrasal Verb?
A Main Verb combined with a preposition or adverb particle is called a Phrasal Verb. [ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ (preposition) ବା adverb particle ର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଗଠିତ two-word verb କୁ Phrasal Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।]

A Phrasal Verb has a new and different meaning from what we mean by a simple main verb. [ଏକ Phrasal Verb ର ଏକ ନୂଆ ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, ଯାହାକି ସେଇ Phrasal Verb ରେ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର ଅର୍ଥଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ।]
Examples :
Using the Simple main verb ‘put’. [ଏକ ସରଳ ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା ‘put? ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦ୍ଵାରା]
(i) He put up in the hostel. (ସେ ହଷ୍ଟେଲରେ ରହିଲା ।)
(ii) The tail-enders put up a brave fight in the match against Australia. (ଅଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଲିଆ ଖେଳରେ ଶେଷଧାଡ଼ିର ବ୍ୟାଟ୍ସମ୍ୟାନ୍‌ମାନେ ଏକ ଲଢ଼ୁଆ ଖେଳ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ ।)
(iii) Mitali has put up a beautiful picture on the wall. (ମିତାଲି କାନ୍ଥରେ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଚିତ୍ର ଟଙ୍ଗାଇଛି ।)
(iv) They put up a play in the village. (ସେମାନେ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ଏକ ନାଟକ ମଞ୍ଚସ୍ଥ କଲେ ।)
(v) The students put up a tough question to the teacher. (ପିଲାମାନେ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ।)

Difference between a Preposition and an Adverb Particle in the Phrasal Verb (Phrasal verb ରେ ଏକ Preposition ଓ ଏକ Adverb particle ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ )
‘Preposition’ is before an object (noun or pronoun) but an adverb particle has no object after the verb. (Noun ବା pronoun ରୂପକ object ପୂର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Adverb particle ର verb ପରେ object ନଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) Look at this picture. [at = preposition, this picture = object (noun phrase)
(ii) Egg doesn’t agree with me. [with = preposition, me = object (pronoun)]
(iii) The birds flew away. [away = adverb particle, (no object)]
(iv) Prices have come down. [down = adverb particle(no object)]

Structures of Phrasal Verbs:
(a) Verb + Adverb + Particles Examples:
(i) The children sat down.
(ii) The thief ran away. (ଦୌଡ଼ି ପଳାଇଲା)
(iii) Please come in (ଭିତରକୁ ଆସ).
(iv) The light went out (was extinguished, ଲିଭିଗଲା).
(v) The plane took off (left the ground, ଉଡ଼ାଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା).
(vi) How are you getting on (making progress, ଉନ୍ନତି କରୁଛେ) now?
(vii) The car has broken down (stopped working, ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ିଛି).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(b) Verb + Adverb Particle + Object
Examples:
(i) Take off (remove, କାଢ଼ି ଦିଅ) your hat.
(ii) Call in (summon, ଡକାଅ) the doctor.
(iii) He won’t give up (stop, ଛାଡ଼ିବ ନାହିଁ) his bad habits.

(c) Verb + Adverb Particle + Prepositional Particle
Examples:
(i) She puts up with (bears patiently, ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସହିତ ସହି ନେଉଛନ୍ତି) a lot of trouble from her neighbors.
(ii) We want to do away with ଲୋପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ) the dowry system (ଯୌତୁକ ପ୍ରଥା).
(iii) Don’t look down on (have a low opinion of, ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ) the poor.
(iv) Will you stand up for (support, ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବ କି ?) me?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 1

Transitive Phrasal Verbs (with object) :
Examples:
Intransitive Phrasal Verbs
(i) My brother is looking for his book. (his job : Object) (ମୋ ଭାଇ ତା’ ବହି ଖୋଜୁଛି ।)
(ii) Suresh took off (removed, ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଦେଲା) his clothes. (his clothes: Object)

Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (without object):
(i) The machine broke down (ଅଚଳ ହୋଇଗଲା).
(ii) The plane will take off (ଉଡ଼ାଣ କରିବ) now.

Particles with various meanings :
1. Up ( = completely)
Fill up with petrol ( ଭର୍ତ୍ତିକର).
The prices of vegetables are going up (ବଢୁଛି).

2. Down (= completely to the ground)
They knocked down the building (ଧରାଶାୟୀ କଲେ).
Cut down the tree.
(= decreasing) : He turned the TV down. (ଶବ୍ଦ କମାଇ ଦେଲା)
Will the government bring down the prices? ( କମାଇବେ, ହ୍ରାସକରିବେ)

3. Over (= from start to finish)
I thought the problem over. ( ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତା କରି)

4. On (= connect) Switch on the lights. (ଜଳାଅ)
(=continue) Hold on, please. (ଫୋନଟି ଧରିରଖ)
Carry on (ଚାଲୁରଖ) the work.

5. Off(=departing)
The thief ran off. (ପଳାୟନ କଲା)
The pain is wearing off. ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦୂରେଇ ଯାଉଛି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

6. Out (=disappearing)
Mother washed out the dirt. (ଧୋଇ ଛଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)
Cross out the mistakes. (ଛକି ପକାଅ)
(=completely) : Work out the sums. (ପୂରାପୂରି କଷିଦିଅ ।)
(=aloud) The teacher called out the names. (ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ଡ଼ାକିଲେ)
I read out the letter to him. (ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ ପଢ଼ି ଶୁଣାଇଲି ।)

Let’s look at the phrasal verbs made with the verb ‘BREAK’ and ‘TAKE’ :

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 2

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 3

Some Common Phrasal Verbs 
I. Transitive Phrasal Verbs [ Verb + Particle + Object]

1. abide by [to act according to law](ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା)
A good citizen must abide by the traffic rules.
(ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ତମ ନାଗରିକ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

2. account for [to explain the cause of something](କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା)
His illness accounts for his absence. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା ଯୋଗୁଁ ସେ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତ ଅଟେ ।)

3. agree with [to suit somebody’s health] (ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟପ୍ରତି ଅନୁକୂଳ ହେବା)
Fish doesn’t agree with me. (ମାଛ ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

4. bank on [to depend on] (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
I bank on my teachers for my study. (ମୋ ପାଠ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଶିକ୍ଷକମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. break into [to enter by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା)
The thieves broke into our house last night.
(ଗତକାଲି ରାତିରେ ଚୋରମାନେ ଆମ ଘରେ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ ।)

6. call on [to visit someone](ଦେଖା କରିବା)
I called on my headmaster to thank him.
( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକଲି ।)

7. go into [to examine /investigate in detail] (ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା/ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
You should go into the problem before coming to any conclusion.
(ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ତୁମେ ସମସ୍ୟା ବିଷୟରେ ଟିକିନିଖ୍ ଜାଣିନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)

8.(a) go through [to experience something unpleasant] (କୌଣସି ଅସୁଖୀକର ଅନୁଭୂତିର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବା)
They have gone through a lot of suffering. (ସେମାନେ ଅନେକ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

(b) [to read/ use/ spend/ eat all of something] (ମୂଳରୁ ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପଢ଼ିବା। ସବୁକିଛି ଖାଇ ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା/ସବୁ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଦେବା)
Have you gone through the Ramayan ? (ତୁମେ ରାମାୟଣକୁ ଆମୂଳଚୂଳ ପଢ଼ିଛ କି ?)

9. keep off [to avoid something/ somebody] (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି/ଜିନିଷଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
You should keep off bad company. (ତୁମେ ଖରାପ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

10. keep on [to continue doing something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା)
We kept on working long after the evening. (ସଂଧ୍ୟାପରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାଲୁରଖିଲୁ ।)

11. laugh at [to mock at somebody/something] (ଥଟ୍ଟା କରିବା)
Don’t laugh at the poor. (ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପରିହାସ | ଥଟ୍ଟା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

12. look after [to take care of somebody / something] (ଯତ୍ନନେବା)
Who is looking after the sick man ? (କିଏ ଏହି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଯତ୍ନ ନେଉଛି ? )

13. look upon [to consider somebody] (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା)
I look upon Reeta as my own sister. (ମୁଁ ରୀତାକୁ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚନା କରେ।)
We look upon Madhusudan Utkal Gaurav.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ମଧୁସୂଦନଙ୍କୁ ଉତ୍କଳ ଗୌରବ ରୂପେ ବିବେଚନା କରୁ ।)

14. send for [to ask someone to come](ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇବା)
We sent for a doctor when my mother was ill.
(ମା’ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜଣେ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଡକାଇ ପଠାଇଲୁ ।)

15. stand by [to help and support some one in difficulties ] (ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଜଣକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
My parents stand by me during my difficulties.
(ମୋର ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୋର ବାପାମା’ ମୋତେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।)

16. look into [to investigate](ତଦନ୍ତ କରିବା)
The police are looking into the murder case. (ପୋଲିସ୍‌ମାନେ ହତ୍ୟାକାଣ୍ଡର ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

17. make for [to move towards some place](ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେବା)
The children are making for school. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

18. come across/upon [ to meet someone/ something by chance] (ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଭେଟ ହୋଇଯିବା| ହଠାତ୍ କିଛି ଲାଭ କରିବା)
I came across an old friend in the market.
(ବଜାରରେ ମୋର ହଠାତ୍ ଜଣେ ପୁରୁଣା ବନ୍ଧୁ ସହିତ ଦେଖା ହୋଇଗଲା ।)

19. hit on [ to think of a good idea suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ଚିନ୍ତା ପାଞ୍ଚବା)
At last the rabbit hit on an idea to outwit the lion.
( ସିଂହକୁ ବୋକା ବନେଇବା ପାଇଁ ଠେକୁଆ ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ଉପାୟ ପାଞ୍ଚିଲା ।)

20. come over [strong feelings affecting somebody] (ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିବା/ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିବା)
A great change came over Ashok after the Kalinga war.
(କଳିଙ୍ଗ ଯୁଦ୍ଧପରେ ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଠାରେ ଏକ ବିରାଟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖାଗଲା ।)

II. Intransitive Phrasal Verbs (ଅକର୍ମକ) [Verb + Particle]
1. break down [ to lose control of one’s feelings](ନିଜ ଉପରୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ହରାଇବା)
The woman broke down on hearing her only son’s death.

2. break out [to begin and spread suddenly] (ହଠାତ୍ ବ୍ୟାପିଯିବା– ରୋଗ, ନିଆଁ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
The fire broke out at midnight. (ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ ନିଆଁ ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା ।)

3. come about [ to happen](ଘଟିବା)
How did the accident come about ? (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଟି କିପରି ଘଟିଲା ?)

4. come out [ to be visible / to appear](ଦେଖାଯିବା)
The sun comes out in the morning. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସକାଳେ ବାହାରି ଆସେ ।)

5. fall out [to quarrel](କଳି କରିବା)
The two brothers fell out and came to blows. (ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ କଳି କଲେ ଓ ମୁଥ ମରାମରି କଲେ ।)

6. give in [to surrender] (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା)
The soldiers fought on but finally gave in.
(ସୈନ୍ୟମାନେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରିଥିଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଶେଷରେ ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କଲେ ।)

7. go out [ to stop burning](ଜଳିବା ବନ୍ଦ ହେବା |ଲିଭିଯିବା)
The fire has gone out. (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭି ଯାଇଛି ।)

8. take off [ to leave ground, plane]( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜ ଭୂମି ଛାଡ଼ିବା)
When will the flight take off ? ( ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି କେତେବେଳେ ଘାଟି ଛାଡ଼ିବ ?)

9. pass away [dic](ମରିଯିବା)
His father passed away at the age of eighty. (ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଅଶୀ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ ଦେହତ୍ୟାଗ କଲେ ।)

10. fall through [fail to be implemented] (ଯୋଜନା ଆଦି ଅସଫଳ ହେବା)
All his plans to go abroad fell through due to his father’s sudden demise. ଯୋଗୁଁ ତାହାର ବିଦେଶ ଯିବାର ସମସ୍ତ ଯୋଜନା ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା ।)
(ତାଙ୍କ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଅକାଳ ମୃତ୍ୟୁ

11. hold on [to wait](ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
Please hold on; I’ll call my father. (ଦୟାକରି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କର; ମୁଁ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଡାକୁଛି ।)

12. set in [season/ weather begin and continue] (ଋତୁ, ପାଗ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଜାରି ରହିବା)
Winter has set in. (ଶୀତଋତୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

13. turn up [come to / arrive at a meeting / assembly](ସଭା/ ସମ୍ମିଳନୀରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
Only a few students turned up for the meeting. (କେବଳ ଅଳ୍ପ କେତେଜଣ ପିଲା ସଭାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ।)

14. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes. ( ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଣ୍ଟିଲେ ।)

15. die away [sound becoming slow and weak](ଶବ୍ଦ| କାକଳୀ ଆଦି କମି ଆସିବା)
The noise the spectators died away. (ଦର୍ଶକମାନଙ୍କର ଧ୍ଵନି କମି ଆସିଲା ।)

16.go up [price becoming more]( ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେବା)
The price of essential commodities has gone up.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଜିନିଷଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଛି ।)

17. go down [price beginning to be less](ମୂଲ୍ୟ ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
The price of rice has gone down. (ଚାଉଳର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କମିଯାଇଛି।)

18. wear out [to become thin / weak through constant use] (ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯୋଗୁଁ କ୍ଷୟ ହୋଇଯିବା)
My shoes have worn out. (ମୋ ଜୋତା ଛିଣ୍ଡିଗଲାଣି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

19. get up [to leave bed after sleeping](ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
When will the child get up ? (ପିଲାଟି କେତେବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିବ ?)

20. look out [to be careful] (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
Look out ! There might be a snake.
( ସତର୍କ ରୁହ ! ଏଠାରେ ସାପଟିଏ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)

III (A) Verb + Object + Particle
1. answer back [to reply rudely] (ନିଷ୍ଠୁରଭାବରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବା)
It is not proper to answer your parents back.(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କୁ ନିଷ୍ଠୁର ଭାବରେ ଜବାବ ଦେବା ଭଲ ନୁହେଁ ।)

2. count….in [ to include](ସାମିଲ କରିବା)
If you are going on a picnic, please count me in.
(ଯଦି ତୁମେ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯାଉଛ, ଦୟାକରି ମୋତେ ସାମିଲ କରିବ ।)

3. see….through [ to help somebody during difficult times(ଅସୁବିଧା ସମୟରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା)
Her courage saw her through during hard times. (her-object)
(ତାହାର ସାହସ ଅସୁବିଧା ବେଳେ ତାକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ।)

4. take….for [to consider somebody wrongly](ଜଣକୁ ଭୁଲ୍ ଧରି ନେବା)
My friend took my aunt for my mother. (my aunt = object)
(ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମୋ ମାଇଁଙ୍କୁ ଭୁଲ ଭାବରେ ମୋ ମା’ ରୂପେ ଧରିନେଲେ ।)

5. tear….away [to leave something unwillingly] (ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ସତ୍ତ୍ଵେ କୌଣସି ଜାଣିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
I have to tear myself away from the TV to study.
(ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ ମୋତେ ଟିଭି ଦେଖାରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ।)

6. tell …..apart (ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦେଖାଇବା)
You can’t tell the two brothers apart. (the two brothers= object)
(ତୁମେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ବାରି ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।)

7. tell….off [to scold/ tell angrily] (ଗାଳିଦେବା/ ଖରାପ ଭାଷାରେ କହିବା)
The teacher told Raju off for not doing his homework.
(ଘରପଢ଼ା କରି ନଥୁବାରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ରାଜୁକୁ ଗାଳି ଦେଲେ ।)

III (B) Verb + Particle + Object କିମ୍ବା, Verb + Object + Particle
1. blow up [to destroy something by an explosion] (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣ ଘଟାଇ ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା)
The terrorists blew up the bridge.(ଆତଙ୍କବାଦୀମାନେ ପୋଲଟିକୁ ଉଡ଼ାଇଦେଲେ ।)

2. bring about [cause to happen] (ଘଟାଇବା। ଘଟଣାର କାରଣ ହେବା)
Education has brought about many changes in society.
(ଶିକ୍ଷା ସମାଜରେ ଅନେକ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣିପାରିଛି ।)

3. bring down [lower prices / aeroplanes] (ଦରଦାମ୍/ ଉଡ଼ାଜାହଜ ଖସାଇବା | ନିମ୍ନମୁଖୀ ହେବା ।)
The pilot brought down the plane. (ଉଡାଜାହାଜଟିକୁ ପାଇଲଟ୍‌ ତଳକୁ ଖସାଇଲେ ।)
Good harvest has brought down the prices of vegetables.

4. bring out [to publish] (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା)
I am going to bring out a new book this week.
(ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହରେ ମୁଁ ଏକ ନୂତନ ପୁସ୍ତକଟିଏ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବି ।)

5. bring up [to educate/ take care of a child] (ଶିକ୍ଷିତ କରିବା; ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା )
We should bring up children with care. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯତ୍ନରେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

6. call off [to cancel] (ରଦ୍ଦ କରିବା/ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିନେବା)
The strike was called off. (ଧର୍ମଘଟ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ହେଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

7. carry on [to continue] (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା)
We carried on working till the end. (ଶେଷ ହେବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି ଚାଲୁରଖୁଲୁ ।)

8. carry out
(a)[to do something that you have been told to do] (ଆଦେଶ/ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କରିବା)
I carried out the instructions of my parents. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଳନ କଲି ।).
(b) [to do a particular piece of work] (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବା )
The construction of this building was carried out last year.

9. close down [close permanently] (ସବୁଦିନ ପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
We closed down the factory after a fire. (ଅଗ୍ନିକାଣ୍ଡ ପରେ ଆମେ କାରଖାନାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ ।)

10. cut down [to reduce an amount of something] (କିଛିର ପରିମାଣ ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା)
We cut down our expenses after our father’s retirement.
(ପିତାଙ୍କ ଅବସର ପରେ ଆମେ ଆମର ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକାଟ କରୁ ।)

11. cut off [to stop the supply of something] (ଯୋଗାଣ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା| ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେବା)
Electricity was cut off after the cyclone. (ବାତ୍ୟାପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଯୋଗାଣ ବ୍ୟାହତ ହେଲା ।)

12. do up [to make something attractive by repair, painting or make-up.]
(ପରିଷ୍କାର କରିବା| ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ କରିବା)
We did up our houses before our sister’s marriage ceremony.
(ଆମେ ଆମର ଘରକୁ ଭଉଣୀର ବିଭାଘର ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସୁସଜ୍ଜିତ କଲୁ ।)

13. find out [to know something by enquiry] (ଖୋଜି ବାହାର କରିବା )
Please find out the date of our annual examination from the notice board.

14. fix up [to arrange something to happen] (କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
We have fixed up the meeting for the next week.(ଆସନ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହରେ ସଭା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କରିଛୁ ।)

15. give away [to distribute] (ବାଣ୍ଟିଦେବା। ଦେଇଦେବା)
The chief guest gave away the prizes.(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅତିଥୁ ପୁରସ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିତରଣ କଲେ ।)

16. give up [to stop doing something] (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା| କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ ରଖିବା)
I have given up smoking. Don’t give up hopes. (ଆଶା ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କର ନାହିଁ ।)

17. hold up [to obstruct] (ଅଟକାଇବା| ଧରି ରଖୁବା)
A marriage procession held up the traffic for long hours.

18. keep up [to keep something at a high level] (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା )
We must try to keep up the honour of our school.
(ଆମ ସ୍କୁଲର ସମ୍ମାନ ଲାଗି ଆମେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା ଅବ୍ୟାହତ ରଖିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

19. knock down [to hit somebody and make him fall to the ground] (ଧକ୍କା / ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ତଳେ ପକାଇ ଦେବା)
A car knocked my sister down.(ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ ମୋ ଭଉଣୀକୁ ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେଲା ।)

20. lay down [to state a plan officially] ( ଯୋଜନା ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବା)
We laid down the plan of our journey and went ahead accordingly.
(ଆମେ ଏକ ଯୋଜନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କଲୁ ଏବଂ ତଦନୁସାରେ ଅଗ୍ରସର ହେଲୁ ।)

21. lay by [to save something for future use] (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା। ସାଇତି ରଖୁବା)
Everyone must lay something by for their old age.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ବାର୍ଦ୍ଧକ୍ୟ ନିମିତ୍ତ ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

22. let down [to disappoint somebody by not doing something well]
(ଜଣକ ପାଇଁ କିଛି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନକରି ଶେଷରେ ହତାଶ କରିବା)
I let down my parents with my poor results.
( ମୁଁ ମୋର ଖରାପ ଫଳାଫଳରେ ମୋ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କୁ ନିରାଶ କଲି ।)

23. look up [to search for something in a dictionary or a book of reference]
(ପୁସ୍ତକ ଖୋଲି ସେଥୁରୁ କିଛି ଦେଖିବା| ଜାଣିବା)
Please look up the word in a dictionary.
(ଦୟାକରି ଅଭିଧାନରୁ ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଦେଖ ।)

24. make out [to hear/ understand someone with difficulty]
(କଷ୍ଟରେ କିଛି ଶୁଣିବା | ବୁଝିପାରିବା ବା ଜାଣିବା)
I can hardly make out what you say. (ସେ କ’ଣ କହେ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟ ବୁଝିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

25. make up [to replace some lost thing] (ଭରଣା କରିବା | (କ୍ଷତି) ପୂରଣ କରିବା)
We must work hard to make up the lost hours.
(ବରବାଦ କରିଥିବା ସମୟକୁ ଭରଣା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

26. pack up [to stop working] (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
It’s getting darker. We should pack up and go home.
(ଅନ୍ଧାର ମାଡ଼ିଆସୁଛି । ଆମେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରି ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ସଜାଡିବା ଉଚିତ ଓ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

27. pick out [to choose] (ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା | ବାଛିବା)
We picked out the best players for our cricket team.

28. point out [to direct attention to something] (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କରିବା; ଦେଖାଇଦେବା)
The teacher pointed out the errors. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖାଇଦେଲେ ।)

29. pull down [to destroy] (ନଷ୍ଟ | ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେବା)
We pulled down the old building to build a new one.
(ନୂଆ କୋଠାଘର ନିର୍ମାଣପାଇଁ ଆମେ ପୁରାତନ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକାକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରୁ ।)

30. put down
(a) [to write down] (ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା/ ଟିପି ରଖୁବା)
Put down your request on a piece of paper. (ଖଣ୍ଡେ କାଗଜରେ ତୁମର ଦାବି ଲେଖ ।)
(b) [to suppress] (ଦମନ କରିବା)
The riot was put down firmly. (ଦଙ୍ଗାକୁ ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ଦମନ କରାଗଲା ।)

31. put on [to wear something] (ବସ୍ତ୍ର ଆଦି ପରିଧାନ କରିବା)
Put on warm clothes before going out in the cold. (ବାହାରେ ଥଣ୍ଡାରେ ଯିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଗରମ ପୋଷାକ ପିନ୍ଧ ।)

32. put off [to keep something for a later date] (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମୟକୁ ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
Don’t put off today’s work for tomorrow.

33. put out [to stop something burning] (ନିଆଁ ଲିଭାଇ ଦେବା)
The firemen put out the fire with water. (ନିଆଁଲିଭାଳି ପାଣିରେ ନିଆଁକୁ ଲିଭାଇଲେ ।)

34. rule out [to stop/ exclude something as a possibility]
(ବନ୍ଦ ରଖ୍ / ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ କିଛି ବାଦ୍ କରିଦେବା)
It may rain today. The possibility of cricket match cannot be ruled out.

35. run over [to hit somebody and drive over it] (ଆଘାତ ଦେଇ ଗାଡ଼ି ମାଡ଼ିଯିବା)
The speeding car ran over a street dog.

36. see off [to go to a railway station, bus-stop or airport to say goodbye to somebody]
I went to the station to see off my friends. ( ମୁଁ ମୋ ବନ୍ଧୁମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

37. set up [to start business or an institution] (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ | ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା )
I plan to set up a business after I pass out matriculation.
(ମାଟ୍ରିକୁଲେସନ୍ ପାସ୍ କରିବା ପରେ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ଯୋଜନା କରୁଛି ।)

38. show off [to show something to others that you are proud of] (ଦେଖେଇ ହେବା)
Children like to show off their toys to others. (ପିଲାମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଖେଳଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ।)

39. take over [to take charge of another person’s work] (ଅନ୍ୟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାତକୁ ନେବା/କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାର ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା)
The new headmaster took over charge from the old headmaster.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କଠାରୁ ନୂତନ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ।)

40. take off [to remove dress etc.] (ପୋଷାକ ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କାଢ଼ିବା)
We take off shoes before entering temples.
(ମନ୍ଦିର ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମେ ଜୋତା କାଢୁ ।)

41. turn down [to reject an offer / request] (ଅନୁରୋଧ | ଦାନ ଆଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିବା)
(a) The government turned down the employee’s request for a pay revision.
(b) Who can turn down such a good job ? (କିଏ ଏଭଳି ଭଲ ଚାକିରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିପାରେ ?)

42. turn on [to switch on a machine or light] (ଆଲୋକ ଜଳାଇବା । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି ଚଳାଇବା)
Please turn on the generator. (ଦୟାକରି ଜେନେରେଟର୍‌ ଚଳାଅ ।)

43. use up [to use all of something so that nothing is left] (ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶେଷ କରିଦେବା)
I have used up all the petrol in my car. (ମୁଁ ମୋ କାର୍‌ରେ ଥିବା ସବୁ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ସାରି ଦେଇଛି ।)

44. wipe up [to destroy something completely] (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେବା, ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ କରିଦେବା)
Many villages were wiped out in the last super cyclone.
(ଗତ ମହାବାତ୍ୟାରେ ଅନେକ ଗାଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିହ୍ନ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)

45. work out [solve a problem / sum / puzzle] (ସମସ୍ୟା/ ଅଙ୍କ | ଧନ୍ଦା ସମାଧାନ କରିଦେବା/ ବୁଝିପାରିବା/
Only intelligent students can work out this sum. (କେବଳ ବୁଦ୍ଧିମାନ ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ଏ ଅଙ୍କଟିକୁ କଷିପାରିବେ ।)

IV Verb + Adverb particle + Preposition + Object (Phrasal Prepositional Verbs)
1. break out of [ to escape by force] (ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
Some prisoners broke out of the jail. (କେତେକ ବନ୍ଦୀ ଜେଲରୁ ବଳପୂର୍ବକ ଖସି ପଳାଇଲେ ।)

2. come out of [to develop from something] (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣା। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବା)
Something good will come out of hard abour. (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମରୁ କିଛି ସୁଫଳ ବାହାରିବ ।)

3. do away with [ to stop doing/having something] (କୁସଂସ୍କାର ଆଦି ଲୋପ କରିବା )
Lord William Bentinck did away with the Sati system.
(ଲର୍ଡ଼ ଉଇଲିୟମ୍ ବେଣ୍ଟିକ୍ ‘ସତୀ ପ୍ରଥା’ ଉଠାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।)

4. fall back on [to seek support/ help during adversary condition]
( ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ସମର୍ଥନ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
I always fall back on my friends during difficulties.
(ଅସୁବିଧାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସର୍ବଦା ବଂଧୁମାନଙ୍କର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ ।)

5. get on with [to make progress with something] (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଆଗେଇ ଯିବା)
Are you getting on with your new job ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ନୂଆ ଚାକିରିରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଛ ତ ?)

6. go back on [to fail to keep a promise](ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରିଯିବା)
Please don’t go back on your promise.
(ଦୟାକରି ତୁମର ଶପଥରୁ ଓହରି ଯାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

7. live upto [to perform as expected] (ଆଶାନୁରୂପେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା)
I am trying my level best to live upto my parent’s expectation.
(ବାପାମା’ଙ୍କର ଆଶା ପୂରଣ ପାଇଁ ମୁଁ ଯତ୍‌ପରୋନାସ୍ତି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛି ।)

8. look down on [ to consider others with contempt] (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
Never look down on/ upon the poor. (କେବେହେଲେ ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

9. put up with [ to tolerate] ( ସହିବା)
Nobody will put up with his misbehaviour.
(କେହି ତାଙ୍କର ଅଭଦ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସହିବେ ନାହିଁ ।)

10. run out of [to use all of something] (ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା)
We have run out of all our food grains.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭର ଖାଦ୍ୟଶସ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛୁ ।)

Use of ‘Pronouns’ :

Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ) Pronouns(Object)(ସର୍ବନାମ)
Single male
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ )
Him
Singular female
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ)
Her
Singular thing/animal
(ଏକ ବଚନୀୟ ବସ୍ତୁ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ)
It
Plural things/animals/persons
(ବହୁ ବଚନରେ ବସ୍ତୁ/ ପ୍ରାଣୀ| ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
Them

1. I saw off my uncle at the station.
Answer:
I saw him of fat the station, (him = pronoun)

2. Please take of your shoes before entering the temple.
Answer:
Please take them off before (them =pronoun)

3. Uncle has brought up my sister.
Answer:
Uncle has brought her up. (her = pronoun)

4. Please give up smoking or you will contract cancer.
Answer:
Please give it up or you will contract cancer, (it= pronoun)

5. The terrorists blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The terrorists blew it up. (it=pronoun)

Activity – 1

In some sentences given below the particles can be separated from the verb and put after the noun phrase (the object). Find out such sentences and rewrite them with the particles after the objects. Write NS (not separable) against the sentences where particles cannot be separated.
Examples:
1. I depend on you. (NS)
2. He turned off the light.
Answer:
He turned the light off.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

1. She is looking for a good dress.
Answer:
She is looking for (ଚାହୁଁଛି ) a good dress. (NS)

2. The enemy blew up the bridge.
Answer:
The enemy blew up the bridge.
Or, The enemy blew the bridge up. (up = particle, the bridge = noun phrase = object.

3. The police are looking into the matter.
Answer:
The police are looking into (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛି) the matter. (NS)

4. Take off your shoes before coming in.
Answer:
Take off your shoes before coming in.
Or, Take your shoes off before coming in. (off = particle, your shoes = noun phrase or object)

5. I called on an old friend yesterday.
Answer:
I called on (6) an old friend yesterday. (NS)

6. You should keep up your honour.
Answer:
You should keep up your honour (ବଜାୟ ରଖୁବା ଉଚିତ) (NS)

7. Can I count on your help during difficulties?
Answer:
Can I count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିପାରେ) your help during difficulties? (NS)

8. The government put down the revolt firmly.
Answer:
The government put down the revolt (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ ଦମନକଲେ) firmly.(NS)

9. The child hit on a plan to escape punishment.
Answer:
The child hit on (ଉପାୟ ବାହାରକଲା) a plan to escape punishment. (ଦଣ୍ଡରୁ ମୁକୁଳିବା ପାଇଁ) (NS)

10. We called off the strike after an agreement.
Answer:
We called off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ କରିଦେଲୁ) the strike (ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ) after an agreement.
Or, We called the strike off after an agreement. (the strike = noun phrase / object, off = particle)

Activity – 2

Replace the noun phrases in italics by an appropriate pronoun and use it in the right place.
Examples: We saw our friends at the airport.
Answer: We saw them off. ( ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲୁ)

1. Can you pick out the correct answers?
Answer:
Can you pick them out. (ବାଛିପାରିବ)

2. We have pointed out many mistakes.
Answer:
We have pointed them out. (ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

3. It is time to wind up the speech.
Answer:
It is time to wind it out. (ଶେଷକରିବା)

4. The soldiers pulled down the fort.
Answer:
The soldiers pulled it down. (ଧ୍ୱଂସ କରିଦେଲେ)

5. Can you carry on this work a little longer?
Answer:
Can you carry it on a little longer? (ଆଗେଇ ଦେଇ ପାରିବ)

6. They threw away all the useless things.
Answer:
They threw them away. (ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେଲେ)

7. We closed down our business as it was not profitable.
Answer:
We closed it down as it wasn’t profitable (ଆରାମଦାୟକ) (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲୁ)

8. You must lay by apart of your income for future use.
Answer:
You must lay it by. (ସଞ୍ଚୟ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ)

9. Please look up the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look it up. (ଅଭିଧାନରେ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର ।)

10. They have ruled out any change in his behaviour.
Answer:
They have ruled it out. (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିଛନ୍ତି)

Activity – 3

Complete the sentences using the phrasal verbs and the objects in the appropriate places.
Put the verbs given in brackets into the correct tenses:
Examples:
(i) I will __________________ after lunch, (call back / you)
Answer:
I will call you back after lunch.

(ii) It’s a trick. Only a fool will ________________. (fall for / it)
Answer:
Only a fool will fall for it.

1. I _____________ on my way to school, (came across / a strange animal)
Answer:
I came across (ହଠାତ୍ ଦେଖୁଦେଲି) a strange animal on my way to school.

2. It is better to _______________. (throw away / broken chairs)
Answer:
It is better to throw away ( ଫିଙ୍ଗିଦେବା) broken chairs.

3. It was a mistake. My friend ________________. (point out / it)
Answer:
It was a mistake. My friend pointed it out (ଦେଖାଇଦେଲା).

4. Who is ______________ nowadays? (looking after / this building)
Answer:
Who is looking after ( ଯତ୍ନନେଉଛି । ଦେଖାଶୁଣା କରୁଛି) this building nowadays ?

5. His son died. He has never __________________. (get over / his sorrows)
Answer:
His son died. He has never got over (ଦୁଃଖରୁ ଦୂରେଇ ପାରିନାହିଁ) his sorrows.

6. This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you ______________? (switch off/ it)
Answer:
This machine is making a lot of noise. Can you switch it off? ( ବନ୍ଦ କରିପାରିବ ? )

7. She offered to help me, but I ____________. (turn down / it)
Answer:
She offered to help me, but I turned it down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କଲି).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

8. I met Ramesh today. He _______________. (asking after / you)
Answer:
I met Ramesh today. He was asking you after (ତୁମ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲା).

9. This school is not running well. We will _______________. (close down / it)
Answer:
This school is not running well. We will close it down ( ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେବା).

10. Your brother is in trouble. You must ________________ during his distress. (stand by / him)
Answer:
Your brother is in trouble. You must stand by (ଦୃଢ଼ଭାବରେ ସମର୍ଥନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ) him during his distress.

Activity – 4

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below.
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 4

Combine the verb look with the particles shown as rays and use them in the following sentences.
The verb and the meaning of the two-word verb have been given in each case.
Example:
(a situation getting better) The weather is looking ___________ after the stormy days.
(Answer = up) (ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି)

(i) (to be careful) ‘Look ______________! There might be a snake there !’
Answer:
Look out (ସତର୍କ ରୁହ) ! There might be a snake there!

(ii) (to be care of) Grandma looked ____________ Fakirmohan.
Answer:
Grandma looked after ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନେଉଥିଲେ) Fakirmohan.

(iii) (to investigate) A team of experts is looking _____________ this problem.
Answer:
A team ofexperts is looking jnto (ତଦନ୍ତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି) this problem.

(iv) (to consider somebody in a particular way) I look _______________ Reeta as my sister.
Answer:
I look upon (ବିବେଚନା କରେ/ ମାନ୍ୟତା ଦିଏ) Reeta as my sister.

(v) (to search for something in a dictionary) Please look ___________ the word in a dictionary.
Answer:
Please look up (ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ବାହାର କର) the word in a dictionary.

(vi) (to consider with contempt) Never look _______________ girls; they can work wonders.
Answer:
Never look down upon (ଘୃଣାକର ନାହିଁ) girls; they can work wonders.

(vii) (to expect something enjoyable) I am looking ______________ my birthday.
Answer:
I am looking forward to ( ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ) my birthday.

(viii) (to think about or study) Look ______________ the following sentences.
Answer:
Look at (ଭଲଭାବରେ ଚିନ୍ତାକର) the following sentences.

(ix) (to watch something happening) Everyone looked _______________ in silence.
Answer:
Everyone looked at (ଚାହିଁଲେ) in silence.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(x) (to consider with respect) After the morning prayers all the children looked ______________ Swami.
Answer:
After the morning prayers all the children looked upon ( ସମ୍ମାନ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କଲେ) Swami.

(xi) (to search) Where is my grammar book? I have been looking _______________ it since morning.
Answer:
Where is my grammar book? I have been looking for (ଖୋଜୁଛି) it since morning.

Do similar exercises using break /come /give /go /put
BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 5

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 6

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 7

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 8

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 9

Activity – 5

Dictionary use. Study the diagram given below:

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs 10

Combine the particle up with the verbs shown as rays and use them in the following sentences putting them into the correct tense form. The meaning of the two-word verb has been given in each case.
Example: (To search for something in a dictionary) Please __________________ up in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
Look

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

(i) (To replace some lost thing) We must work hard to ________________ up the lost hours.
Answer:
make up (ଭରଣା କରିବାପାଇଁ)

(ii) (to stop working) It’s going to rain, we should _________________ up and go home.
Answer:
pack up (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

(iii) (to start a business / an institution) I plan to ______________ up a business after getting the degree.
Answer:
set up (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ)

(iv) (to exhaust something so that nothing is left) I have _______________ up all the petrol in my scooter.
Answer:
run up (ଶେଷ କରିଦେଇଛି)

(v) (to separate) The group _______________ up after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up ( ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ହେଲେ)

(vi) (to leave bed after sleeping) We usually _______________ up early in the morning.
Answer:
get up (ଶଯ୍ୟା ତ୍ୟାଗ କରୁ)

(vii) (a situation getting better) After three long rainy days the weather is _____________ up.
Answer:
looking up ( ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଗୁଛି)

(viii) (to come to a meeting) Only a few students ________________ up in the class due to heavy rain.
Answer:
turn up (ଆସନ୍ତି)

(ix) (to destroy by exploration) The platoon ofsoldiers _______________ up a bridge.
Answer:
blew up (ବିସ୍ଫୋରଣରେ ଉଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ)

(x) (to take care of) We should ____________ up children with care.
Answer:
bring up (ଲାଳନ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍)

(xi) (to make something attractive) We _______________ up our house before my sister’s marriage.
Answer:
did up ( ସଜାଇଲୁ)

(xii) (to arrange something to happen) We have _______________ up the meeting for the next week.
Answer:
fixed up (ସ୍ଥିର କରିଛୁ)

(xiii) (to stop doing something) Don’t ________________ up hopes.
Answer:
give up (ତ୍ୟାଗକର ନାହିଁ)

(xiv) (to obstruct) A marriage procession _______________ up the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up (ବାଧା ଦେଲା)

(xv) (to maintain something at a high level) We must try to _________________ up the honour ofour school.
Answer:
keep up (ଅକ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ ରଖୁବା)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

→ Do similar exercises using after/for/off/on /out Let there be a competition in the class.

Activity – 6

Replace the underlined expression with phrasal verbs using the verbs given in brackets.
(i) I don’t like the way Swami is being educated. (bring)
Answer:
brought up (ଲାଳିତପାଳିତ ହେଉଛି)

(ii) The government rejected the employees’ request for pay revision. (turn)
Answer:
turned down (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଦେଲେ)

(iii) The strike was cancelled. (call)
Answer:
called off (ସୁଗିତ କରାଗଲା)

(iv) We reduced our expenses after our father’s retirement. (cut)
Answer:
cut down (କମାଇ ଦେଲୁ)

(v) I disappointed my parents by my poor results. (let)
Answer:
let down (ହତାଶ କଲି)

(vi) I can hardly understand what you say. (make)
Answer:
make out ( ବୁଝିପାରେ)

(vii) Most children resemble their parents. (take)
Answer:
take after (ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଏକାପରି)

(viii)We called a doctor when my mother was ill. (send)
Answer:
sent for (ଡ଼କାଇଲୁ)

(ix) We continued working long after the evening. (keep)
Answer:
kept on ( ଜାରି ରଖଲୁ)

(x) Have you read the book I gave you? (go)
Answer:
gone through (ଭଲଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିଛୁ)

Activity – 7

Combine one verb from group -A with a suitable particle from group – B. In this way, frame 10 phrasal verbs. Use them in sentences. Who will do it first in the class?
Group – A: break, bring, call, come, cut, get, give, go, keep, let, make, put, set, take.
Group – B: after, at, away, by, down,for,from, in, into, off, on, out, over, to, up.
Answer:
Group A : (Verbs)
Group B : (Particles)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

Answers :
(i) break down: He broke down (ହଠାତ୍ କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇଲେ) on hearing the news.
(ii) bring up: educate (ଲାଳନପାଳନ କରିବା) – Who will bring up this orphan ( ଅନାଥ) ?
(iii) call out : call loudly (ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଡ଼ାକିବା) – Mother called out Sonu.
(iv) come out : appear ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – Flowers come out in spring.
(v) cut down: reduce (ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କମାଇବା) – I cut down my expenses (SI©).
(vi) get into (board; ଗାଡ଼ି ଭିତରକୁ ଯିବା) – He got into the bus.
(vii) give up : discontinue (ସବୁଦିନପାଇଁ ତ୍ୟାଗକରିବାକୁ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ) – Please give up smoking.
(viii) go for: is known (ଜଣାଶୁଣା, ପରିଚିତ)- He goes for a clever boy.
(ix) keep on: continue (ଚାଲୁ ରଖିବା) – Keep on trying.
(x) let in: allow to come – The teacher let Madhabi in.
(xi) makeover: translate (ଅନୁବାଦ କରିବା) – Please make this passage over to Odia.
(xii) put up: stay (ରହିବା) – I am putting up (ରହୁଛି) in the school hostel.
(xiii) set on: instigate (ଉସୁକାଇବା) – Don’t set me on.
(xiv) Take off: remove (କାଢ଼ିପକାଇବା) – Take off your dirty shoes.

Activity – 8

Choose the correct particles and complete the phrasal verbs in the sentences.
1. Please turn _____________ the radio. (on, up)
Answer:
on (ଲଗାଅ)

2. Cholera broke _______________ everywhere. (down, out)
Answer:
out (ବ୍ୟାପିଗଲା)

3. The meeting came ______________ very successfully. (up, off)
Answer:
off (ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ହେଲା

4. I do not give _____________ to anybody’s pressure. (out, in)
Answer:
in (ଆତ୍ମ ସମର୍ପଣକରେ ନାହିଁ)

5. I agree ______________ you on this point. (with, to)
Answer:
with

6. They have closed ________________ their old business. (up, down)
Answer:
down

7. I look ______________ him as my own father. (after, upon)
Answer:
upon (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

8. Every month I lay ______________ a few rupees formy child’s education. (by, down)
Answer:
by (ସଞ୍ଚୟକରେ))

9. I could not make ______________ what he was saying. (up, out)
Answer:
out

10. The police put ______________ the violence. (off, down)
Answer:
down (ଦମନକଲେ)

11. Nobody was at the airport to see him ______________. (out, off)
Answer:
off (ବିଦାୟ ଦେବାକୁ)

12. Why did he turn _______________ your request? (down, off)
Answer:
down

13. A nuclear war cannot be ruled _________________ in the future. (out, over)
Answer:
out (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାର କରାଯାଇନପାରେ)

14. The thief made _______________ with a large amount of money. (off, out)
Answer:
out (ନେଇ ପଳାଇଲା)

15. The old man passed _______________ in his sleep. (away, out)
Answer:
away ( ମରିଗଲା)

Activity – 9

Replace the word(s) in italics with their corresponding phrasal verbs choosing from the list given)
(get over, pack up, look up, brought out, keep on, do away with, drop out, stand by, go back on, fell through)

1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
He has brought out (ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି) a new book.

2. We are tired. We must stop working now.
Answer:
We are tired. We must pack up (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ଜରୁରୀ) now.

3. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
You can carry on / go on / keep on (ଚାଲୁରଖ୍ପାର) working if you like.

4. Will you help me during my bad days?
Answer:
Will you stand by me during my bad days?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

5. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
He hasn’t been able to get over ( ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବାପାଇଁ) his fears.

6. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
We dropped out (ଓହରିଗଲୁ) from the match after a quarrel.

7. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
The talk between India and Pakistan fell through (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) due to may disagreements.

8. He promised to help me, but later he failed to keep his promise.
Answer:
He promised to help me, but later (ପରେ) he went back on (ଓହରିଗଲା) his promise.

9. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
India has done away with (ଦୂରେଇଯାଇଛି) the caste system (ଜାତିପ୍ରଥା).

10. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
The situation is looking up ( ଭଲ ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି।ସୁଧୁରୁଛି) day by day.

Activity – 10

Choose the appropriate phrasal-prepositional verb from the given list for each of the sentences below and complete the sentences.
(run out of, get on (well) with, come out with, looking forward to, put up with, catch up with, come in for)

1. When the whole class was worried how to solve the problem, Suresh ________________ a solution.
Answer:
came out with

2. We all are eagerly ______________ our sister’s wedding.
Answer:
looking forward to (କାମ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା ପାଇଁ)

3. I _____________ a rude shock when my friend cheated me.
Answer:
came in for

4. We have _____________ sugar. Can you buy some?
Answer:
run out of ( ସାରି ଦେଇଛୁ )

5. We do not ________________ our new neighbour.
Answer:
get on (well) with

6. Who can _______________ such mischief?
Answer:
put up with ( ସହିପାରିବ)

7. The child walked fast to _____________ his parents.
Answer:
catch up with (ସାଥରେ ଯାଇ ମିଶିବାପାଇଁ)

Phrasal Verbs Additional Questions With Answers

I. Fill in the blanks with participles and complete the Phrasal verbs in the sentences.

1. I could not make _____________ what he said.
Answer:
out

2. The meeting came _______________ successfully.
Answer:
off

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

3. I agree _______________ you on this point.
Answer:
with

4. The police put ____________ the violence.
Answer:
down

5. I do not give _______________ to anybody’s pressure.
Answer:
in

6. The workers have decided to call ________________ their strike.
Answer:
off

7. I bank _____________ my teachers for my study.
Answer:
on

8. The old man passed ____________ last night.
Answer:
away

9. He turned ____________ my request.
Answer:
down

10. His friends went to the airport to see him ____________.
Answer:
off

11. Mr. Routray set _____________ a school in the village.
Answer:
up

12. Don’t put _______________ today’s work till tomorrow.
Answer:
off

13. They have closed ______________ their business.
Answer:
down

14. Shall I put ____________ the light?
Answer:
out

15. Winter has set ________________.
Answer:
in

16. I look _________________ him as my own father.
Answer:
upon

17. Cholera has broken ______________ in this town.
Answer:
out

18. The thief made ______________ with a large amount of money.
Answer:
off

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

19. A nuclear war cannot be ruled ______________ in future.
Answer:
out

20. His result let _____________ us.
Answer:
down

21. The terrorists blew _______________ the railway track.
Answer:
up

22. Please turn ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

23. The noise will die _____________.
Answer:
down

24. Every month I lay _______________ a few rupees for my child’s education.
Answer:
by

25. The chief guest gave _____________ the prizes.
Answer:
away

26. Chess calls _____________ concentration of mind.
Answer:
for

27. I shall call ______________ my friend tonight.
Answer:
on

28. Shall I put ______________ the light?
Answer:
out

29. Try to give ______________ bad habits.
Answer:
up

30. The thieves broke _____________ the house.
Answer:
into

31. Riki and Miki have Men _____________ over a petty matter.
Answer:
out

32. Please carry _____________ the plan.
Answer:
out

33. Please put ______________ your new dress.
Answer:
on

34. I never answer my parents ________________.
Answer:
back

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

35. The soldiers put _______________ a brave fight.
Answer:
up

36. I don’t care _____________ chicken curry.
Answer:
for

37. I agree _______________ you.
Answer:
with

38. Pabak got ______________ his difficulties.
Answer:
over

39. I wouldn’t go back ________________ my words.
Answer:
on

40. Carry _______________ with your work.
Answer:
on

41. The girl takes ______________ her mother.
Answer:
after

42. Please go ______________ the letter.
Answer:
through

43. The students did ________________ the school budding.
Answer:
up

44. The bus broke _______________ on the way.
Answer:
down

45. The new headmaster took ______________ the charges yesterday.
Answer:
over

46. The police are looking _____________ the matter.
Answer:
into

47. The thieves got ______________ with a lot of money.
Answer:
away

48. You shouldn’t break ____________ when someone is speaking.
Answer:
in

49. I never put up ______________ angry words.
Answer:
with

50. The price of gold may come _______________.
Answer:
down

51. I have rim out ______________ time.
Answer:
of

52. He tried to make _______________ his studies on holidays.
Answer:
up

53. He couldn’t keep up ____________ the class.
Answer:
with

54. It is better to throw ______________ the broken chairs.
Answer:
away

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

55. I came ______________ a strange animal on the way.
Answer:
across

56. My friend pointed ___________ my mistake.
Answer:
out

57. Who is looking _______________ the old man?
Answer:
after

58. Your father was asking _____________ you.
Answer:
after

59. You must stand ____________ him during his distress.
Answer:
by

60. Don’t look down ____________ girls; they can do wonders.
Answer:
upon

61. It is raining, we should pack ___________ and go home.
Answer:
up

62. Please look ____________ in the dictionary how the phrase is used.
Answer:
up

63. He was brought _____________ by his uncle.
Answer:
up

64. We sent ____________ a doctor when mother was ill.
Answer:
for

65. I never let _____________ my parents.
Answer:
down

66. He has picked ______________ some bad habits.
Answer:
up

67. Lots of people go in ____________ cricket these days.
Answer:
for

68. He set _______________ on a long journey.
Answer:
out

69. The reporter took ________________ the speech.
Answer:
down

70. Keep ______________ your courage.
Answer:
up

71. I will call you _______________ if I need your help.
Answer:
up

72. The plane took _______________ late.
Answer:
off

73. The factory turns _____________ two hundred cars a week.
Answer:
out

74. Two men were fighting and the rest were looking _____________.
Answer:
on

75. Let’s break ______________ for ten minutes.
Answer:
off.

II. Replace the underlined words with the corresponding phrasal verbs.
1. He has published a new book.
Answer:
brought out

2. The situation is improving day by day.
Answer:
getting on

3. Will you help during my bad days?
Answer:
stand by

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

4. You can continue working if you like.
Answer:
keep on

5. We withdrew from the match after a quarrel.
Answer:
dropped out

6. India has stopped having the caste system.
Answer:
done away with

7. I don’t like the way Swami is being educated.
Answer:
brought up

8. The strike was cancelled.
Answer:
called off

9. The meeting was postponed.
Answer:
put off

10. We have reduced our expenses.
Answer:
cut down

11. Many children resemble their parents.
Answer:
take after

12. My father rejected my request.
Answer:
turned down

13. I can hardly understand what you say.
Answer:
make out

14. Have you read the book I gave you?
Answer:
gone through

15. We called a doctor when my mother was ill.
Answer:
sent for

16. We continued working long after the evening.
Answer:
kept on

17. I disappointed my parents by my poor results?
Answer:
let down

18. The rich man died last night.
Answer:
passed away

19. I rejected her request.
Answer:
turned down

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

20. They have closed their business permanently.
Answer:
closed down

21. Malaria spread everywhere.
Answer:
broke out

22. I couldn’t understand what he said.
Answer:
make out

23. A team of experts is investigating this problem.
Answer:
looking into

24. The chief guest distributed the prizes.
Answer:
gave away

25. Can you choose the correct answers?
Answer:
pick out

26. He has not been able to overcome his fears.
Answer:
get over

27. The talk between India and Pakistan failed due to many disagreements.
Answer:
fell through

28. He tried to compensate for all the trouble he had caused.
Answer:
makeup

29. Lots of people enjoy cricket these days.
Answer:
go in for

30. I won’t fail to keep my word.
Answer:
go back on

31. Summer has started.
Answer:
set in

32. He established a school for the poor children.
Answer:
set up

33. Shall I extinguish the light?
Answer:
put out

34. The aeroplane left the ground smoothly.
Answer:
took off

35. The police suppressed the revolt.
Answer:
put down

36. A marriage procession obstructed the traffic for an hour.
Answer:
held up

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs

37. He is searching a new house.
Answer:
looking for

38. They have settled their quarrel.
Answer:
made up

39. Save something for future.
Answer:
lay by

40. I’ll summon you if I need your help.
Answer:
call up

41. It is difficult to tame that horse.
Answer:
break in

42. Let’s stop for rest for ten minutes.
Answer:
break off

43. The children decorated the building.
Answer:
did up

44. The group separated after the quarrel.
Answer:
broke up

45. I am making progress quite well.
Answer:
getting on with

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम् Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम् Question Answer

GROUP – A

(क) बन्धनीमध्यात् शुद्धम् उत्तरं चित्वा लिखत-

1. मनुमत्स्याख्यानम् ____________ संगृहीतः ।
(गोपथब्राह्मणतः, शतपथब्राह्मणतः, वाण्यब्राह्मणतः )
Answer:
शतपथब्राह्मणतः

2. पुरा स्वस्य ____________ मनुः आसीत् ।
(गृहे, निवासे, आश्रमे)
Answer:
आश्रमे

3. पुरा स्वस्य आश्रमे ____________ आसीत् ।
(भृगुः, नारदः, मनुः )
Answer:
मनुः

4. प्रत्यह शय्यात्यागादनन्तरं स ____________ प्रक्षालयति ।
(करै, मुखं, चरणौ )
Answer:
मुखं

5. ____________ शय्यात्यागादनन्तरं स मुखं प्रक्षालयति ।
(प्रत्यहं मध्याह्ने, सायम् )
Answer:
प्रत्यहं

6. ____________ मुखप्रक्षालनस्य प्रथा अद्यापि प्रचलति ।
(सायंकाले, मध्याह्ने, प्रभातवेलायां )
Answer:
प्रभातवेलायां

7. एकदा तस्य मुखप्रक्षालनार्थं ____________ आनीतम् ।
(जलम्, क्षीरम्, प्रपानकम्)
Answer:
जलम्

8. एकदा तस्य ____________ जलम् आनीतम् ।
(पादप्रक्षालनार्थं, मुखप्रक्षालनार्थं, नेत्रप्रक्षालानार्थं)
Answer:
मुखप्रक्षालनार्थं

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

9. स मुखं ____________ च प्रक्षालयति स्म ।
(करौ, पादौं, कर्णौ)
Answer:
करौ

10. स ____________ करौ च प्रक्षालयति स्म ।
(नेत्रं, मुखं पादं )
Answer:
मुखं

11. तदा एकः मत्स्यः तस्य ____________ आगतः ।
(पादतलम्, पाणितलम्, वक्ष:स्थलम् )
Answer:
पाणितलम्

12. ____________ रक्षां कुरु ।
(मम, तव, तस्य)
Answer:
मम

13. मम ____________ कुरु ।
(सेवां, रक्षा, प्रतीक्षां )
Answer:
रक्षां

14. ____________ आगते अहं तव रक्षां विधास्यामि ।
(वयसि, तस्मिन्, काले)
Answer:
काले

15. ____________ एकदा महद् जलप्लावनं भविष्यति ।
( क्रमेण, कालक्रमेण, बृहदिवसेषु)
Answer:
कालक्रमेण

16. कालक्रमेण एकदा महद् ____________ भविष्यति ।
(जलप्लावनं, प्रलय:, झञ्जावातः )
Answer:
जलप्लावनं

17. तेन सर्वे जीवाः ____________ भविष्यन्ति ।
( मज्जिताः, हलादिताः, त्याविता: )
Answer:
त्याविताः

18. तेन सर्वे ____________ प्लाविताः भविष्यन्ति ।
( जीवाः, मृगाः, पक्षिणः )
Answer:
जीवाः

19. जलमध्ये ____________ च भविष्यन्ति ।
(मृता:, पृष्टा:, लीना:)
Answer:
जीवाः

20. तस्मिन् काले अहं तव ____________ करिष्यामि ।
(सेवां, रक्षा, पूजां)
Answer:
रक्षां

21. केन उपायेन त्वाम् अहं ____________ ?
(पालयिष्यामि, मोचयिष्यामि, हारयिष्यामि)
Answer:
पालयिष्यामि

22. केन ____________ त्वाम् अहं पालयिष्यामि ?
(विधिना, उपायेन, मोर्गण)
Answer:
उपायेन

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

23. यदा वयं ____________ तदा अस्माकं विपत्तिः ।
(लघवः, पृथुलाः,क्षीणकलेवराः)
Answer:
लघवः

24. यदा वयं लघवः तदा अस्माकं ____________ ।
(मङ्गलम्, विपत्ति:, लाभ:)
Answer:
विपत्ति:

25. प्रतिक्षणं ____________ आशङ्का ।
(जीवननाशस्य, वंशलोपस्य, सर्वनाशस्य )
Answer:
जीवननाशस्य

26. ____________ मत्स्यः लघु मत्स्यं गिलति ।
(विशाल:, बृहन्, पृथुः )
Answer:
बृहन्

27. बृहनूमत्स्यः ____________ मत्स्यं गिलति ।
(विशालं, दुर्बलं, लघु)
Answer:
लघु

28. बृहन्मत्स्यः लघु मत्स्यं ____________ ।
(खादति, अति, गिलति )
Answer:
गिलति

29. त्वं मां ____________ स्थापय ।
(पुष्करिण्यां, कूपे, घटे)
Answer:
घटे

30. यदा मम ____________ वर्धते तदा मां जलाशये सुरक्षितं स्थापय ।
(कलेवर:, वय, मस्तकं )
Answer:
कलेवर:

31. मम कलेवरवृद्धिहेतोः यदा जलाशयः न पर्याप्तो भविष्यति तदा मां ____________ प्रवेशय ।
(कलेवर: समुद्रे, नद्यां)
Answer:
कलेवर:

32. तदा कोऽपि मम ____________ कर्तुं न समर्थः ।
(विनाशं, रक्षां, क्षतिं)
Answer:
विनाशं

33. एवं दिवसेषु गच्छत्सु तस्य मत्स्यस्य ____________ क्रमशः वृद्धिं प्राप्तः ।
(प्रकारः, आकारः, कलेवर: )
Answer:
आकार:

34. ____________ प्रति तस्य गमनवेला सन्निहिता ।
(स्वर्गं, आश्रमं समुद्रं)
Answer:
समुद्रं

35. स कृतकृत्य: मनोः ____________ न विस्मरति ।
(सहायतां, उपकारं, नीतिं)
Answer:
उपकारं

36. स कृतकृत्यः ____________ उपकारं न विस्मरति ।
(भृगोः, अत्रे, मनोः)
Answer:
मनोः

37. मदूचनम् अनुसृत्य पूर्वम् एकां ____________ प्रस्तुतां कुरु ।
(तरीं, गृहं, कुटीरं)
Answer:
तरीं

38. अहं प्रलयकाले समागत्य तव ____________ करिष्यामि ।
(विनाशं, रक्षां, उपकारं)
Answer:
रक्षां

39. मत्स्यस्य उपदेशं शिरसि कृत्वा स ____________ निरमात् ।
(तरी, मन्दिरं, गृहं )
Answer:
तरीं

40. महाप्रलयः यदा दृष्टः मनुः ____________ प्राविशत् ।
(गृहमध्यं, कुटीरमध्यं, तरीमध्यं)
Answer:
तरीमध्यं

41. ____________ स्ववचनानुसारं तत्र समागतः ।
(झष:, कच्छप:, मृगः )
Answer:
झष:

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

42. तरीरज्जुं ____________ बद्ध्वा तरीम् उत्तराचलं प्रति नीतवान् ।
(स्वशिरसि, स्वशृङ्गे, स्वहस्ते )
Answer:
स्वशृङ्गे

43. तरीरज्जुं स्वशृङ्गे बद्ध्वा तरीम् ____________ प्रति नीतवान् !
(नीलाचलं, हिमाचलं, उत्तराचलं )
Answer:
उत्तराचलं

44. तत्र ____________ उपरि सावधानं तिष्ठ ।
(पर्वतस्य, मन्दिरस्य, वृक्षस्य )
Answer:
पर्वतस्य

45. सर्वे ____________ महता जलप्लावनेन प्रबाहिताः ।
(मृगाः, मर्कटाः, प्राणिन:)
Answer:
प्राणिन:

46. ____________ स्तन्यपायी ।
(जीव:, मनुष्यः, वृक्षः)
Answer:
मनुष्यः

47. प्रजापतेः मनो: झषेण सह अयं च भावगत: सम्वन्धः स ____________ च ।
(न्यायसम्मतः, कलासम्मतः, विज्ञानसम्मत:)
Answer:
विज्ञानसम्मत:

48. अद्यापि समुद्रे दिग्भ्रष्टस्य मानवस्य ____________ भवति ।
(रूपदर्शकः, मार्गदर्शक:, दिगदर्शक:)
Answer:
मार्गदर्शक:

49. एवं महाप्रलये मत्स्यः ____________ मनुं रक्षायामासः ।
(महर्षिं, प्रजापतिं, वैवस्वतं)
Answer:
प्रजापतिं

50. वस्तुतः ____________ च रक्षायामास ।
(जीवलोकं, मानवजातिं, संसारं )
Answer:
मानवजातिं

(ख) अतिसंक्षेपेण उत्तरं लिखत –

1. पुरा कुत्र मनुः आसीत् ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ ଆଶ୍ରମେ

2. पुरा स्वस्य आश्रमे कः आसीत् ?
Answer:
ମନୁଃ

3. प्रत्यहं शज्यात्यागादनन्तरं मनुः किं प्रक्षालयति ?
Answer:
ମୁଖମ୍

4. प्रत्यहं शय्यात्यागादनन्तरं कः मुखं प्रक्षालयति ?
Answer:
ମନୁଃ

5. कस्यां वेलायां मुखप्रक्षालनस्य प्रथा अद्यापि प्रचलति ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାୟାମ୍

6. प्रभातवेलायाम् अद्यापि का प्रथा प्रचलति ?
Answer:
ମୁଖ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଥା

7. एकदा मनोः मुखप्रक्षालनार्थं किम् आनीतम् ?
Answer:
ଜଳମ୍

8. कः मुखं करौ च प्रक्षालयति स्म ?
Answer:
ମନୁଃ

9. कः मनोः पाणितलम् आगत: ?
Answer:
ଏକଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ

10. एक: मत्स्यः मनोः कुत्र आगत: ?
Answer:
ପାଣିତଳମ୍

11. कस्मिन् आगते अहं तव रक्षां विधास्यामि ?
Answer:
କାଳେ

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

12. काले आगते अहं तव किं विधास्यामि ?
Answer:
ରକ୍ଷାମ୍

13. कालक्रमेण एकदा महत् किं भविष्यति ?
Answer:
ଜଳପ୍ଳାବନସ୍

14. जलप्लावनेन के प्लाविताः भविष्यन्ति ?
Answer:
ସର୍ବଜୀବାଃ

15. कसरि प्रतिक्षणम् आशङ्का ?
Answer:
ଜୀବନନାଶସ୍ୟ

16. किम्भूतः मत्स्य: लघु मत्स्यं गिलति ?
Answer:
ବୃହମସ୍ଥ୍ୟଃ

17. बृहन्मत्स्यः कीदृशं मत्स्यं गिलति ?
Answer:
ଲଙ୍ଗୁମସ୍ୟମ୍

18. बृहन् मत्स्यः लघु मत्स्यं किं करोति ?
Answer:
ଗିଳତି

19. कुत्र त्वं मां स्थापय ?
Answer:
ଘଟେ

20. झषः कृतकृत्यः कस्य उपकारं न विस्मरति ?
Answer:
ମନୋଃ

21. कदा त्वं तरीमध्ये स्थास्यति इति मत्स्यः मनवे न्यवेदयत् ?
Answer:
ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ

22. महाप्रलये मनुः कुत्र स्थास्यति ?
Answer:
ତରୀମଧେ

23. मत्स्यस्य उपदेशं शिरसि कृत्वा मनुः किं निरमात् ?
Answer:
ତରୀମ୍

24. महाप्रलयः यदा दृष्टः तदा मनुः कुत्र प्राविशत् ?
Answer:
ତରୀମଧ୍ଯମ୍

25. स्ववचनानुसारं तत्र कः समागतः ?
Answer:
ଟଷଃ

26. कं झष: स्वशृङ्गे बद्ध्वा तरीम् उत्तराचलं प्रति नीतवान् ?
Answer:
ତରୀରଜୁମ୍

27. तरीरज्जुं कुत्र बद्ध्वा तरीं झष: उत्तराचलं प्रति नीतवान् ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵଶୃଙ୍ଗେ

28. के सर्वे महता जलप्लावनेन प्रवाहिता: ?
Answer:
ସର୍ବେ ପ୍ରାଣିନଃ

29. जलप्लावने क: सुरक्षितः जीवितश्च आसीत् ?
Answer:
ମନୁଃ

30. प्रजापतेः मनोः झषेण सह कः सम्बन्धः विज्ञानसम्मत: ?
Answer:
ଭାବଗତଃ

31. वस्तुतः मत्सय: कां रक्षयामास ?
Answer:
ମାନବଜାତିମ୍

GROUP – B

(ग) संक्षेपेण (षभि: वाक्यैः / पञ्चविंशत्यापदैः ) उत्तरं लिखत –

1. मत्स्यः कदा मनोः पाणितलम् आगत: ?
Answer:
ପୁରା ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ ଆଶ୍ରମେ ମନୁ: ଆସୀତ୍ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟହଂ ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାଦନନ୍ତରଂ ସ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳୟତି । ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାୟାଂ ମୁଖ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଥା ଅଦ୍ୟାପି ପ୍ରଚଳତି । ଏକଦା ମନୁ ତଥ୍ୟ ମୁଖପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନାର୍ଥୀ ଜଳମ୍ ଆନୀତମ୍ । ସ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କରୌ ଚ ଯଦା ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳୟତି ତଦା ଏକଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ତସ୍ୟ ପାଣିତଳମ୍ ଆଗତଃ ।

2. महर्षिमनुः कथं मत्स्यं प्राप्तवान् ?
अथवा, मनुमत्स्ययो मिलनं कथं सजात: ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳେ ମନୁଃ ନାମ କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ମହର୍ଷିଃ ସ୍ବସ୍ୟ ଆଶ୍ରମେ ନିବାସଂ କୃତବାନ୍ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟହଂ ସ ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାତ୍ ଅନନ୍ତରଂ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳୟତି ସ୍କ । ମୁଖପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନବିଧଃ ପ୍ରଭାତକାଳେ ଅଦ୍ୟାପି ପ୍ରଚଳିତଃ ଭବତି । ଏକଦା ଏକସ୍ମିନ୍ ପ୍ରଭାତେ ମହର୍ଷି ଯଦା ସ୍ୱମୁଖପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନାର୍ଥୀ ଜଳମ୍ ଆନୀତିବାନ୍ ତଦା ଏକଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ତସ୍ୟ ପାଣିତଳମ୍ ଆଗତଃ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ମହର୍ଷିମନଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ । ମନୁମତ୍ସ୍ୟୟୋ ମିଳନଂ ସଂଜାତଃ ।

3. मत्स्यः मनुं कस्मिन् समये रक्षिष्यति इति अकथयत् ?
अथवा, महर्षिमनोः रक्षार्थं मत्स्यः किम् अकथयत् ?
Answer:
ଯଦା ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ମହର୍ଷେ ପାଣିତଳମ୍ ଆଗତଃ ତଦା ସ୍ୱଜୀବନରକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀ ମହର୍ଷିମନ୍ୟୁ କଥ୍ବାନ୍ – ହେ ମହର୍ଷି ! ମମ ରକ୍ଷାଂ କୁରୁ, କାଳେ ଆଗତେ ଅହଂ ତବ ରକ୍ଷାଂ କରିଷ୍ୟାମି । ସମୟକ୍ରମେ ଏକଦା ମହଦ୍ ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି । ଏତେନ ସର୍ବେ ଜୀବାଃ ପ୍ଳାବିତଃ ଭବିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ଜଳମଧେ ଲୀନାଃ ଚ ଭବିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ । ତସ୍ମିନ୍ନେବ କାଳେ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ତତ୍ର ଆଗତ୍ୟ ମହର୍ଷିମନଂ ରକ୍ଷାଂ କରିଷ୍ଯତି ।

4. कस्मिन्काले आत्मनः समुद्रे स्थापनार्थं मत्स्यः मनुम् उक्तवान् ?
Answer:
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ସ୍ବାସ୍ୟ ରକ୍ଷଣ ବିଷୟ ମନ୍ୟୁ କଥୟତି । ନଂ ମାଂ ଘଟେ ସ୍ଥାପୟ । ଯଦା ମମ କଳେବରଃ ବର୍ଧତେ ତଦା ମାଂ ଜଳାଶୟେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଂ ସ୍ଥାପୟ । ମମ କଳେବରବୃଦ୍ଧିହେତୋ ଯଦା ଜଳାଶୟଃ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରା ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ତଦା ମାଂ ସମୁଦ୍ରେ ପ୍ରବେଶୟ । ତଦା କୋଽପି ମମ ବିନାଶଂ କତାଂ ନ ସମର୍ଥୀ ଭବିଷ୍ୟଣି ।

5. मत्स्यः कदा मनोः रक्षां करिष्यति इति प्रतिश्रुतिम् अददात् ?
Answer:
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ଯୁପକାରାର୍ଥୀ ମନବେ ନ୍ୟବେଦୟତ୍ । କାଳାନ୍ତରେ ମହଜଳପ୍ଲାବନଂ ଅଥବା ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି । ମଦ୍‌ବଚନମ୍ ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବମ୍ ଏକାଂ ତରୀ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତାଂ କୁରୁ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟେ ବଂ ତରୀମଧେ ସ୍ଥାସ୍ୟସି । ଅହଂ ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳେ ସମାଗତ୍ୟ ତବ ରକ୍ଷାଂ କରିଷ୍ୟାମି ଇତି ପ୍ରତିଶ୍ରୁତିମ୍ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ଅଦଦାତ୍ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

6. मनुः केन रूपेण उत्तराचलं प्रति नीत: ?.
Answer:
ମନୁଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନମ୍ ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ ତସ୍ୟ ପାଳନଂ କୃତବାନ୍ । ଯଥାକାଳଂ ତଂ ସମୁଦ୍ର ପ୍ରାବେଶୟତ୍ । ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଉପଦେଶଂ ଶିରସି କୃତ୍ୱା ଡଃ ତରୀ ନିରାମାତ୍ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ଯଦା ଦୃଷ୍ଟୀ ମନୁଃ ତରୀମଧ୍ଯ ପ୍ରାବିଶତ୍ । ଝଷ ସ୍ବବଚନୀନୁସାରଂ ତତ୍ର ସମାଗତଃ ତରୀରଜଂ ସ୍ଵଶୃଙ୍ଗେ ବନ୍ଧା ତରୀମ୍ ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳ ପ୍ରତି ନୀତବାନ୍ ।

7. झष: उत्तराचले उपास्थितं मनुं किम् अवदत् ?
Answer:
ଝଷ ଉତ୍ତରାଂଚଳେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତଂ ମନୁମ୍ ଅବଦତ୍ ଯତ୍ – ସମ୍ପ୍ରତି ବଂ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ । ତରୀ ବୃକ୍ଷେ ରଜ୍ଜା ବନ୍ଧା ତୁଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଦେଶଂ ଗଚ୍ଛ । ତତ୍ର ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ସାବଧାନଂ ତିଷ୍ଠ । ଯଦା ଜଳମ୍ ଅବତରତି ତଦା ତ୍ୱମ୍ ଅପି ଶନିଃ ନୀଚଂ ପ୍ରଦେଶମ୍ ଅବତର ।

8. झषेण सह मनुष्यस्य सम्बन्धः कीदृशः भवति ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଜାପତଃ ମନୋ ଝଷେଣ ସହ ଅୟଂ ଯଃ ଭାବଗତଃ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ଡଃ ବିଜ୍ଞାନସମ୍ମତଃ ଚ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ । ତାଦୃଶଃ ଶୃଙ୍ଗୀ ଝତଃ ଅପି ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ସ ଉପକାରୀ । ଅଦ୍ୟାପି ସମୁଦ୍ରେ ଦିଗଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟସ୍ୟ ମାନବସ୍ୟ ସ ମାର୍ଗଦର୍ଶକଃ ଭବତି । ଏବଂ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଜାପତଂ ମନଂ ରକ୍ଷୟାମାସ । ବସ୍ତୁତଃ ମାନବଜାତଂ ଚ ରକ୍ଷାୟମାସ ।

GROUP – C

(घ) प्रायश: चत्वारिंशतापदैः अथवा अष्टाभिः वाक्यैः उत्तरं लिखत –

1. मत्सय: स्वस्य रक्षणं तथा पालनेपायं महर्षिमनुं केन प्रकारेण वर्णितम् ।
Answer:
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟଃ ସ୍ଵଜୀବନରକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀ ଯଦା ମହର୍ଷିମନ୍ୟୁ କଥୟତି ତଦା ମନୁଃ କଥୟତି – କେନ ଉପାୟେନ ଅହଂ ତାଂ ପାଳୟିଷ୍ୟାମି ? ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ କଥୟତି – ଯଦା ବୟଂ ଲଘନଃ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରା ବା ତଦା ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ବିପରଃ । ପ୍ରତିକ୍ଷଣଂ ଜୀବନନାଶସ୍ୟ ଆଶଙ୍କା ଭବତି । ଯତୋ ହି ବୃହନ୍ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟଃ ଲଘୁ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟଃ ଗିଳତି । ଅତଃ ହେ ମହର୍ଷି ! ତଂ ମାଂ ଘଟେ ସ୍ଥାପୟ । ଯଦା ମମ ଶରୀରଂ ବର୍ଧତେ ତଦା ମାଂ ଜଳାଶୟେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଂ ସ୍ଥାପୟ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ମମ ଶରୀରସ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧିହେତୋ ଯଦା ଜଳାଶୟଃ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି, ତଦା ମାଂ ସମୁଦ୍ରେ ପ୍ରବେଶୟ । ତସ୍ମିନ୍ନେବ କାଳେ କୋଽପି ମମ ବିନାଶଂ କପୁଂ ନ ସମର୍ଥ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ପାଳୟିତଂ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟଃ ମନୁ କଥୟତି ।

2. महर्षिमनुः कथं मत्स्यस्य वचनं पालयामास ।
अथवा, झष: प्रत्युपकारर्थं मनवे किं न्यवेदयत् ?
Answer:
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନାନୁସାରଂ ମନୁଃ ଆଦୌ ତଂ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ଘଟେ ଅସ୍ଥାପୟତ୍ । ଯଦା ଶରୀରଂ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ସଂଜାତଃ ତଦା ଜଳାଶୟେ ସ୍ଥାପିତବାନ୍ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଆକାରଃ ବର୍ଧତେ ସତି ଯଦା ଡଃ ଝଷ (ବୃହନ୍ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ) ସଂଜାତଃ ତଦା ସମୁଦ୍ରେ ପ୍ରାବେଶୟତ୍ । ପ୍ରଳୟାତ୍ ରକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ମନୁମ୍ ଏକାଂ ତରୀ ନିର୍ମାଣାର୍ଥମ୍ ଅକଥୟତ୍ । ମନୁଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନମ୍ ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ ତସ୍ୟ ପାଳନଂ କୃତବାନ୍ । ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଉପଦେଶଂ ପାଳୟିତ୍ୱ ମନୁଃ ଏକାଂ ତରାଂ ନିର୍ମିତବାନ୍ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟକାଳେ ତରୀମଧ୍ଯ ମନୁଃ ପ୍ରାବିଶତ୍ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ମହର୍ଷିମନୁଃ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନଂ ପାଳୟାମାସ ।

3. प्रलयकाले मत्स्यः महर्षिमनुं कथं रक्षितवान् ?
अथवा, कथं मनुः एक एव सुरक्षितः जीवितश्च आसीत् ?
Answer:
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନାନୁସାରଂ ମହର୍ଷିମନୁଃ ଏକାଂ ତରାଂ ନିର୍ମିତବାନ୍ । ଯଦା ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ଦୃଷ୍ଟୀ ତଦା ମନୁଃ ତରୀମଧ୍ଯ ପ୍ରାବିଶତ୍ । ସ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ଅପି ସ୍ଵବଚନାନୁସାରଂ ତତ୍ର ସମାଗତଃ । ତରୀରଙ୍କୁ ସ୍ଵଶୃଙ୍ଗେ ବନ୍ଧା ତରୀମ୍ ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳ ପ୍ରତି ନୀତବାନ୍ । ତତ୍ର ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ ସ୍ଥାନେ ତରୀ ସ୍ଥାପୟିତ୍ବା ମନ୍ୟୁ କଥ୍ବାନ୍ ଯତ୍ ହେ ମହର୍ଷି ! ସଂପ୍ରତି ତଂ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ ! ତରୀ ବୃକ୍ଷେ ରଢା଼ ବନ୍ଧା ତୁଙ୍ଗପ୍ରଦେଶଂ ଗଚ୍ଛ । ତତ୍ର ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ସାବଧାନଂ ତିଷ୍ଠ । ଯଦା ଜଳମ୍ ଅବତରତି ତଦା ତୁମ୍ ଅପି ଶନିଃ ନୀଚଂ ପ୍ରଦେଶମ୍ ଅବତର । ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ବଚନଂ ମନୁଃ ପାଳୟାମାସ । ପ୍ରଳୟେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ସର୍ବେ ପ୍ରାଣିନଃ ମହତା ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନେନ ପ୍ରବାହିତା ନାଶିତଃ ଚ ପରନ୍ତୁ ଏକ ମନୁଃ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ ଜୀବିତଶ୍ଚ ଆସୀତ୍ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳେ ମହର୍ଷିମନ୍ୟୁ ରକ୍ଷିତବାନ୍ ।

4. मनोरवसर्पणं कदा कुत्र च अभवत् ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳେ ଝଷ ସ୍ଵଶୃଙ୍ଗେ ତରୀରଜ୍ଜୁ ବନ୍ଧା ତରୀମ୍ ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳ ପ୍ରତି ନୀତବାନ୍ । ତତ୍ର ସୁରକ୍ଷିତସ୍ଥାନେ ତରୀ ସ୍ଥାପୟିତ୍ଵା ଝଷ ମନୁମ୍ ଆହ-ସଂପ୍ରତି ଜଂ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ । ତରୀ ବୃକ୍ଷେ ରଜ୍ଜୁ ବନ୍ଧା ତୁଙ୍ଗପ୍ରଦେଶଂ ଗଚ୍ଛ । ତତ୍ର ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ ଉପରି ସାବଧାନଂ ତିଷ୍ଟ । ଯଦୀ ଜଳମ୍ ଅବତରତି ତଦା ତ୍ୱମ୍ ଅପି ନିଃଶ ନୀଚଂ ପ୍ରଦେଶମ୍ ଅବତର । ମନୁଃ ଯଥାକାଳଂ ଅବତୀର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭୂମିଂ ସୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍ । ସର୍ବେ ପ୍ରାଣିନଃ ମହତା ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନେନ ପ୍ରବାହିତା ନାଶିତାଂ ଚ । ଏକଃ ମନୁଃ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଃ ଜୀବିତଶ୍ଚ ଆସୀତ୍ ।

5. मनुः केन रूपेण मानवजातिं रक्षयामास ?
अथवा, मनुमत्स्ययोः मध्ये भावगतसम्वन्धं वर्णयत ।
Answer:
ମହର୍ଷିମନୁ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଜୀବନରକ୍ଷା କରୋତି ପୁନରପି ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ମନୋ ଜୀବନଂ ରକ୍ଷତି । ଅତଃ ପ୍ରଜାପତଃ ମନୋ ଝଷେଣ (ବୃହତ୍ତମତ୍ସ୍ୟନ) ସହ ଯଦେବ ଭାବଗତଃ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ସ ବିଜ୍ଞାନସମ୍ମତଃ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ, ତାଦୃଶୀ ଶୃଙ୍ଗୀ ଝଷ ଅପି ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ସ ପରମୋପକାରୀ । ଅଦ୍ୟାପି ସମୁଦ୍ରେ ଦିଗ୍‌ଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟସ୍ୟ ମାନବସ୍ୟ ସ ମାର୍ଗଦର୍ଶକଃ ଭବତି । ଏବଂ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟେ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଜାପତଂ ମନଂ ରକ୍ଷୟାମାସ । ବସ୍ତୁତଃ ମାନବଜାତଂ ଚ ରକ୍ଷୟାମାସ । ମନୁମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ଅୟଂ ଭାବଗତଃ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ଅତୀବ ଗୃହଣୀୟଂ ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟଂ ଚ ଭବତି ।

(ङ) उत्कलभाषया अनुवादं कुरुत

1. पुरा स्वस्य आश्रमे मनुः आसीत् ।
Answer:
ମନୁ ପୂର୍ବେ ନିଜ ଆଶ୍ରମରେ ରହୁଥିଲେ ।

2. एकदा तस्य मुखप्रक्षालनार्थं जलम् आनीतम् ।
Answer:
ଥରେ ସେ ମୁହଁ ଧୋଇବାପାଇଁ ପାଣି ଆଣିଲେ ।

3. तेन सर्वे जीवाः प्लाविताः भविष्यन्ति ।
Answer:
ସେଥିରେ ସବୁଜୀବ ଭାସିଯିବେ ।

4. तस्मिन् काले अहं तव रक्षां करिष्यामि ।
Answer:
ସେହି ସମୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।

5. यदा वयं लघवः तदा अस्माकं विपत्तिः ।
Answer:
ଯେବେ ଆମେମାନେ ଛୋଟ ଥାଉ ତେବେ ଆମର ବିପଦ ।

6. बृहन् मत्स्य: लघुं मत्स्यं गिलति ।
Answer:
ବଡ଼ ମାଛ ଛୋଟ ମାଛକୁ ଗିଳିଦିଏ ।

7. त्वं मां घटे स्थापय ।
Answer:
ତୁମେ ମୋତେ ମାଠିଆ ଭିତରେ ରଖ ।

8. तदा कोऽपि मम विनाशं कर्तुं न समर्थः ।
Answer:
ସେତେବେଳେ କେହି ମର୍ଣ ମୋତେ ମାରିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହେବେନି ।

9. स झष: संजात: ।
Answer:
ସେ ବଡ଼ମାଛ ହୋଇଗଲା ।

10. समुद्रं प्रति तस्य गमनवेला सन्निहिता ।
Answer:
ସମୁଦ୍ରକୁ ଯିବାପାଇଁ ତା’ର ସମୟ ହୋଇଗଲା ।

11. कालान्तरें महद् जलप्लावनं भविष्यति ।
Answer:
କିଛି ସମୟପରେ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ହେବ ।

12. महाप्रलये त्वं तरीमध्ये स्थास्यसि ।
Answer:
ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ସମୟରେ ତୁମେ ଡଙ୍ଗା ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଥ‌ିବ ।

13. झषः स्ववचनानुसारं तत्र समागतः ।
Answer:
ସେହି ମାଛଟି ନିଜ କଥାନୁସାରେ ସେଠାକୁ ଆସିଲା ।

14. तरीं वृक्षे रज्वा बद्ध्वा तुङ्गप्रदेशं गच्छ ।
Answer:
ଡଙ୍ଗାଟିକୁ ଦଉଡ଼ିଦ୍ୱାରା ଗଛରେ ବାନ୍ଧିଦେଇ (ତୁମେ) ଉଚ୍ଚସ୍ଥାନକୁ ଚାଲିଯାଅ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

15. तत्र पर्वतस्य उपरि सावधानं तिष्ठ ।
Answer:
ସେଠି ପର୍ବତ ଉପରେ ସାବଧାନରେ ରୁହ ।

16. एक: मनु: सुरक्षित: जीवितश्च आसीत् ।
Answer:
ଏକମାତ୍ର ମନୁ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଓ ଜୀବିତ ଥିଲେ ।

17. तादृशः शृड्नी झष: अपि स्तन्यपायी ।
Answer:
ସେହିଭଳି ଶିଙ୍ଗ ଥ‌ିବା ବଡ଼ମାଛ (ତିମି) ମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ ।

18. मनुष्यस्य स उपकारी ।
Answer:
ମଣିଷର ସେ ଉପକାରୀ ।

19. एवं महाप्रलये मत्स्य: प्रजापतिं मनुं रक्षयामास ।
Answer:
ଏହିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟରେ ମାଛଟି ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରିଥିଲା ।

20. वस्तुतः मानवजातिं च रक्षयामास ।
Answer:
ବାସ୍ତବରେ ସେ ମାନବଜାତିକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ରକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲା ।

ଲେଖକ ପରିଚୟ:

ବୈଦିକ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଅତୀବ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ସାହିତ୍ୟ । ଏଥରେ ବିବିଧ ଦେବତାମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ତୁତି ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ । ବେଦ ଅପୌରୁଷେୟ ହେଲେ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଋଷିମାନେ ଥିଲେ ମନ୍ତ୍ରଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟା ।‘ଋଷୟଃ ମନ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ରଷ୍ଟାରଃ ।’ ବେଦର ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ହେଉଛି ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ।

ବିଷୟ ପ୍ରବେଶ:

ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ବୃହତ୍ତମ ଏବଂ ମହତ୍ତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ହେଉଛି ଶତପଥ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ । ଏହା ଶୁକ୍ଳଯଜୁର୍ବେଦର ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ । ଶୁକ୍ଳଯଜୁର୍ବେଦର ଉଭୟ ମାଧ୍ୟନ୍ଦିନ ଓ କାଣ୍ଵଶାଖାରେ ଉକ୍ତ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଉକ୍ତ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥରେ ଦର୍ଶ, ପୌର୍ଣ୍ଣମାସ, ଆଧାନ, ଅଗ୍ନିହୋତ୍ର, ସୋମଯାଗ, ଉଷାସମ୍ଭରଣ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁକ୍ରମ, ବଳୀବାହନକ୍ରମ, ଅଗ୍ନିଚୟନ, ଶତରୁଦ୍ରୀୟ ହୋମ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ବିଷୟ ବିଶଦଭାବରେ ଆଲୋଚିତ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଯଜ୍ଞକାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ଆଭିମୁଖ୍ୟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ବର୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଉକ୍ତ ଶତପଥ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣର ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ରହିଛି । ଏହି ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣରେ ବିବିଧ ଉପାଖ୍ୟାନର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା ମିଳେ । ତନ୍ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ‘ମନୁମସ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନମ୍’ ଅନ୍ୟତମ । ଏଥିରେ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟକାଳରେ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ତଥା ମାନବଜାତିକୁ କିପରି ରକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲେ ତାହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ସାରକଥା:

ପୂର୍ବେ ସ୍ବକୀୟ ଆଶ୍ରମରେ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ ରହିଥିଲେ । ପ୍ରତିଦିନ ପ୍ରଭାତରେ ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା ପରେ ସେ ମୁଖ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନ କରୁଥିଲେ । ଏ ପ୍ରଥା ଏବେ ବି ପ୍ରଚଳିତ । ଥରେ ସେ ମୁଖ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଜଳ ଆଣିଲେ । ସେଥରେ ସେ ମୁହଁ ହାତ ଧୋଇଲେ । ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଏକ ମାଛ ତାଙ୍କ ହାତକୁ ଆସିଲା । ମାଛଟି ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ କହିଲା – ‘ମୋର ରକ୍ଷା କର, ସମୟ ଆସିଲେ ମୁଁ ତୁମର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।’’ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ ପଚାରିଲେ- ‘କିପରି ଭାବେ ତୁମେ ମୋର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବ?’’ ମାଛଟି କହିଲା – ‘ସମୟକ୍ରମେ ଏକଦା ଅତୀବ ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନ ହେବ । ସେଥ‌ିରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଜୀବ ଭାସିଯାଇ ବୁଡ଼ିଯିବେ । ସେ ସମୟରେ ମୁଁ ତମକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।’’ ତା’ପରେ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ କହିଲେ- ‘କି ଉପାୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ପାଳନ କରିବି ?’’ ମାଛ କହିଲା- “ଯେତେବେଳେ ଆମେ ଛୋଟ ସେତେବେଳେ ଆମର ବିପଦ । ପ୍ରତିମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ଜୀବନନାଶର ଆଶଙ୍କା – କାରଣ ବଡ଼ମାଛ ଛୋଟମାଛକୁ ଗିଳିଦିଏ । ଏଣୁ ତୁମେ ମୋତେ ମାଠିଆରେ ରଖ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ମୋର ଶରୀର ବୃଦ୍ଧିପାଇବ ସେତେବେଳେ ମୋତେ ଜଳାଶୟରେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଭାବେ ରଖୁବ । ପୁଣି ମୋର ଶରୀର ବୃଦ୍ଧିହେଲେ ସେଠୁ ନେଇ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ରଖୁବ । ସେତେବେଳେ ମୋତେ ଆଉ କେହି ମାରିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହେବେ ନାହିଁ ।’’

ଏହିପରି କିଛିଦିନ ଅତିବାହିତ ହେଲା । ସେ ମାଛର ଆକାର କ୍ରମଶଃ ବଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲା । ସେ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ବୃହତ୍ ଝଷ ରୂପ ଧାରଣ କଲା । ସମୁଦ୍ରକୁ ଯିବାର ବେଳ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ସେ ମାଛ କୃତ୍ୟକୃତ୍ୟ ହୋଇ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁଙ୍କର ଉପକାରକୁ ଭୁଲିଲା ନାହିଁ । ଯଥାବସରରେ ମନୁଙ୍କର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁପକାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ନିବେଦନ କଲା- ‘ସମୟାନ୍ତରରେ ମହତ୍ ଜଳପନ ହେବ । ମୋ କଥା ଅନୁସରଣ କରି ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଏକ ନୌକା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟବେଳେ ଏହି ନୌକା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ହିଁ ରହିବ । ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳରେ ଆସି ତୁମର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।’’ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟବଚନକୁ ପାଳନ କରି ଯଥା ସମୟରେ ତାକୁ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ ।

ମାଛର ଉପଦେଶକୁ ଗୁପ୍ତରେ ରଖ୍ ସେ ନୌକା ନିର୍ମାଣ କଲେ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଦେଖାଦେଲା ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ ସେ ନୌକା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ । ସେ ଝଷ ସ୍ବବଚନାନୁସାରେ ସେଠାରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ନୌକାର ଦଉଡ଼ିକୁ ସ୍ୱଶିଙ୍ଗରେ ବାନ୍ଧି ନୌକାଟିକୁ ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳ ଆଡ଼କୁ ନେଇଗଲା । ସେହି ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ନୌକାକୁ ରଖ୍ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ସେ ଝଷଟି କହିଲା – ‘‘ତୁମେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ । ନୌକାଟିକୁ ଗଛରେ ରଜ୍ଜୁଦ୍ୱାରା ବାନ୍ଧି ଶିଖର ପ୍ରଦେଶକୁ ଯାଅ । ସେଠାରେ ପର୍ବତ ଉପରେ ସାବଧାନ ସହକାରେ ରୁହ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଳ ଅବତରଣ କରିବ ତୁମେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ତଳକୁ ଓହ୍ଲାଇବ ।’’ ମହର୍ଷି ମନୁ ତା’ର ବଚନକୁ ପାଳନ କଲେ । ଯଥା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଭୂମିରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନରେ ଭାସିଯାଇ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ଏକମାତ୍ର ମନୁ ହିଁ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଓ ଜୀବିତ ଥିଲେ । ଉତ୍ତରମେରୁର ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନଟି ମନୁଙ୍କର ଅବସର୍ପଣ ନାମରେ ଇତିହାସରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ରହିଛି ।

ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କର ଏହି ଝଷ ସହ ଭାବଗତ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ଏକାନ୍ତ ବିଜ୍ଞାନସମ୍ମତ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ ଓ ଝଷ ମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ । ସେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ସଦା ପରମୋପକାରୀ । ଆଜି ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ଦିଗଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟ ବଣିକମାନଙ୍କର ମାର୍ଗଦର୍ଶକ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହିପରି ମହାପ୍ରଳୟରେ ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରି ବସ୍ତୁତଃ ମାନବଜାତିର ମଧ୍ୟ ରକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲା ।

ନୀତିଶିକ୍ଷା – ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଓ ପ୍ରାଣୀମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଇତରେତର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ସଦୈବ ପାଳନୀୟ ।

Text – 1.

पुरा स्वस्य आश्रमे ……………….. पालयिष्यामि ?
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ପୁରା = ପୂର୍ବେ । ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ = ନିଜର । ଆଶ୍ରମେ = ଆଶ୍ରମରେ । ଆସୀତ୍ = ଥିଲା । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟହମ୍ = ପ୍ରତିଦିନ । ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳୟତି = ଧୋଉଥିଲେ । ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାୟାମ୍ = ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାରେ । ଅଦ୍ୟ = ଆଜି । ପ୍ରଚଳତି = ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ହେଉଛି । ଏକଦା = ଥରେ । ମୁଖପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନାର୍ଥମ୍ = ମୁହଁ ଧୋଇବାପାଇଁ । ଆନୀତମ୍ = ଆଣିଲେ I କରମ୍ = ହସ୍ତକୁ । ପାଣିତଳମ୍ ହାତ ମଧ୍ୟକୁ । ଆଗତଃ = ଆସିଲା । ଭକ୍ତବାନ୍ = କହିଲା । ଆଗତେ = ଆସନ୍ତେ । ବିଧାସ୍ୟାମି = ବିଧାନ କରିବି । ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନମ୍ = ଜଳର ପ୍ରବାହ ବା ପ୍ରଳୟ । ପାଳୟିଷ୍ୟାମି = ପାଳନ କରିବି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମନୁ ପୂର୍ବେ ନିଜ ଆଶ୍ରମରେ ଥିଲେ । ପ୍ରତିଦିନ ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗ ପରେ ସେ ମୁହଁ ଧୋଉଥିଲେ । ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାରେ ମୁହଁ ଧୋଇବାର ପ୍ରଥା ଆଜି ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ହେଉଛି । ଥରେ ତାଙ୍କର ମୁହଁ ଧୋଇବାପାଇଁ ଜଳ ଆଣିଲେ । ସେ ମୁହଁ ଏବଂ ହାତ ଧୋଇଲେ । ସେତେବେଳେ ଏକ ମାଛ ତାଙ୍କର ହାତକୁ ଆସିଲା । ମାଛଟି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ କହିଲା, ‘ମୋର ରକ୍ଷାକର, ସମୟ ଆସିଲେ ମୁଁ ତୁମର ରକ୍ଷା ବିଧାନ କରିବି ।’ ମନୁ ପଚାରିଲେ- ‘କି ପ୍ରକାରେ ତୁମେ ମୋର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବ ?’’ ମାଛ କହିଛି ‘ସମୟକ୍ରମେ ଥରେ ଅତୀବ ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନ (ପ୍ରଳୟ) ହେବ । ତଦ୍ୱାରା ସମସ୍ତ ଜୀବ ପ୍ଲାବିତ ହେବେ । ସେହି ସମୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।’’ ମନୁ କହିଲେ- ‘‘କି ଉପାୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ପାଳନ କରିବି ???

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ପ୍ରତ୍ୟହମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି + ଅହମ୍ । । ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାଦନନ୍ତରମ୍ = ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାତ୍ + ଅନନ୍ତରମ୍ । ଅଦ୍ୟାପି = ଅଦ୍ୟ + ଅପି ।

ସମାସ – ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାତ୍ = ଶଯ୍ୟାୟା ତ୍ୟାଗୀ, ତସ୍ମାତ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାୟାଂ = ପ୍ରଭାତସ୍ୟ ବେଳା, ତସ୍ୟାମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ମୁଖପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନସ୍ୟ = ମୁଖସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷାଳନମ୍, ତସ୍ୟ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । କାଳକ୍ରମେଣ = କାଳସ୍ୟ କ୍ରମ, ତେନ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ) । ପାଣିତଳମ୍ = ପାଣ ତଳମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) । ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନମ୍ = ଜଳସ୍ୟ ପ୍ଲାବନମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ସ୍ବସ୍ୟ = ଶେଷେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଆଶ୍ରମେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଶଯ୍ୟାତ୍ୟାଗାତ୍ = ଅନନ୍ତରଂ ଯୋଗେ ୫ମୀ । ମୁଖମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ପ୍ରଭାତବେଳାୟାମ୍ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ମନୁମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । କାଳେ, ଆଗତେ = ଭାବେ ୭ମୀ । କେନ, ପ୍ରକାରେଣ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ମମ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ତେନ = ହେତୋ ୩ୟା । ତସ୍ମିନ୍, କାଳେ = ଅଧୂକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । କେନ, ଉପାୟେନ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ତାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଆନୀତମ୍ = ଆ + ନୀ + କ୍ତ । ଆଗତଃ = ଆ + ଗମ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଉକ୍ତବାନ୍ : = ବଚ୍ + କ୍ତବନ୍ତୁ । ପ୍ଲାବନଂ = ପ୍ଲବ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ ।

Text – 2.

मत्स्यः कथयति ……………….. कर्त्तुं न समर्थः ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – କଥୟତି = କହିଛି । ଲଘବ = ଲଘୁ ବା କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର । ବିପତିଃ = ବିପଦ । ପ୍ରତିକ୍ଷଣମ୍ = ପ୍ରତିମୁହୂର୍ଭରେ । ବୃହନ୍ = ବଡ଼ । ଗିଳତି = ଗିଳିଦିଏ । ଘଟେ = ମାଠିଆରେ । ସ୍ଥାପୟ = ସ୍ଥାପନ କର/ରଖ । କଳେବର = ଶରୀର । ପ୍ରବେଶୟ : ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଅ । ତଦା ସେତେବେଳେ । କର୍ତ୍ତୁମ୍ = କରିବାକୁ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ କହିଛି – ‘‘ଯେତେବେଳେ ଆମେ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ସେତେବେଳେ ଆମର ବିପଦ । ପ୍ରତିମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ଜୀବନନାଶର ଭୟ । ବଡ଼ମାଛ ଛୋଟମାଛକୁ ଗିଳିପକାଏ । ତୁମେ ମୋତେ ମାଠିଆରେ ରଖ । ଯେବେ ମୋର ଶରୀର ବଢ଼ିବ ତେବେ ମୋତେ ଜଳାଶୟରେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ କରି ରଖୁବ । ମୋର ଶରୀର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେତୁ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଜଳାଶୟ ଛୋଟ ହୋଇଯିବ, ସେତେବେଳେ ମୋତେ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇବ । ସେତେବେଳେ କେହିହେଲେ ମୋତେ ମାରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ହେବେ ନାହିଁ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – କୋଽପି = କଃ + ଅପି ।
ସମାସ – ପତ୍ରିକ୍ଷଶାମ୍ = କ୍ଷଣଂ କ୍ଷଣମ୍ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବ) । ଜୀବନନାଶସ୍ୟ = ଜୀବନସ୍ୟ ନାଶଂ, ତସ୍ୟ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । କଳେବରବୃଦ୍ଧି = କଳେବରସ୍ୟ ବୃଦ୍ଧି (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ମତ୍ସ୍ୟମ୍‌ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଘଟେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସମୁଦ୍ର = ଅଧୁକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମମ = ସମ୍ବକ୍ଷେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଜଳାଶୟ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମମ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଜଳାଶୟ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ସମୁଦ୍ରେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବିପତ୍ତି = ବି + ପଦ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । କର୍ଭୁମ୍ = କୃ + ତୁମୁନ୍ ।

Text – 3

एवं दिवसेषु ……………….. रक्षां करिष्यामि ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଗଳ୍ପସୁ = ଚାଲିଯା’ନ୍ତେ । ଆକାରଃ = ଆକୃତି । ଝଷ = ବଡ଼ମାଛ । ସଂଜାତଃ = ହେଲା । ସନ୍ନିହିତା ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ପ୍ରାପ୍ତି = ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୁଅନ୍ତେ । ମନବେ = ମନୁଙ୍କୁ । ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନମ୍ = ଜଳକଲ୍ଲୋଳ ବା ତରଙ୍ଗ । ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ ଅନୁସରଣ କରି । ତରୀମ୍ = ନୌକାକୁ । ସ୍ଥାସ୍ୟସି = ରହିବ । ସମାଗତ୍ୟ = ଆସି । ତବ = ତୁମକୁ । କରିଷ୍ୟାମି = କରିବି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଏହିପରି କିଛିଦିନ ଅତିବାହିତ ହୁଅନ୍ତେ ସେହି ମାଛର ଆକାର କ୍ରମଶଃ ବଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲା । ସେ ଝଷ (ବଡ଼ମାଛ) ହୋଇଗଲା । ସମୁଦ୍ର ଆଡ଼କୁ ତା’ର ଯିବାବେଳ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲା । ସେ କୃତଜ୍ଞ ମନୁଙ୍କର ଉପକାରକୁ ବିସ୍ମରଣ ହେଲାନାହିଁ । ସମୟ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହୁଅନ୍ତେ ସେ ପ୍ରତ୍ଯୁପକାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ନିବେଦନ କଲା – ସମୟକ୍ରମେ ବଡ଼ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ହେବ । ମୋ କଥାକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରି ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଏକ ନୌକା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟରେ ତୁମେ ନୌକା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ରହିବ । ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳରେ ଆସି ତୁମର ରକ୍ଷା କରିବି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ପ୍ରତ୍ଯୁପକାରାର୍ଥମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି + ଉପକାରାର୍ଥମ୍ । ନ୍ୟବେଦୟତ୍ = ନି + ଅବେଦୟତ୍ ।
ସମାସ – ଗମନସ୍ୟ ବେଳା (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁପକାରାର୍ଥମ୍ = ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁପକାରାୟ ଇଦମ୍ (ନିତ୍ୟ) । କାଳାନ୍ତରେ = ଅନ୍ୟ କାଳ, ତସ୍ମିନ୍‌ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବାଃ) । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ = ମହାନ୍ ପ୍ରଳୟ, ତସ୍ମିନ୍‌ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ପ୍ରଳୟକାଳେ = ପ୍ରଳୟସ୍ୟ କାଳ, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଦିବସେଷୁ, ଗଚ୍ଛତ୍ସୁ = ଭାବେ ୭ମୀ । ସମୁଦ୍ରମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । ମନୋ = ସ୍ମରତି ଯୋଗେ ନିବେଦନାର୍ଥେ ୪ର୍ଥୀ । କାଳାନ୍ତରେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ତରୀମ୍ = ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଅବସରେ, ପ୍ରାପ୍ତି = ଭାବେ ୭ମୀ । ମନବେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବୃଦ୍ଧିମ୍ = ବୃଦ୍ଧ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ = ପ୍ର + ଆପ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସଂଜାତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଜନ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ = ଅନୁ + ସୃ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ସମାଗତ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ଗମ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁପ୍ ।

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Chapter 1 मनुमत्स्याख्यानम्

Text – 4

मनुः मत्स्यस्य वचनम् ……………….. उत्तराचलं प्रति नीतवान् ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅନୁସୃତ୍ୟ = ଅନୁସରଣ କରି । ଯଥାକାଳମ୍ = ଉଚିତ ସମୟକୁ । ଶିରସି = ମସ୍ତକରେ । ନିର୍‌ମାତ୍ = ନିର୍ମାଣ କଲା । ପ୍ରାବିଶତ୍ = ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲା । ସମାଗତଃ = ଆସିଲା । ସ୍ଵଶୃଙ୍ଗେ = ନିଜ ଶିଙ୍ଗରେ । ବନ୍ଧା = ବାନ୍ଧି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମନୁ ମାଛର କଥାକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରି ତା’ର ପାଳନ କଲେ । ଉଚିତ ସମୟରେ ତାକୁ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲା । ମାଛର ଉପଦେଶକୁ ମସ୍ତକରେ ଧାରଣ କରି ସେ ନୌକା ନିର୍ମାଣ କଲେ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଦେଖାଦେଲା ମନୁ ନୌକା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲେ । ଝଷ (ବଡ଼ମାଛ) ସୂଚନାନୁସାରେ ସେଠାରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତ ହେଲ । ନୌକା ଦଉଡ଼ିକୁ ନିଜ ଶିଙ୍ଗରେ ବାନ୍ଧି ନୌକାକୁ ଉତ୍ତରଚଳ ଆଡ଼କୁ ନେଇଗଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ପ୍ରାବେଶୟତ୍ = ପ୍ର + ଅବେଶୟତ୍ । ସ୍ବବଚନାନୁସାରମ୍ = ସ୍ବବଚନ + ଅନୁସାରମ୍ ! ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳମ୍ = ଉତ୍ତର + ଅଚଳମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଯଥାକାଳଃ = କାଳମ୍ ଅନତିକ୍ରମ୍ୟ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବମ୍) । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ = ମହାନ୍‌ ପ୍ରଳୟ (କର୍ମଧାରୟଃ ) । ତରୀରଜୁମ୍ = ତର ରଜ୍ଜୁ, ତମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ମନୁଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ସମୁଦ୍ରମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଶିରସି = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ତରୀମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଉତ୍ତରାଚକ୍ରମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବଚନମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ପାଳନମ୍ = ପାଲ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ । କୃତବାନ୍ = କୃ + କ୍ତବତୁ । କୃତ୍ୱା = କୃ + କ୍ସାଚ୍ । ଦୃଷ୍ଟୀ = ଦୃଶ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସମାଗତଃ = ସମ୍ + ଆ + ଗମ୍ + କ୍ତ । ବନ୍ଧା = ବନ୍ଦ୍ + ଭ୍ରାଚ୍ । ନୀତିବାନ୍ = ନୀ + କ୍ତବତୁ ।

Text – 5.

तत्र सुरक्षितस्थाने ……………. इतिहासे प्रसिद्धम् ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ସୁରକ୍ଷିତସ୍ଥାନେ = ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ । ତରୀମ୍ = ନୌକାକୁ । ଝଷ = ବଡ଼ମାଛ । ପ୍ରାହ = କହିଲା । ସଂପ୍ରତି = ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ । ବୃକ୍ଷେ = ଗଛରେ । ରଜ୍ଜା = ଦଉଡ଼ିଦ୍ୱାରା । ବନ୍ଧା = ବାନ୍ଧିଦେଇ । ତୁଙ୍ଗପ୍ରଦେଶମ୍ = ଶିଖର ପ୍ରଦେଶକୁ । ତିଷ୍ଠ = ରୁହ । ଅବତରତି = ଓହ୍ଲାଇବ ବା କମିବ । ଶନୈ =ଧୀରେ । ଅବତର = ଓହ୍ଲାଅ । ଯଥାକାଳମ୍ = ଯଥାସମୟରେ । ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟବାନ୍ = ସ୍ପର୍ଶକଲା । ପ୍ରବାହିତା = ଭାସିଗଲେ । ନାଶିତା = ମରିଗଲେ । ଉତ୍ତରାଚଳସ୍ୟ = ଉତ୍ତରମେରୁ ପର୍ବତର । ଅବସର୍ପଣମ୍ = ଅବତରଣ । ଇତି = ବୋଲି । ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧମ୍ = ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ରହିଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସେଠାରେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ନୌକାକୁ ରଖ୍ ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ସେ ବଡ଼ମାଛ (ଝଷ) କହିଲା – ‘ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ତୁମେ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ । ନୌକାକୁ ଗଛରେ ଦଉଡି଼ଦ୍ଵାରା ବାନ୍ଧି ସୁଉଚ୍ଚ ବା ଶିଖର ପ୍ରଦେଶକୁ ଯାଅ । ସେଠାରେ ପର୍ବତ ଉପରେ ସାବଧାନ ସହକାରେ ରୁହ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ପାଣି କମିଯିବ ସେତେବେଳେ ତୁମେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଧୀରେ ତଳକୁ ଓହ୍ଲାଅ । ମନୁ ତା’ର କଥାକୁ ପାଳନ କଲେ । ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ସେ ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଭୂମିକୁ ସ୍ପର୍ଶକଲେ । ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ମହାପ୍ରଳୟରେ ଭାସିଗଲେ ଓ ବିନଷ୍ଟ ହେଲେ । ଏକମାତ୍ର ମନୁହିଁ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଓ ଜୀବିତ ରହିଲେ । ଉତ୍ତରମେରୁ ପର୍ବତର ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନ ମନୁଙ୍କର ଅବସର୍ପଣ ବୋଲି ଇତିହାସରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ହେଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ପ୍ରାହ = ପ୍ର + ଆହ । ଜୀବିତଶ୍ଚ = ଜୀବିତଃ + ଚ । ତଦେବ = ତତ୍ + ଏବ । ମନୋରବସର୍ପଣମ୍ = ମନୋ + ଅବସର୍ପଣମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ସୁରକ୍ଷିତସ୍ଥାନେ = ସୁରକ୍ଷିତଂ ସ୍ଥାନଂ, ତସ୍ମିନ୍‌ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ଯଥାକାଳମ୍ = କାଳମ୍ ଅନତିକ୍ରମ୍ୟ (ଅବ୍ୟୟୀଭାବ) । ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନେନ ଜଳାନାଂ ପ୍ଲାବନଂ, ତେନ (୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ସୁରକ୍ଷିତସ୍ଥାନେ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ତରୀମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ମନୁମ୍ = ପ୍ରତି ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । ବୃକ୍ଷେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ରକ୍କା = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ = ‘ଉପରି’ ଯୋଗେ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଜଳପ୍ଲାବନେନ = ହେତୌ ୩ୟା । ଇତିହାସେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସ୍ଥାପୟିତ୍ୱ = ସ୍ଥାପ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ଵାଚ୍ । ବନ୍ଧା = ବନ୍ଦ୍ + କ୍ରାଚ୍ । ବଚନମ୍ = ବଚ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । = ଅବ + ତୃବ୍ + ଲ୍ୟାପ୍ । ସୃଷ୍ଟବାନ୍ = ସ୍ପୃଶ୍ + କ୍ତବତୁ । ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧମ୍ = ପ୍ର + ସିଧ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

Text – 6

प्रजापते: मनो: …………………. च रक्षयामास ।
ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ପ୍ରଜାପତେଃ = ପ୍ରଜାପତି ବା ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଙ୍କର । ଝଷେଣ = ବଡ଼ମାଛ ସହ । ଭାବଗତଃ = ଭାବସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ । ପ୍ରନ୍ୟପାୟୀ = ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାନକାରୀ । ଶୃଙ୍ଗୀ = ଶିଙ୍ଗ ଥିବା ପ୍ରାଣୀ । ଦିଗ୍‌ଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟସ୍ୟ = ଦିଗହରାର । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟେ = ମହାପ୍ରଳୟରେ । ରକ୍ଷୟ।ମାସ = ରକ୍ଷାକଲା ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କର ବଡ଼ମାଛ ସହ ଏ ଯେଉଁ ଭାବଗତ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ତାହା ବିଜ୍ଞାନସମ୍ମତ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାନକାରୀ । ସେହିପରି ଶିଙ୍ଗ ଥ‌ିବା ବଡ଼ମାଛ ମଧ୍ଯ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ । ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ସେ ପରମ ଉପକାରୀ । ଆଜି ମଧ୍ୟ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ଦିଗହରା ଲୋକର ସେ (ମାଛ) ମାର୍ଗଦର୍ଶକ ଅଟେ । ଏହିପରି ମହାପ୍ରଳୟ କାଳରେ ମାଛ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ମନୁଙ୍କୁ ରକ୍ଷାକଲା । ବସ୍ତୁତଃ ସେ ମାନବଜାତିକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ରକ୍ଷାକଲା ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଅଦ୍ୟାପି = ଅଦ୍ୟ + ଅପି ।

ସମାସ ସ୍ତନ୍ୟପାୟୀ = ସ୍ତନ୍ୟ ପିବତି ଯଃ ସା (ବ୍ରହ୍ମବ୍ରୀହି) । ଦିଗ୍‌ଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟସ୍ୟ = ଦିଗ୍‌ ଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟୀ, ତସ୍ୟ (୫ମୀ ତତ୍) । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟେ = ମହାନ୍ ପ୍ରଳୟ ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ମାନବ ଜାତିମ୍ = ମାନବାନାଂ ଜାତିଃ ତମ୍ (୬ଷ୍ଠ ତତ୍) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ପ୍ରଜାପତଃ, ମନୋ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଝଷେଣ = ସହ ଯୋଗେ ୩ୟା । ସମୁଦ୍ରେ – ଅଧୂକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମହାପ୍ରଳୟେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମାନବଜାତିଃ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସମ୍ମତଃ = ସମ୍ + ମନ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Subject – Verb Agreement

  • Subject – verb agreement means the use of correct verb as per the person or number of the subject. [Subject -Verb agreement ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ବା ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର ।]
  • Now see how verbs are used in agreement with the person(s) and number(s) of the subject(s).
    (ଏବେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କିପରି Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

1. I am a teacher. [am = verb]
I = subject [first person / singular number]
2. Harishankar teaches well. [teaches = verb, Harishankar = subject (third person / singular number)]
3. The teachers in this school teach well, [teach = verb, teachers = subject (third person / plural number)]

Use of Singular Verbs :

1. Two nouns conveying the same meaning placed together only for purpose.
(ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣାତ୍ମକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ରଖୁ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିଲେ)
Example:
(i) The honour and glory (ଗୌରବ) of my countrymen is uppermost (ସବୁଠାରୁ ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ) in my mind.
(noun) (noun)
The power (କ୍ଷମତା) and influence (ପ୍ରଭାବ) Gandhiji exerted over the Indian masses (ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲେ) was really great.

2. Two nouns combined by ‘and’ expressing a single idea.
(i) The sum and substance of the poem is given below. (summary = ସାରକଥା)
(noun) (noun)
(ii) Making a promise and not honouring it is against my principle.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

3. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣ ବାଚକ ପଦ) ‘A lot of, ‘a great deal of ‘plenty of, ‘lots of referring to amount or quantity takes singular verb. (ପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକ ବଚନ ହୁଏ)
Examples:
(i) A lot of time was spent on preliminary (ପ୍ରାଥମିକ) enquiries (ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ). (time – uncountable noun / quantity)
(ii) Lots of food has been distributed (ବଣ୍ଟନ କରାଯାଇଛି) among the poor. (food – quantity)
(iii) Plenty of help is available. (help – amount)

4. Collective noun considered as a whole (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏକ ସାମଗ୍ରିକ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚିତ ହେଉଥିଲେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) in its opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The government has made some major (ମୁଖ୍ୟ) changes in its foreign policy. (government – collective noun)

5. “More than one + singular noun” takes singular verb.
Examples:
(i) More than one person (singular noun) has been honoured with Bharat Ratna this year.
(ii) More than one flower (singular noun) was faded (ମଉଳି ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା).

6. In mathematical expressions ‘is’ is generally used.
Examples:
(i) Two plus two is four.
(ii) Six minus (ବିଯୁକ୍ତ) two is four.
(iii) Two times two (୨ରେ ୨ ଗୁଣନ କଲେ) is four.

7. When an expression of amount, distance, weight, height or time is spoken of as a single unit, it is of ten used us a singular subject.
[ପରିମାଣ, ଦ,ରତା, ଓଜନ, ଉଚ୍ଚତା, ସମୟକୁ ଏକକ ରୂପେ କୁହାଗଲେ, ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ singular subject ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତାର,ପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
Examples
(i) Six weeks is a long vacation. (ଛ’ସପ୍ତାହ ଏକ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଛୁଟି ।)
(ii) Sixty minutes makes an hour. (୬୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟା ହୁଏ ।)
(iii) Five hundred rupees is what I get from my work a day. (ମୁଁ ଦିନକୁ ମୋ କାମରୁ ୫ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଏ ।)
(iv) Two kilos of tea costs six hundred rupees. (୨ କେ.ଜି. ଚାହାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ୬ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ।)

8. When two nouns are closely related to each other, are joined by ‘and’, they are sometimes considered as a single unit.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇ ଏକ ଏକକକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ଟି singular ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Bread and butter is my favourite breakfast. (ରୁଟି ଓ ଲହୁଣୀ ମୋର ପ୍ରିୟ ସକାଳଖାଦ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Slow and steady wins the race. (ଧୀରପାଣି ପଥର କାଟେ ।)
(iii) A horse and carriage was at the door. (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଗାଡ଼ିଟି ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ ଥିଲା ।)
(iv) Truth and honesty is the best policy. (ସତ୍ୟ ଓ ସାଧୁତା ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ଗୁଣ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) Cury and rice was his favourite food. (ତରକାରୀ ଓ ଭାତ ତାହାର ପ୍ରିୟ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)

9. Some collective nouns like clothing, food, furniture, stationery, being singular, take singular verbs.
[କେତେକ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ; ଯଥା – clothing (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର), food, furniture (ଆସବାବପତ୍ର), stationery (ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ), poetry (କବିତା ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଏକବଚନ ଥିବାରୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The furniture needs to be repaired. (ଆସବାବପତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମରାମତି ଦରକାର ।)
(ii) The clothing has been soiled. (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର ଧୂଳି ଧୂସରିତ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The poetry of Shakespear is excellent order. (ସେକ୍‌ସପିୟରଙ୍କର କବିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚକୋଟୀର ।)
(iv) Stationery is sold in his shop. (ତାହାର ଦୋକାନରେ ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ ।)

10. The sentence begins with ‘One of phrase, takes singular verb.
[‘One of” ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) One of my friends lives in the nearby village. (ମୋର ଜଣେ ସାଙ୍ଗ (ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଜଣେ) ନିକଟବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ବାସ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) One of the mangoes is green. (ଆମ୍ବ ଭିତରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ (ଆମ୍ବ) କଞ୍ଚା ଅଟେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

11. The Subject phrase beginning with either of, neither of, none of the verb becomes usually singular.
[either of, neither of, none of କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Either of the boys has got a prize. (ଦୁଇ ବାଳକଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ଜଣେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁରସ୍କାର ପାଇଛି ।)
(ii) Neither of the chairs looks beautiful. (ଦୁଇଟି ଚେୟାର୍ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ଚେୟାର୍ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦେଖାଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) None of the students was selected. (କୌଣସି ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ବଛାଗଲା ନାହିଁ ।)

12. ‘Each of takes singular verb :
[‘Each of ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject phrase ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Each of the doctors was given a medal. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରି ପଦକ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)
(ii) Each of the boys is clever enough to answer your question. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ତୁମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ଚତୁର ।)

13. The Subject phrase taking ‘the number’ of in the beginning takes singular verb.
[The number of (ସଂଖ୍ୟକ) ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject ସହିତ Singular verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The number of the sick children is increasing in India. (ଭାରତରେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବଢ଼ୁଛି ।)
(ii) The number of books stolen was fifty. (ଚୋରି ହୋଇଥିବା ବହି ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୫୦ ଥିଲା ।)

14. If the subject is a noun clause, the verb is singular.
[ଯଦି କଇଁ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ / ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ, ତା’ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଟି ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) What you say, is beyond my understanding. (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କରୁଛ, ମୋ ବୁଝିବା ବାହାରେ ।)
(ii) What he was doing all these days was a mistery. (ଆଜିକାଲି ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲା ଏକ ରହସ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) That she is alive is good news. (ଯେ ସେ ବଞ୍ଚୁଛି ଏକ ଭଲ ଖବର (ଅଟେ) ।)
(iv) What Manas does these days does not concern me. (ଆଜିକାଲି ମାନସ କ’ଣ କରୁଛି ମୋର ଏଥୁନେଇ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାର ନାହିଁ ।)

15. Uncountable Noun ending in-‘s’ take singular verbs.
[-‘s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିବା Uncountable Noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
ଏହି ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା :
Statistics (ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ), Mathematics, Physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ), Economics (ଅର୍ଥନୀତି), News (ସମ୍ବାଦ/ସମାଚାର), Measles (ମିଳିମିଳା), Mumps (ଗଳାଫୁଲା), etc.
Examples :
(i) Mumps is a dangerous disease. (ଗଳାଫୁଲା ଏକ ବିପଜ୍ଜନକ ରୋଗ ।)
(ii) The bad news travels fast. (ଦୁଃସମ୍ବାଦ ଶୀଘ୍ର ବ୍ୟାପିଯାଏ ।)
(iii) Physics has always been a tough subject for the students. (ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ ସର୍ବଦା ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ବିଷୟ ହୋଇ ଆସିଛି ।)
(iv) The scenery of Darjeeling is charming. (ଦାର୍ଜିଲିଂର ଦୃଶ୍ୟାବଳୀ ରମଣୀୟ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) The jewellery was old but costly. (ଗହଣା ପୁରୁଣା କିନ୍ତୁ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ ଥଲା ।)

16. Name of shops ending in -‘s’ takes singular verb.
[ଦୋକାନର ‘ନାମ’ –‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, କାରଣ ଏହା ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୋକାନର ନାମକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The Giri Opticals is in front of the Secondary Board High School. (ଗିରି ଚଷମା ଦୋକାନ ମାଧ୍ୟମିକ ବୋର୍ଡ଼ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଅବ ସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(ii) The Saurabh Books stands near the school gate. (ସୌରଭ ପୁସ୍ତକ ଭଣ୍ଡାର ସ୍କୁଲ ଗେଟ୍‌ ପାଖରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(iii) The United States is a powerful country. (ଯୁକ୍ତରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଏକ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ଦେଶ ଅଟେ ।)
(iv) Romeo and Juliet is a moving tragedy. (“ରୋମିଓ ଓ ଜୁଲିଏଟ’’ ଏକ କରୁଣ କାହାଣୀ ।)

17. Name of important books / poems / novels, etc. ending in ‘s’, takes singular verb.
[ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ ପୁସ୍ତକ/ କବିତା / ଉପନ୍ୟାସ / ନାଟକର ନାମ ‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ Singular verb ବସେ; କାରଣ ତାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁସ୍ତକକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Examples :
(i) Lines written in March is a beautiful poem of Wordsworth. (Lines written in March ୱାର୍ଡ଼ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥଙ୍କର ସୁନ୍ଦର କବିତା ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Gulliver’s Travels was written by Jonathan Swift. (ଜୋନାଥନ୍ ସ୍ବିଫ୍‌ଟଙ୍କ ଦ୍ଵାରା Gulliver’s Travels ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

18. The Subject phrase having with ‘A/an…of’ structure, takes singular verb.
[‘A/ an.. of ଥିବା କର୍ରାର ବାକ୍ୟାଶ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) An army of soldiers is in the border. (ଦଳେ ସୈନ୍ୟ ସୀମାରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A team of doctors is conducting the operation. (ଦଳେ ଡାକ୍ତର ଅସ୍ତ୍ରୋପଚାର କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) A troupe of monkeys has lived in this tree. (ଦଳେ ମାଙ୍କଡ଼ ଏହି ଗଛରେ ରହି ଆସୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

19. When the subject begins with ‘A pair of + plural noun ‘, the verb becomes singular. (କର୍ତ୍ତା A pair of + ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) A pair of shoes is lying in the corner. (ହଳେ ଜୋତା କୋଣରେ ପଡ଼ିଛି ।)
(i) A pair of scissors was needed to cut the paper. (କାଗଜ କାଟିବାପାଇଁ କଇଁଚିଟିଏ ଦରକାର ହେଉଥିଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

20. ‘Many a + singular noun ’and‘ more than one’ take singular verbs.
(Many a + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏବଂ more than one + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଆକାରରେ ଥିଲେ, କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Many a man has sacrificed his life for this cause. (ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ଏହି ମହାନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) More than one person has been involved. (ଏକାଧିକ ଲୋକ ଏଥରେ ଜଡି଼ତ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

21. ‘Each / Every’ + singular noun takes singular verbs. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ Each / Every + singular noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Each boy and each girl was in her best dress. (not ‘their’). (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳିକା ନିଜନିଜର ସୁନ୍ଦରତମ ପୋଷାକରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(i) Every night and every day brings its own responsibility. (not ‘their’) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ରାତି ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଦିନ ନିଜର ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଆଣିଥାଏ ।)

22. The + singular noun with the plural noun phrase takes singular verb.
(The + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ସହ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The town with the tall buildings looks beautiful. (town – first noun) (ଡେଙ୍ଗା / ଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକା ସହ ସହରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦିଶୁଛି ।)
(ii) The tallest (man) of the youths has won the prize. (ଯୁବକମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଜଣକ ପୁରସ୍କାର ଜିତିଛି ।)
(iii) The mother with her five children was standing there. ( ପାଞ୍ଚ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ସହ ମାଆ ସେଠାରେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ।)

23. Introductory ‘It’ is always followed by the singular verb, no mater whether the noun that follows it, is singular or plural.
(ଉପକ୍ରମିକ ‘It’ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ଏହା (It) ପରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଯାହା ରହିଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ।)
Examples :
(i) It is the people who must be aware of it. (ଲୋକମାନେ ହିଁ ଏହା ବିଷୟରେ ସଚେତନ ହେବା ଜରୁରୀ ।)
(ii) It was the colleges that objected to the decision of the government. (କଲେଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହିଁ ସରକାରଙ୍କର ନିଷ୍ପଭିକୁ ବିରୋଧ କରିଥିଲେ ।)

Use of Plural Verbs :

1. Collective noun when we think of its members individually
(ସଭ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କଲାବେଳେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee were divided in their opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The police are running after the thief (Police – collective noun)

2. The name of a state, country or institution denotes a team.
Examples:
(i) India have defeated Australia in the first ODI.
(ii) Pakistan were defeated by England in the last series.

3. More + Plural noun + than one Plural Verb
Example:
More persons (Plural verb) than one have been honoured with Padma Shree.

4. A lot of / A great deal of / plenty of etc. refer to number- plural verb
Examples:
(i) Plenty of shops (plural noun) accept payments by credit card.
(1) Lots of people (plural noun) are taking part in the marathon.

5. Some nouns like police, people, poultry (କୁକୁଡ଼ା ପାଳନ), government, cattle (ଗାଈଗୋରୁ), teeth, feet, geese, etc. take plural verbs. [କେତେକ nouns; ଯଥା – police, people, poultry, cattle ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା plural verbs ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The cattle are grazing.
(ii) The government have kept all their promises. (ସରକାର ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ଶପଥ ପୂରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) The police have arrested the thief. (ପୋଲିସ୍ ଚୋରକୁ ଗିରଫ୍ କରିଛି ।)
(iv) The people were against price-list. (ଲୋକମାନେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ବିରୋଧରେ ଥିଲେ ।)

6. A number of + plural noun takes a plural verb.
[A number of ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା Plural verb (ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) A number of children are suffering from cold and cough. (ବହୁତ ପିଲା ଥଣ୍ଡା ଓ କାଶର ଶିକାର ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A number of chairs in this classroom have broken. (ଏହି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଅଧିକାଂଶ |ବହୁତ ଚେୟାର୍ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)

7. ‘The + adjective’ always takes Plural Verb as they refer to a group of people or people in general.
[‘The + adjective’ ସର୍ବଦା Plural Verb ଧାରଣ କରେ ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକ ବର୍ଗର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The rich always hate the poor. (ଧନୀମାନେ ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The blind are given training in handicrafts.(ଅନ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କୁ ହସ୍ତକଳା ବିଷୟରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
(iii) The dead have been buried. (ମୃତମାନଙ୍କୁ କବର ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. Pair Nouns (having two similar parts) take plural verbs.
[‘Pair Nouns (ଦୁ ଇଟି ସମାନ ଅଂଶକୁ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଧାରଣ କରିଥାଏ ।]
ଏହିଭଳି noun ହେଲା scissors, trousers, spectacles / glasses (ଚଷମା) shoes, pincers (ଚିମୁଟା), stockings (ମୋଜା), ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
Examples:
(i) My spectacles have been mended. (ମୋ ଚଷମାଟିକୁ ମରାମତି କରାଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) The scissors need sharpening. (କଇଁଚି|କତୁରୀରେ ଧାର ଦେବା ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି ।)
(iii) Ther shoes are new and expensive. (ଜୋତା ନୂଆ ଓ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ।)

Singular or plural verbs :

1. If two nouns are joined by with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. the verb becomes Singular or Plural in agreement with the first noun.
[ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି noun ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ noun ଅନୁସାରେ verb ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁ ଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The teacher (first noun) with all his students has come. (ସମସ୍ତ ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Population growth (first noun) in addition to other problems has made India poor. (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଲୋକସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଭାରତକୁ ଦରିଦ୍ର କରିଛି ।)
(iii) Harish (first noun) as well as his brothers was responsible for the loss. (ହରିଶ ଏବଂ ତାହାର ଭାଇମାନେ କ୍ଷତି ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ଥିଲେ ।)

2. If two nouns are joined by not only … but also, or, either …… or, neither ….. nor, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the nearer or second noun or noun phrase.
(ଯଦି ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ not only … but also or (କିମ୍ବା) either …… or ବା neither ….. nor ଆଦି Conjunctions ବା ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦଦ୍ୱାର ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ବା ୨ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Not only the doctor but also the nurses (2nd noun phrase) are to blame. (କେବଳ ଡାକ୍ତର ନୁହଁନ୍ତି, ସେବିକାମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ନିନ୍ଦାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Rama or his friends (2nd noun phrase) have broken the glass. (ରାମ କିମ୍ବା ତା’ ବଂଧୁମାନେ ପ୍ଲାସ୍ଟିକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) Either you or I (2nd noun) am to leave this place. (ହୁଏତ ତୁମକୁ ବା ମୋତେ ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ିବାର ଅଛି ।)

3. Verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the number and person of the antecedent or noun phrase in the Relative clause.
[Relative clause ରେ ଥିବା antecedent ବା noun phrase ର ବଚନ୍ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) It is you who have insulted me. (you = noun phrase/antecedent) (ତୁମେ ହିଁ ମୋତେ ଅପମାନିତ କରିଛ ।)
(ii) It is Rajesh who is guilty. (Rajesh = noun phrase / antecedent) (ରାଜେଶ ହିଁ ଦୋଷୀ। ଏହା ରାଜେଶ ଯେ କି ଦୋଷୀ)
(iii) It is / who am to do this work first. (I = noun phrase / antecedent) (ମୋତେ ହିଁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏହି କାମ କରିବାର ଅଛି ।)

4. If the subject begins with a fraction, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as the noun that follows the fraction.
[ଯଦି କର୍ତ୍ତା fraction ବା ଭଗ୍ନାଂଶକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ fraction ପରେ ଥିବା। ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Two-thirds of the crop has been damaged. (crop = uncountable noun) (ଶସ୍ୟର ଦୁଇ-ତୃତୀୟାଂଶ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) One-fourth of the books were gutted in the fire. (books = plural noun) (ଏକ-ଚତୁର୍ଥାଂଶ ବହି ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳି ପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

5. If ”and” connects two titles or designations of the same person, the verb is Singular (with ‘the’ before one (noun) and if the persons referred to are different (with the before each noun), the verb is Plural.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ଉପାଧ୍ ବା ପଦବୀ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ସୂତ (କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ) ତା’ ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ Singular ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ । ସେହିପରି ଯଦି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ଭିନ୍ନ ଥାଏ (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ), ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦ Plural ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The editor (noun) and publisher (noun) of the newspaper has come to the town. (ସମ୍ବପତ୍ରର ସଂପାଦକ ଓ ପ୍ରକାଶକ (ଏକବ୍ୟକ୍ତି) ସହରକୁ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The Vice-President of India and the speaker of Lok Sabha are considering the proposal. (ଭାରତର ଉପରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି ଓ ଲୋକସଭାର ବାଚସ୍ପତି ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବଟିକୁ ବିବେଚନା କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)(ଦୁଇ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)

6. If a collective noun or group noun is considered to be a single unit, verb is Singular but if we consider it as a collection of separate individuals we use Plural verb.
[ଯଦି ଏକ collective noun (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ); ଯଥା – family, crowd, library, fleet, flock (ମେଣ୍ଢାପଲ), class(ଶ୍ରେଣୀ) ଏକ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Singular ହୁଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷମାନଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଏ, ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Our family is a small one. (a single unit) (ଆମ ପରିବାର ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Our family have been divided into two groups. (separate individuals) (ଆମର ପରିବାର ଦୁଇଟି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି / ଦୁଇ ଭାଗ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The fleet has set sail. (a single unit) (ଜାହାଜ (ଜଳ) ସବୁ ଏକତ୍ରିତ ହୋଇ ଯାତ୍ରା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The fleet have scattered about having been attacked. (separate individuals) (ଆକ୍ରମଣ ପରେ ଜାହାଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

7. When the sentence starts with a dummy ‘there’ the verb agrees with the logical or real subject that follows the verb.
[ଯେତେବେଳେ ବାକ୍ୟ dummy (ଛଦ୍ମବେଶୀ), there ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, logical ବା real (ବାସ୍ତବ / ପ୍ରକୃତ) କର୍ତ୍ତା ଅନୁସାରେ verb (କ୍ରିୟା) Singular ବା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) There is a bag on the table.( a bag = real subject) (ଟେବୁଲ ଉପରେ ବ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେଟିଏ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) There were a lot of girls in this college. (a lot of girls = real subject) (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଅନେକ ଝିଅ ଥିଲେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. The following plural nouns always take plural verbs. (‘-s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଥବା ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(These nouns are always used in ‘s’ or ‘-es’)

annals (ପୃଷ୍ଠା) arms (ଅସ୍ତ୍ରଶସ୍ତ୍ର)
ashes (ପାଉଁଶ) assets (ସଂପରି)
clothes (ପୋଷାକ) auspics (ଶୁଭାଶୁଭ ଲକ୍ଷଣ, ପୂର୍ବାଭାଷ, ପୃଷ୍ଠପୋଷକତା)
credentials (ପ୍ରମାଣ) customs (ଟିକସ୍)
embers (ଜ୍ଵଳନ୍ତ କୋଇଲା ବା ଅଙ୍ଗାର) environs (ପରିବେଶ)
fetters (ବେଢ଼ି ବା ବନ୍ଧନ ବା ଶିକୁଳି) goods (ମାଲପତ୍ର)
leavings (ତ୍ୟାଗଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) links ( ସମ୍ପର୍କ)
nuptials (ବିବାହ ବନ୍ଧନ) adds (ସମ୍ଭାବନା)
proceeds (ଆଗୁଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ) premises (ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗଣ ବା ହତା ଘର, ସ୍କୁଲ ଆଦିର)
remains (ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟାଶ) riches (ଧନ, ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଚୁର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
savings (ସଞ୍ଚୟ) socks (ଛୋଟପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ମୋଜା)
spectacles (ଚଷମା) stairs (ପାହାଚ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ)
statistics ( ସାଂଖ୍ୟକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସବୁ) thanks (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ)
vitals (ମୁଖ୍ୟଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) wages (ମଜୁରି)
wares (ବିକ୍ରି ସାମଗ୍ରୀ)

Examples:
(i) Your clothes are expensive.
(ii) Her scissors were blunt (ମୁଣ୍ଡା).
(iii) These goods are for sale ( ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ).
(iv) The man’s wages are ₹300/- a day..
(v) (But the wages (reward ପୁରସ୍କାର) of sin (ପାପ) is death.)

9. There are several nouns, plural in form but singular in meaning. They nearly always require singular verbs. (ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ରୂପ (-s ବା -es) ରେ ସରୁଥୁବା କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ଅଟନ୍ତି । ଏଭଳି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

acoustics (ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) acronautics (ବିମାନ ଉଡ଼ାଣ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
alms (ଭିକ୍ଷା) analytics (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
Athens ( ଗ୍ରୀସ୍ ଦେଶର ରାଜଧାନୀ) athletics (ଦୌଡ଼, ଲମ୍ଫ ଥିବା କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା)
bellows ( ହାରମୋନିଅମ୍‌ର ପବନ ସଞ୍ଚାଳନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ବା କମାରର ଭାତି ବା ହାପର) billiards (ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ତିନୋଟି ବଲ୍‌କୁ କାଠବାଡ଼ିରେ ଖେଳା ଯାଉଥିବା ଏକ ଦି ଜଣିଆ ଖେଳ ।)
civics (ନଗର ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) dynamics (ଗତି ବା ଗତି ବିଦ୍ୟା)
economics ( ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ) aesthetics (ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟତତ୍ତ୍ଵ)
ethics (ନୀତି) gallows (ଫାଶୀଖୁଣ୍ଟ)
hydraulics ( ଜଳଗତି ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) innings (କ୍ରିକେଟର ପାଳି)
linguistics ( ଭାଷାବିଜ୍ଞାନ) magnetics ( ଚୁମ୍ବକୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
mathematics (ଗଣିତ) measles (ମିଳିମିଳା)
mechanics ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଦ୍ୟା) metaphysics (ଅଧୂବିଜ୍ଞାନ / ସତ୍ୟଜ୍ଞାନ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
molasses (ଗୁଣ୍ଡ) mumps (ଗାଲ ବେକଫୁଲା ରୋଗ)
news (ଖବର) optics (ଚଷମା)
phonetics (ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ବିଦ୍ୟା) physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
politics (ରାଜନୈତିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) summons (କୋର୍ଟ ଡାକରା)
tactics (କୌଶଳ)

Notice :
What are your politics? (political beliefs)
But Politics is a dirty game.
All possible means have been tried. (ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ଉପାୟ)
But Every means has been tried.

Activity – 1 :

1. Choose the correct verbs given in brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) plenty of job opportunities for the people of this region.
Answer:
are (for opportunities)

(b) There (was /were) plenty of room for improvement in her work.
Answer:
was

(c) Two plus two (is / are) four.
Answer:
is

(d) Two twos (is / are) four.
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(e) Seventy kilometres (are / is) a long distance.
Answer:
is

(f) Fish and chips (is / are) not so expensive as chicken curry and rice.
Answer:
is

(g) A crowd (has / have) gathered in the street.
Answer:
has

(h) The assembly (was / were) divided on this issue.
Answer:
were

(i) The police (is / are) chasing the burglar.
Answer:
are

(j) Her clothing (is / are) waterproof.
Answer:
is

Activity – 2 :

2. Fill in the blanks with appropriate auxiliary verbs.
(a) Either of the boys _________ won a medal.
Answer:
has

(b) Neither of those officers _________ efficient.
Answer:
is

(c) One of his friends _________ able to speak English fluently.
Answer:
is

(d) Some honey _________ left in the pot.
Answer:
is

(e) The governor and chancellor of the university _________ been invited to this function.
Answer:
has

(f) Three-fourths of the crop _________ damaged by the flood.
Answer:
was / is

(g) Agreat deal of money _________ spent for his mother’s treatment.
Answer:
was

(h) A whole regiment of volunteers _________ working here.
Answer:
is

(i) The number of scholarships _________ increased this year.
Answer:
has

(j) These days mumps _________ not at all difficult to cure.
Answer:
is

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Activity – 3 :

3. Rewrite the sentences choosing the correct alternative given in brackets:
(a) What he says about me (do / does) not affect me.
Answer:
does

(b) Ram as well as his friends (like / likes) to play football.
Answer:
like

(c) Neither rose nor jasmine (was / were) available in the market.
Answer:
was

(d) A pair of spectacles (were / was) lying on the bed.
Answer:
was

(e) The rich (lives / live) in affluence.
Answer:
live

(f) The Centerbury Tales (was / were) written by Chaucer.
Answer:
was

(g) Six weeks (are / is) a long vacation for students.
Answer:
live

(h) Your trousers (is / are) tom.
Answer:
live

(i) I am young and strong, (amn’t / aren’t) ?
Answer:
aren’t

(j) It is you who (has / have) insulted me.
Answer:
have

Activity – 4 : 

4. Choose the correct expression from the brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) people waiting to see you.
Answer:
are (people – real subject)

(b) Ours (is / are) a great nation, (isn’t it / aren’t they) ?
Answer:
is, isn’t it ?

(c) The police (has / have) a difficult job.
Answer:
have

(d) A lot of cattle (was / were) grazing in the field.
Answer:
were

(e) The youth (is / are) not so sincere.
Answer:
are

(f) The youth (was / were) more serious than his uncle.
Answer:
was (the young man)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(g) Ill news (travel / travels) fast.
Answer:
travels

(h) Mumps (is / are) very unpleasant.
Answer:
is

(i) Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause / causes) diseases.
Answer:
cause

(j) There (is / are) a pair of spectacles on that shelf.
Answer:
is

At A Glance :
I. Look at the following sentences :
(i) Fish and meat aren’t available here.
(ii) Bread and butter is a wholesome food.
In the sentence (i) two singular nouns in the subject part fish and meast joined by and they take a plural verb.

ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ; ଯଥା – fish ଓ meat ଅନୁଯାୟୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ are ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି। ‘are’ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଯାହା fish ଓ meat ଭଳି ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ବା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ଅନୁସାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।

ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ subject part ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Bread ଓ butter ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତାହା ଏକ unit ବା ଏକକ ରୂପେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ଧାରଣାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି । ତେଣୁ Bread ଓ butter ସହିତ ଏକବଚନ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ରକ୍ଷା କରୁଛି ।

So a subject-verb agreement means the use of verb in accordance with the number and person of the subject.

କର୍ତାର ବଚନ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାସହ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ subject-agreement କୁହାଯାଏ।
Some collective nouns such as government, committee, family, army, audience, class, community, company, council, enemy, majority, military, jury, public take plural verbs when they refer to individual members separately. But they can take a singular verb when they mean a
group as a single or whole body.

ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଲଗା ବା ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଓ ଏକ ଦଳ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।

1. (a) The government have levied high tax on the income groups.
(b) The government welcomes (ସ୍ଵାଗତ କରୁଛି) the proposal. (as single body)

2. (a) The committee are against the appointment (ନିଯୁକ୍ତି). (individual members)
(b) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) on the issue. (as a single body)

3. (a) Mr Mishra’s family have gone on holidays. (some of the members of the family)
(b) Mr Mishra’s family consists of (ଗଠିତ) five members. (family as a whole)

4. (a)The council meets today in the Town Hall. (as a single body)
(b) The council were divided in their opinions. (the individual members)

II. Look at the following sentences:
A group of people was standing at the gate.
A herd of cattle is sleeping under the tree,
When we use the collective noun phrases such as a group of (ଦଳେ), a flock of (ଦଳେ), a herd of (ଦଳେ/ଗୋଠେ), a band of (policemen /robbers) (ଦଳେ), a bevy of (ladies) (ଦଳେ ଭଦ୍ରମହିଳା), a body of (laws) (ନିୟମାବଳୀ), a gallery of (picture), a fleet of sheeps (ଜାହାଜଦଳ), a posse of (constables) (ଦଳେ) etc., they usually take singular verb.

(ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)

But, if we think of the group separately, a plural verb may be used. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଏଭଳି ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକକୁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଚିନ୍ତା କଲେ, ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରିବ।)
A group of us are going to a study tour to Bhubaneswar.
A herd of cows were descending (ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଆସୁଥୁଲେ) into the valley.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

III. Two nouns in the subject part take a singular verb if they refer to a single idea or single item. (Subject part ରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି noun ଏକ ଓ ଅଭିନ୍ନ ଧାରଣା ବା ଉପାଦାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ singular verb ବୃବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
Bread and butter is my favourite food. (Bread and butter is taken together)
Truth and honesty is the best policy.
Slow and steady wins the race. (a man being slow and steady)
Courtesy (ସୁଜନତା) and gentlemanliness (ଭଦ୍ରାମି) is the finer quality of man.
The scholar and poet (one person as ‘the’ is used before one person ‘scholar’) is dead.
The poet and philosopher is alive.
The accountant and cashier (same person) has fled (ପଳାୟନ କରିଛି) with the bank’s money.
But, mark ‘the’ before each noun.
The scholar and the poet are dead. (two different persons)
The poet and the philosopherare alive. (two different persons)
The accountant and the cashier have fled with the bank’s money.

Subject Verb Agreement Additional Questions With Answers

Fill in the blanks with correct form of verbs in brackets.
1. Food ___________ necessary for living. (be)
Answer:
is

2. The furniture ___________ to be repaired. (need)
Answer:
need

3. The poultry _________ feed. (have)
Answer:
have been

4. Truth and honesty___________ the best policy. (be)
Answer:
is

5. Sixty years ___________ a long time. (be)
Answer:
is

6. One of my friends ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

7. It ___________ two miles to the beach. (be)
Answer:
is/was

8. There ___________ a book on the table. (be)
Answer:
is/was

9. Five kilos of sugar ___________ two hundred rupees. (cost)
Answer:
costs

10. The committee ___________ divided on this issue. (be)
Answer:
were

11. The jury ___________ selected its chairman. (have)
Answer:
has

12. All the books which have been placed on the table ___________ mine. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

13. Either of the boys ___________ got a prize. (have)
Answer:
has

14. Each of the students ___________ given a prize. (be)
Answer:
was

15. Some water ___________ left in the pot. (be)
Answer:
was

16. The Vice-President of India and the Chairman of Rajya Sabha ___________ his consent to the bill. (have)
Answer:
has

17. Two thirds of the water ___________ evaporated. (have)
Answer:
has

18. A lot of money ___________ spent last year. (be)
Answer:
was

19. A crowd of people ___________ shouting last night. (be)
Answer:
was

20. The number of children ___________ increasing. (be)
Answer:
is

21. Gymnastics ___________ compulsory in the school. (be)
Answer:
is

22. The news ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

23. What he says ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

24. Babul as well as his friends ___________ responsible for the loss. (be)
Answer:
is

25. Not only Ashish but also his classmates ___________ equally guilty. (be)
Answer:
are

26. A pair of shoes ___________ lying here. (be)
Answer:
is

27. The blind ___________ assistance of others. (need)
Answer:
need

28. It is you who ___________ wronged me. (have)
Answer:
have

29. The United States ___________ a powerful country. (be)
Answer:
is

30. The rich ___________ the poor. (hate)
Answer:
hate

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

31. Ours ___________ a great nation. (be)
Answer:
is

32. What he says about me ___________ not affect me. (do)
Answer:
does

33. The data ___________ not true. (be)
Answer:
are

34. A lot of cattle ___________ grazing. (be)
Answer:
are

35. The youth ___________ not so sincere. (be)
Answer:
are

36. Six weeks ___________ a long vacation. (be)
Answer:
is

37. Bad news ___________ fast. (travel)
Answer:
travels

38. The police ___________ on duty. (be)
Answer:
are

39. Neither of those officers ___________ efficient. (be)
Answer:
is/was

40. A number of children ___________ playing. (be)
Answer:
are

41. Three fourth of the crop ___________ damaged. (be)
Answer:
was

42. A herd of elephants ___________ seen in the jungle. (be)
Answer:
was

43. Some of the music ___________ excellent. (be)
Answer:
was

44. The radio you gave my children ___________ properly. (work)
Answer:
works

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

45. Neither of them ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

46. Two plus two ___________ four. (be)
Answer:
is

47. Her clothing ___________ waterproof. (be)
Answer:
is

48. The committee ___________ unanimous on this issue. (be)
Answer:
was

49. The people of India ___________ hardworking. (be)
Answer:
are

50. The scissors old. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

A. Read these lines from your textbook of class IX.
1. (a) felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ସାମନା କରିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସଙ୍କୋଚ ଲାଗିଲା ।)
(b) I wrote a letter announcing my departure.
(ମୋର ଫେରିଯିବା ବା ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ଘୋଷଣା କରି ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖଲି ।)

  • The underlined expressions are non-finite verbs. Because these verb forms have no agreement with the subjects. They only state purpose or cause.
  • Every simple sentence has a Finite Verb(s) and it always agrees with the subject. [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ ଏବଂ ସର୍ବଦା subject ବା କର୍ଚ୍ଚାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ସହିତ ଏହି ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Finite Verb) ର agreement ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Seema writes letters. (Simple Sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘writes’ – Finite Verb/Present Simple tense.
Seema-Subject (third person and singular number)]

(ii) He did the work to please me. (Simple sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘did’ – Finite Verb/Past Simple tense.]

(iii) Sehwag has scored two triple centuries in test cricket.
[ଏଠାରେ has scored – Finite Verbs/Present Perfect tense.]
(ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଉଛୁ ଯେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ରହିଛି ଯେହେତୁ ଏହାର tense ବା କାଳ ଅଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • Apart from Finite Verbs, we have Non-Finite Verbs in the sentence.
    [Finite verb ବା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି, ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Non-Finite Verbs) ମଧ୍ଯ ଥାଏ ।]
  • While Finite Verb has ‘tense’, Non-Finite Verb has ‘no tense’.
    [Finite Verb ର Tense ଥାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ର tense ନ ଥାଏ ।]
  • Finite Verb is the indispensable part in a sentence, but Non-Finite Verb is the additional/ optional part in a sentence.
    [Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅପରିହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଙ୍ଗ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ।]
  • A Non-Finite Verb is expressed by forms of a verb.
    [Verb ର ରୂପ ବା form ଦ୍ଵାରା Non-Finite Verb ସୂଚିତ ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) I hope to get a first class. (ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ।)
[hope-Finite Verb (present simple tense), to get-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(ii) Seema left going to his house. (ସୀମା ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା ।)
[left-Finite Verb (past simple tense), going-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇନେଲେ ।)
[got -Finite Verb (past simple tense), examined-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iv) The headmaster let the boy go home. (ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ବାଳକଟିକୁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
[let-Finite Verb (past simple tense), go-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

Remember :
A Non-Finite Verb has only form (s) and it has nothing do with the subject.
(ଏକ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କେବଳ form ବା ରୂପ ଅଛି ଓ ବାକ୍ୟର subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ସହିତ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ।

See the classification on Non-Finite verbs in the diagram below:
[Non-Finite Verb(s) ର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 1

(1) To-Infinitives
The following verbs generally take ‘to + infinitive’ immediately after them.
(ତଳଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ to + Infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

appear
begin
decide
deserve
fail
prefer
forget
remember
pretend
agree
attempt
desire
claim
demand
expect
fail
want
hope
intend
manage
learn
need
plan
prepare
refuse
wish

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I hope to see you again.
(ii) He requested me to help him.
(iii) They expect to travel by air.
(iv) He plans to visit Japan next year.
(v) The prisoners managed to escape.
(vi) We would prefer not to sit at the front.

(N.B ) (In the negative, ‘‘not’ comes after the to + infinitiveÿ))
(vii) They decided to stay in the open field.
(viii) Never pretend to be foolish.
(ix) Father has reminded me to go to the movie.

(2) -‘Ing’ Non-Infinitives :
The following verbs are usually followed by Verb-‘ing’.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ  – ing Non-infinitives ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

admit (ସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
appreciate (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
finish (ଶେଷ କରିବା )
consider (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା )
count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
depend on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
feel like (want )
insist on (declare strongly)
look forward to (ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
think of
can’t/couldn’t help (avoid)
rely on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା)
miss (ଛାଡ଼ି ଦେବା)quit (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା)
deny (ଅସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
enjoy (ଉପଭୋଗ କରିବା)
report (ବିବରଣୀ ଦେବା। ଜଣାଇବା)
resent (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
hate resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା)
risk (ବିପଦ ବରଣ କରିବା)
give up (stop for ever)
object to (ବିରୋଧ/ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
put off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
would you mind (ଦୟାକରି)
keep on (ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା )
practise (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା)
recall (ମନେ ପକାଇବା)

Examples:
(i) Do you mind waiting a moment?
(ii) Someone suggested going for a walk.
(iii) I enjoyed getting up (ଉଠିବା) early in summer.
(iv) Have you finished doing your homework?
(v) I can’t help feeling depressed (ହତାଶ )sometimes.
(vi) The girl admitted not paying for the tickets.
(vii) Father has given up smoking.
(viii) I look forward to getting a sweet reply from my friend.
(ix) He objected to my behaving so rudely.
(x) Gandhiji succeeded in getting freedom for India.
(xi) The coach congratulated the Indian team on becoming the No.1 team in test format.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(a) Verb + Object (କର୍ମ) + V-‘ing’

Examples:
(i) I hate people laughing at me.
object
(ii) The girl loves young people admiring her beauty.
object
(iii) The job involves (ସଂପୃକ୍ତି) somebody risking his life.
object

(b) ‘Ing’ form in sentences beginning with ‘It’

Examples:
(i) It is no use/ no good arguing him.
(ତା’ ସହିତ ଯୁକ୍ତିକରି କିଛି ଲାଭ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) It was quite a thrilling experience visiting the Konark Temple.
(କୋଣାର୍କ ମନ୍ଦିର ବୁଲିଯିବା/ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଏକ ରୋମାଞ୍ଚକାରୀ ଅନୁଭୂତି ଥିଲା ।)

(iii) It may be worth encouraging the boy to study hard.
(ବାଳକକୁ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା ଭଲ ।)

V-ing Form or To-infinitives
Often different verbs having close meanings in themselves take ‘to + infinitives’ or ‘ingform’. (ଅଧ୍କାଂଶ ସମୟରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥ‌ିବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ To + infinitive ଓ ଆଉ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘ing-form’ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

To + Infinitives -‘Ing’ Form
1. Raman decided to take a taxi. (‘decide’ takes only ‘to-inf.’’) 1. Raman suggested taking a taxi.
(‘suggested’ takes only a ‘v-ing’ form)
2. We are training to run uphill 2. We are practising running uphill. (ପାହାଡ଼
ଉପରକୁ)
(Here ‘training’ and ‘practicing are same in meaning.)
(ଏଠାରେ choseadmitted ପ୍ରାୟ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ବହନ କରୁଛି ।)
3. The man chose not to buy a ticket. 3. The man admitted not buying a ticket.
4. The committee agreed to pay half the cost of blankets. 4. The committee recommended paying half cost of blankets.
5. I prefer to travel by air.
(a particular preference)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
5. I prefer travelling by air.
(a general preference)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ପସନ୍ଦ)
6. I forgot to do the homework.
(a particular occasion)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
6. I forgot doing the homework.
(a more common activity)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ଘଟଣା ।)

Either ‘To+Infinitive’ or ‘V-Ing’ form But different Meanings
(ବିଭି ଅର୍ଥରେ – ‘Ing’ ଓ ‘To + Inf’ର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
(ନମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ‘to + infinitives’ ଓ ‘ing form’ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • remember
  • forget
  • try
  • regret
  • mean
  • stop
  • go on
  • need
V +To + Infinitives V +Ing form
(i) I must remember to post the letter today.
(“Remember to post” means to first
remember and then to post)
(i) I remember seeing him in the * meeting hall.
(“remember seeing means to first see and then remember it later)
(ii) I forgot to sign the bill.
(a necessary action)
(ii) I’ll never forget visiting the zoo with my father. (memories of the past)
(iii) People tried to put out the fire.
(to attempt an action)
(iii) First people tried throwing water on the flame, but that didn’t work. (to do something which might
solve a problem)
(iv) I regret to inform you that your application has been rejected.
( ‘regret to inform’ means being
sorry for giving bad news at present)
(iv) I regret wasting so much time on visiting theatres.
( ‘regret wasting’ means feeling
sorry for some past action)
(v) At the next square (ଛକ), the man stopped to buy a book.
(to stop to do something)
(v) You had better (should) stop dreaming.
(end an action.)
(vi) The teacher introduced himself and went on to discuss, the first lesson.
(to do the next thing)
(vi) The teacher told the girls to be quiet but they just went on talking.
(continue doing something)
(vii) I need to leave by nine.
(necessary to do something)
(vii) The grass needs cutting. It has grown very long.
(needs to be done)

(3) Bare Infinitives
A bare infinitive is simply the base form like go, eat, dance, etc. of the verb.
(Bare-infinitive ହେଇଛି କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ମୂଳରୂପ; ଯଥା – go, eat, dance ଇତ୍ଯାଦି ।)

Patterns with Bare-infinitive:
(i) Verbs make, let, have take an ‘Object + bare infinitive’.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ; ଯଥା – make, let, have object ବା କର୍ମ ସହିତ bare infinitive ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(a) I made the girl dance. (ମୁଁ ଝିଅକୁ ନଚାଇଲି ।)
(the girl = object, dance = bare-infinitive)

(b) The teacher let the pupils go home early.(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
(thepupils = object, go = bare-infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(c) I’ll have the driver bring home your suitcase. (ମୁଁ ତୁମର ସୁକେଶ୍ୱକୁ driver ଦ୍ବାରା ଘରକୁ ମଗାଇ ଆଣିବି ।)

(ii) Verbs of perception such as see, hear,feel etc. take an object + bare infinitive after them.
[Verbs of perception ବା ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ object ବା କର୍ମ + bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

(a) We saw the terrorists leave the building.
( terrorists = object, leave = bare infinitive)
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆକ୍ରମଣକାରୀମାନଙ୍କୁ କୋଠାଘର ଛାତ ଦେଇ ବାହାରିଯିବାର ଦେଖୁଲୁ ।)

(b) I heard someone knock on the door. (କେହି ଜଣେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍ ଠକ୍ କରିବାର ମୁଁ ଶୁଣିଲି ।)
(someone = object, knock= bare infinitive)

(c) He felt someone touch his shoulders. (କେହି ଜଣେ ତା’ କାନ୍ଧ ଛୁଇଁବାର ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲା)
( someone = object, touch = bare infinitive)

(iii) A bare infinitive is usually used after‘except’ and ‘but’.
(‘Except’ ଓ ‘but’ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(a) Our maid-servant does everything except do the washing-up.
(do = bare infinitive)
(= ଆମର ଚାକରାଣୀ ବାସନକୁସନ ମାଜିବା ଛଡ଼ା ଅନ୍ୟସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ ।)
This old man does nothing but shout all day.
(shout=bare infinitive)
(= ଏହି ବୁଢ଼ାଟି ଦିନସାରା ଚିତ୍କାର ଛାଡ଼ିବା ବ୍ୟତୀତ କିଛି କରେନାହିଁ ।)

Look at the following sentences :
(i) Will you help me carry the luggage ? (informal)
(carry = bare infinitive)
(ii) Will you help me to carry the luggage ? (formal)
(to carry = to infinitive)

N.B: With the verb of perception in Active Voice, the bare infinitive is changed into a to + infinitive.
(Active voice ରେ verb ofperception ଥ୍ଲେ Passive Voice ରେ Bare infinitiveg To + infinitive ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
Active Voice = I heard him cry.
(him = object, cry = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice = He was heard to cry, (to + infinitive)

(4) -‘EN’ forms

-‘En’ ବା -‘Ed’ is the third form of the base verb used as non-infinitive.
[‘-En’ ବା ‘-Ed’ ହେଉଛି ମୂଳ କ୍ରିୟାର ତୃତୀୟ ରୂପ ଯାହାକି non-infinitive verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
‘-En’ or ‘-Ed’ form is used after the verbs had or got with ‘an object’ to mean “to do get something done by somebody.”
[verb ର -Ed ବା -En form ‘had” ଓ ‘got’ verb ଓ object (କର୍ମ) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଇବା]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I had my letter typed. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଟାଇପ୍ କରାଇଲି)
(my letter = object, typed = ‘-en’ non-finitive)

(ii) You should have vourphoto taken. (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଫଟୋ ଉଠାଇନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(yourphoto = object , taken= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କର ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇଲେ ।)
(both his eyes =object, examined= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

Difference between ‘Bare’ Infinitive and ‘Ing’ form

‘BARE’ Infinitive
(Completed action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
‘-ING’ Form/ Non-Infinitive
(Incomplete action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
Examples:
I saw him cross the road.
(ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)
I saw him crossing the road.
(ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)

Breaking of a sentence into two Simple Sentences :
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଦୁଇଟି ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା)
(i) Use ‘will’ omitting ‘to + infinitive ’.
(To + infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ ‘will’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ)

(ii) Use Past Simple Tense placing Bare-infinitive.
(Bare-infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ Past Simple Tense ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ)

Questions with Answers :
(i) I want my friend to get the prize, (‘to get’ = to + infinitive)
Answer:
My friend will get the prize. I want it.

(ii) India expects her people to do their work sincerely, (to do- to + ‘infinitive’)
Answer:
Her people will do their work sincerely. India wants it.

(iii) Our teacher made the girl do the sum. (do = bare infinitive)
Answer:
The girl did (past simple) the work.
Our teacher made it.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Know about Bare infinitives / Zero infinitives :
(i) The expressions like had better, had rather, would rather, sooner than, rather than
carry infinitives without ‘to ’.
Examples:

  • I would rather die than beg.
  • You had better take your father’s permission.
  • The king had ratherfight than surrender. (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ବରଂ ଯୁଦ୍ଧକଲେ)
  • I would rather wait till my friend comes.

(ii) Bare infinitive or Zero infinitive is used after dare and need in interrogative and negative forms.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ Modals ‘dare’ ଓ ‘need’ ପରେ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
Dare you speak like this? (ତୁ ଏଭଳି କଥା କହି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
You needn’t go near the hill. (ତୁମେ ପାହାଡ଼ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ ଯିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) If two infinitives are joined by ‘and’, the ‘to’ of the second is normally dropped.
(ଦୁଇଟି infinitive ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ infinitive ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ‘to’ କୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
Go there and work hard (to work).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to start today and do (to do) the needful.

To + Infinitive
Broadly speaking infinitives are oftwo kinds :
ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ infinitives (with ‘to’) are of two kinds.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 2

1. Simple infinitive
It may be :
(i) the Subject to a verb (କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ) :
To smoke (ଧୂମପାନ କରିବା) is bad for health.
To drink (ମଦ୍ୟପାନ କରିବା) tells upon health (ଖରାପ କରିଥାଏ).

(ii) Object ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
Children love to play (ଖେଳିବାକୁ).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to take part (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ) in the event (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାରେ).

(iii) Complement ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) :
(after ‘be’ verbs is, am, are, was, were)
My foremost ( ସର୍ବପ୍ରଧାନ) duty is to build my character (ତିଆରି କରିବା).
His desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା) was to deliver the speech (ବକ୍ତୃତାଦେବା).

(iv) Object ofa preposition (ଏକ ବିଭକ୍ତିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
The meeting is about to start, (about – preposition) (ସଭାଟି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ଉପରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

2. Qualifying infinitive
It is called qualifying infinitive because it is used to qualify a verb, a noun or an adjective.

(i) After the verb ‘be’ (is, are etc) to express a command, order or plan (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ଆଦେଶ ବା ଯୋଜନା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘be’ verb ପରେ ।
You are to stay here, (are – ‘be’ verb) (are to stay = must stay here) (ଏଠାରେ ରହିବାକୁ ହେବ ।)

→ Neelima is to go there, (must go there)
→ The orientation program is to start next month, (a plan).

(ii) a purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

→ Father wants to call on uncle. (ଦେଖାକରିବାକୁ । ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ)
→ Saroj went to the shop to buy medicine. (କିଣିବାପାଇଁ)

(iii) to qualify noun (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The girl has reason (noun) to smile. (ଝିଅର ହସିବା ପଛରେ କାରଣ ଅଛି ।)
→ It is time (noun) to close the counter.

(iv) to qualify an adjective (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The tea is too hot to drink, (hot = adjective) (ଚାହାଟି ଏତେ ଗରମ ଯେ ପିଇ ହେଉନାହିଁ)
→ This house is decent to live in. (decent = adjective) (ରହିବାପାଇଁ ଘରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ହୋଇଛି ।)

(v) equivalent to an adjective clause.
a. Lend (ଧାର ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ) ।me some books that may read.
Answer:
Lend me some book to read.

b. He has no dresses which he can wear.
Answer:
He has no dresses to wear.

Non-Finite Verb Clause (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
A non-finite verb clause begins with non-finite verb forms.
Examples:
(i) They made Seema write the letter. (ସେମାନେ ସୀମାଦ୍ଵାରା ଚିଠିଟି ଲେଖାଇଲେ ।)
(ii) I did not notice you raiseyour hand. (ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ତୋର ହାତ ଉଠାଇବାର ଦେଖଲି ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) Please let us go home. (ଦୟାକରି ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ।)
(iv) You had better leave this place. (ତୁମର ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
(v) The teacher found the girlsplaying on theground. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଝିଅମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଥିବାର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ)

Non-finitive verbs (to + infinitives) directly followed by a noun/pronoun + a verb

Help :
(i) Please help me roll the stone, (bare infinitive)
(ii) No one can help you to pass the exam, (to + infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

See/find: We saw/found them eating (ଖାଇବାର) their lunch, (action in progress)

Get :
(i) I got him to do it. (to + infinitive) (ମୁଁ ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହା କରାଇଲି)
(ii) He got the car moving (participle infinitive)
(iii) We got our food cooked, (past participle infinitive) (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରନ୍ଧାଇ ନେଲୁ।)

Verbs of Perception (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)
(These verbs don’t take the progressive form (+ ing)
See :
(i) I saw them cross (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ) the road, (crossing completed)
(ii) I saw them crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର) the road, (crossing not completed)
Imagine : (i) I imagine (think/suppose, ମନେ କରୁଛି) this to be the explanation.

Process Verbs :
Keep :
(i) He kept listening to the radio.
(ii) She kept me (pronoun) waiting for an hour. ( ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରୁଥିଲା)

Start :
(i) He started to sing, (but was stopped.)
(ii) He started singing (singing continued for some time)
(iii) Please start the clock going, (clock-noun)

Begin :
(i) As soon as he came down from the university, he began writing novels
(ଉପନ୍ୟାସ), (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟମୂଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(ii) Suddenly it began to rain. (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟହୀନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(iii) I am beginning to grow old. (ମୁଁ ବୁଢ଼ା ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

Finish :
(i) He finished writing the letters at 9.30 a.m.
Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା) :
(i) Sheela avoided making the same mistake again.

Verbs like complete, delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା), escape (ଖସିଯିବା), practice, so belong to this group.
Examples: Let’s go fishing. (ଚାଲ ମାଛ ଧରି ଯିବା।)
Stand / sit: Theystood / sat talking.
Can’t help: (have no control over)
I can’t help falling asleep. (ମୁଁ ନ ଶୋଇ ରହି ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Verbs of effort (ଚେଷ୍ଟା) and achievement (କୃତିତ୍ଵ / ସଫଳତା)
manage: We managed to reach the village before dark. (ପହଞ୍ଚିବାରେ ସଫଳ ହେଲୁ)

try :
(i) Try to work harder. (Make an attempt)
(ii) A man tried walking more briskly (ଅଧୁକ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ବେଗରେ).
fail: She failed (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) to understand my point.

Verbs of Attitude (ମନୋଭାବ)
like :
(i) I like riding (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଚଢ଼ିବା) (like – enjoy)
(ii) I like to go to the temple every day. (I think it right)
(iii) I like going to the temple. (I enjoy my visits)

regret (ଦୁଃଖ କରିବା) :
(i) I regret to say that he is a fool. (I am sorry, but I have to say that)
(ii) I regret saying that he is a fool. (I am sorry that I said that)

miss: I don’t miss going to the library on Sunday.
risk: I can’t risk telling you the secret. (ତୁମକୁ ଗୁପ୍ତ କଥା କହି ମୁଁ ନିଜକୁ ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇ ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।)

mind :
(i) We don’t mind sitting on the floor. (don’t object to it.)
(ଚଟାଣ ଉପରେ ବସିବାରେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଆପତ୍ତି ନାହିଁ)
(ii) Would you mind lending me your pen? (Please lend me your pen.)
enjoy: We enjoy travelling in holidays.

  • Causative verbs (ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟା) : They mean making someone do something.
  • help: We helped clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ) the room.

make :
(i) Sangeeta made me finish my work early.
(ii) I was made to finish my work early. (Passive)
(ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜରେ ଶେଷ କରାଗଲା।)
(iii) You must make your views known.
let : I won’t let you go home so early. (ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଏତେ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେବି ନାହିଁ ।)

have :
(i) I have my hair cutonce a month. (I get my hair cut once a montyh)
(ମୁଁ ମାସକୁ ଥରେ ମୋର କେଶ କଟାଏ।)
(ii) They had all the prisoners shot

Functions of Non-Finite Verbs (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

(i) As a Subject (କର୍ରାରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • Digging is hard work, {-‘mg’ non-infinitive)
  • To find fault with others is easy, (to + infinitive)

(ii) As an object (କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • She plans to buy some presents for her sister. (to + infinitive)
  • He would like to stay here for some days, {to + infinitive)

(iii)
(a) As a complement to the (ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) Verb ‘be’ (is/was)
Examples:

  • Our duty is protecting our motherland, {-‘ing’ form)
  • My aim is to be a doctor, {to + infinitive)

(b)With verbs ‘let’ and ‘make’
Examples:

  • The clerk made the girl fill in the form, {bare infintive)
  • The police officer let the gentleman go. {bare infintive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(iv) As an Adjunct (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • They killed the snake to save the child, {to + infinitive)
  • I saw the beggar cross to the other side, {bare infinitive)

Activity – 1

Underline the non-finite verbs in the following sentences:
(a) He has been answering questions.
Answer:
been answering

(b) They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଶେଷ କରିଥ୍)

(c) She may have been helped by her brother.
Answer:
have been helped ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଇ ପାରେ)

(d) You should have been studying English Grammar more thoroughly.
Answer:
have been studying (ପଢ଼ିବା ଉଚିତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତା)

(e) The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଥବ)

Activity – 2

Break the following sentences into two simple sentences each.
(a) I want my friend to get the medal.
Answer:
My friend will get the medal. I want it.

(b) She helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
I did the exercise. She helped me.

(c) I hate telling lies.
Answer:
Telling lies is a sin (ପାପ). I hate it.

(d) I expect to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
I will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(e) I expect you to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
You will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(f) Our teacher made us write the story.
Answer:
We wrote the story. Our teacher made it.

(Note: while breaking a sentence into two simple sentences, to + infinitive is replaced by will + main and bare infinitive by Past Simple tense.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 3

What are the functions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of the non-finite verbs clauses in the following sentences?
[The Junctions are: subject, object, complement, and adjunct]
(a) She plans to buy some presents for her sister.
Answer:
to buy- object

(b) Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
to get into – object/ adjunct

(c) He killed a snake to save the child.
Answer:
to save – adjunct

(d) I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing – complement

(e) To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
To find (fault) – subject

(f) He is to go abroad next month.
Answer:
to go – complement (after the ‘be’ verb ‘is’)

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.
(Non-finite clause ଯୋଗକରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

(a) They made ________________ (I /do /it)
Answer:
They made me do it. (do – bare infinitive)

(b) The gardener won’t let ________________ (they / touch / the flowers)
Answer:
The gardener won’t let them touch the flowers. (touch-bare infinitive)

(c) We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse / the rude boys)
Answer:
We heard the beggar curse the rude boys. (curse – bare infinitive)

(d) The clerk does not allow _______________ (anyone / see / the files)
Answer:
The clerk does not allow anyone to touch the files. (to touch – to infinitive)

(e) Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) ____________________ (he / write / the letter)
Answer:
Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) him to write the letter. (to write – to infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 5

Complete the following sentences using the non-finite verbs given in brackets. Some of these non-finite verbs may go with a noun phrase of your choice.

(a) The teacher doesn’t let_____________ (make) a noise in the class.
Answer:
the pupils make

(b) I would like _______________ (meet) my uncle.
Answer:
to meet

(c) Hot weather makes___________(feel) uncomfortable.
Answer:
people /me feel

(d) Please remind _____________ (phone) Ashok tomorrow.
Answer:
me to phone

(e) The film was very sad. It made_____________ (cry).
Answer:
me / the audience

(f) Lata’s parents have always encouraged ___________________ (study).
Answer:
her (Lata) to study

(g) He would like _____________ (come) to the party.
Answer:
to come

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with to + verb (to + infinitive), j + verb (bare/zero infinitive), or verb+ing.
(a) I enjoy __________________ (play) on the river bank.
Answer:
playing

(b) Where do you want__________________ (go) ?
Answer:
to go

(c) I learned ______________ (swim) when I was eight years old.
Answer:
swimming (ସନ୍ତରଣ)

(d) I am trying ________________ (study). Please stop- (talk).
Answer:
to study (ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ), talking (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା)

(e) I don’t mind ______________ (travel) by bus but I prefer- (travel) by train.
Answer:
travelling (ଯାତ୍ରାକରିବା)

(f) She would not let me ________________ (read) the letter.
Answer:
read (ସେ ମୋତେ ଚିଠିଟି ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଦେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(g) Good bye. I hope ________________ (see) you soon.
Answer:
to see (ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ)

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with to + verb or $ + verb, using the verbs given in the list. Select the appropriate ones.
[climb, do, go, cry, clean, come, walk, laugh, sleep, hear]
(a) He is very funny, He makes me _______________.
Answer:
laugh (ହସାଏ)

(b) Please stay with me. I don’t want you _______________.
Answer:
to go (ଯିବାକୁ)

(c) Do you want to go on a bicycle? No, let’s _________________.
Answer:
walk (ଚାଲିକରିଯିବା)

(d) Don’t wake up tomorrow morning. Let me_________________ for some more time.
Answer:
sleep (ଶୋଇନିଏ)

(e) I helped my brother _______________ his room.
Answer:
clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ)

(f) Talk quietly. I don’t want anybody ________________ us.
Answer:
to hear (ଶୁଣିବାକୁ)

(g) We persuaded our teacher ____________ with us.
Answer:
to come (ଯିବାପାଇଁ)

(h) I saw him ________________ over the wall.
Answer:
climb (ଚଢ଼ିବାର)

Activity – 8

Read the following sentences and the hints are given in the brackets. Write another sentence with a related meaning using the hints given. The first one has been done as an example.

(a) Please don’t tell anyone that I have been punished. (I / not / want / anyone / know)
Answer:
I don’t want anyone to know about it.

(b) I was sure that Ashok would help me. (I / had/asked / him / help me)
Answer:
I had asked Ashok to help me.

(c) “Don’t touch that wire”, the man said to me. (man / told / not / touch)
Answer:
The man told me not to touch that wire.

(d) My father said that I could use his watch. (Father / allow/use / his watch)
Answer:
Father allowed me to use his watch.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(e) He told me that it would be good if I told the police about this accident. (He / advise / report / to the police)
Answer:
He advised me to report to the police.

(f) There is a football match between Mohan Bagan and East Bengal. (You / want / East Bengal / win ?)
Answer:
Do you want East Bengal to win the football match?

Activity – 9

Put the verb given in brackets in the proper form, by using + verb, ø + verb or verb-ing, whichever is appropriate.
(a) When you see Mr. Dash, remember. him my regards (ନମସ୍କାର). (give)
Answer:
to give (ଜଣାଇବାକୁ)

(b) I hate _______________what I have heard about you. (repeat)
Answer:
to repeat (ପୁଣିଥରେ କହିବାକୁ)

(c) I prefer ______________ alone. (be)
Answer:
being (ରହିବାପାଇଁ)

(d) I prefer ______________ silent in this case. (remain)
Answer:
to remain (ରହିବାକୁ)

(e) I hate _______________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling (କହିବାକୁ)

(f) Don’t forget _______________ the letter. (post)
Answer:
to post (ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇବାକୁ)

(g) Can you ever forget __________________ that important letter without any postage on it? (post)
Answer:
to post

Non-finite Verb Forms Additional questions with answers

Pick out the non-finite verbs in the following sentences.
1. We saw Seema writing the letter.
Answer:
writing

2. They have been staying in this town.
Answer:
been staying

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

3. They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing

4. I got my bicycle repaired.
Answer:
repaired

5. The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened

6. I forgot doing the homework.
Answer:
doing

7. I will win the match.
Answer:
win

8. Swimming is a good exercise.
Answer:
swimming

9. Minu helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
do

10. I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing

Write the functions of the non-finite verbs in the following sentences

1. Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
object

2. To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
subject

3. He is to go abroad next week.
Answer:
complement

4. She made cakes to feed her son.
Answer:
adjunct

5. He let out a part of his house to make some extra money.
Answer:
adjunct

6. I expect him to arrive on time.
Answer:
object

7. I undertake to finish the work.
Answer:
object

8. To err is human.
Answer:
subject

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

9. He appears to be a gentleman.
Answer:
complement

10. He was about to die.
Answer:
complement

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of non-finite verbs given in the brackets.

1. To see him is ________________ him. (love)
Answer:
to love

2. The children expect ______________. (succeed)
Answer:
to succeed

3. You had better not _______________ here. (remain)
Answer:
remain

4. He did nothing but _______________ (laugh)
Answer:
laugh

5. I felt something ______________ past me. (slip)
Answer:
slip

6. I dare not ___________ into your eyes. (look)
Answer:
look

7. I would rather climb the stairs than ___________ the lift. (take)
Answer:
take

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

8. I came here ____________ the matter with Suresh Babu. (discuss)
Answer:
to discuss

9. The police left no stone unturned ____________ the missing child. (trace Out)
Answer:
to trace out

10. l am very happy ______________ your results. (know)
Answer:
to know

11. I wouldn’t help _________________. (laugh)
Answer:
laughing

12. The law forbids ________________ others, (cheat)
Answer:
cheating

13. She denied ________________ stolen my watch. (have)
Answer:
having

14. I have never heard him ______________ a lie. (tell)
Answer:
tell

15. Our headmaster didn’t let us _______________ home. (go)
Answer:
go

16. Pooja helped me _______________ the room. (clean)
Answer:
clean

17. Her mother made her _______________ .(cry)
Answer:
cry

18. Teachers train us _______________ good citizens. (be)
Answer:
to be

19. Never fail _________________ your elders. (respect)
Answer:
to respect

20. I smelt something _______________. (bum)
Answer:
burning

21. My shirt needs _______________ .(wash)
Answer:
washing

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

22. You had better _______________ the place. (leave)
Answer:
leave

23. Would you mind _______________ letters? (post)
Answer:
posting

24. I have already given up ______________ .(smoke)
Answer:
smoking

25. He would hate ______________ us. (join)
Answer:
to join

26. The teacher didn’t allow us _______________ noise in the class. (make)
Answer:
to make

27. My father had his photograph ________________ .(enlarge)
Answer:
enlarged

28. I got my shoes _________________. (mend)
Answer:
mended

29. He had his blood _________________ .(examine)
Answer:
examined

30. I didn’t mind _______________ suggestions. (make)
Answer:
making

31. I regret ________________ it. (say)
Answer:
saying

32. Mahesh advised him _________________ care of his health. (take)
Answer:
to take

33. Theboykepton __________________ the bell. (ring)
Answer:
ringing

34. I enjoy __________________ short stories. (read)
Answer:
reading

35. The commander ordered the soldiers _________________ on. (march)
Answer:
to march

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

36. We anticipated his _______________ .(come)
Answer:
coming

37. I would like ______________ my uncle. (meet)
Answer:
to meet

38. Please stop ______________ .(talk)
Answer:
talking

39. I hope ________________ you soon. (see)
Answer:
to see

40. They made me ______________ it. (do)
Answer:
do

41. She would not let me _____________ the letter. (read)
Answer:
read

42. The weather makes me _______________ uncomfortable. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. The man told me not _______________ the wire. (touch)
Answer:
to touch

44. I heard her _______________ a patriotic song. (sing)
Answer:
sing

45. I will have the gardener ____________ these trees.(plant)
Answer:
plant

46. I didn’t notice you _______________ your hand. (raise)
Answer:
raise

47. I hate ____________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling

48. I felt _______________ .(insult)
Answer:
insulted

49. He insisted on _____________ in that river. (swim)
Answer:
swimming

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

50. ________________ of his help, I returned home. (assure)
Answer:
assured

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.

1. They made ________________ (I/do/it)
Answer:
me do it

2. The gardener won’t let __________________ (they/touch/the flowers)
Answer:
them touch the flowers

3. We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse/the rudeboys)
Answer:
the beggar cursing the rude boys

4. The clerk doesn’t allow _______________ (anyone/see/the files)
Answer:
anyone to see the files

5. Please remind ________________ (he/write/the letter)
Answer:
him to write the letter

6. Good bye. I hope ____________ (see/you/soon)
Answer:
to see you soon

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

7. I want _____________ (he/get/the medal)
Answer:
him to get the medal

8. I found _______________ (he/carry/a bag)
Answer:
him carrying
a bag

9. They expected ______________ (I /travel/ by air)
Answer:
me to travel by air

10. The teacher made ________________ (we/write/the answers)
Answer:
us write the answers